Duration
Price
Next Class
Adobe Acrobat

Electronic forms of communication have made the transfer of information quick, easy, and inexpensive. Since people work with a wide variety of devices running on a wide variety of platforms. And sometimes, Adobe created the Portable Document Format (PDF) as a solution to incompatible document formats. Adobe® Acrobat® DC puts the power of the PDF at your fingertips. In this Adobe Acrobat DC training course, you will learn the basic functionality and features available in Acrobat to ensure the integrity of your electronic documents regardless of who views them, on what devices, or with what operating systems. 

Acrobat DC - Introduction

  • Starting with Acrobat DC
    • Understanding Acrobat and PDFs
    • Understanding Adobe Acrobat Apps and Services
    • Understanding Acrobat Mobile Apps
    • Starting Acrobat DC
    • Understanding Views
      • Home View
      • Tools View
      • Document View
    • Opening an Existing PDF File
    • Understanding the Adobe Account
    • Exiting Acrobat DC
  • Using Toolbars and Menus
    • Using Menus
    • Working with Toolbars
    • Using Tools
    • Understanding Custom Toolsets
    • Creating a Custom Toolset
  • Navigating and Viewing PDFs
    • Understanding Page Navigation
    • Understanding the Navigation Pane
    • Using the Navigation Pane
    • Using Navigation Panels
    • Using Page Navigation Tools
    • Using Read Mode Navigation Tools
    • Adjusting PDF Views
    • Understanding the Page Magnification Tools
    • Using the Zoom Tools
    • Using Split-Window View
    • Working with Multiple Documents
  • Creating PDF Documents
    • Understanding Saving
    • Working with Storage Accounts
    • Creating a PDF from a Single File
    • Creating Multiple PDFs from Multiple Files
    • Creating a PDF from a Scanner
    • Enhancing a Scanned PDF
    • Creating a PDF from a Web Page
    • Creating a PDF from Clipboard Content
    • Understanding Acrobat PDFMaker
    • Creating a PDF Using Adobe PDFMaker
    • Using the Microsoft Office Save As PDF Feature
    • Creating a PDF Using the PDF Printer Driver
  • Editing PDF Documents
    • Editing Existing Text
    • Adding New Text
    • Adding an Image
    • Editing Scanned PDFs
    • Adding a Link
    • Adding a Web Link
    • Converting a URL to a Live Link
    • Editing Links
    • Creating Links to Another PDF
    • Creating Destination Links
    • Understanding Multimedia and 3D Models
    • Understanding Comparing Files
  • Working with Pages
    • Selecting and Moving Pages
    • Inserting and Deleting Pages
    • Extracting Content
    • Replacing Pages
    • Cropping Pages
    • Renumbering Pages
    • Adding Headers and Footers
    • Adding and Removing Watermarks
    • Adding Backgrounds
    • Attaching Documents to a PDF
    • Managing Attachments
  • The Document Cloud
    • Understanding the Document Cloud
    • Accessing the Document Cloud
    • Adding Files to the Document Cloud
    • Viewing Files in the Document Cloud
    • Working with Folders in the Document Cloud
    • Working with Files in the Document Cloud
    • Working with Document Cloud Files in Acrobat
    • Deleting Files and Folders in Document Cloud
  •  
  • Bookmarks
    • Creating Bookmarks in a Source Document
    • Creating Bookmarks Manually
    • Editing Bookmark Destinations
    • Nesting Bookmarks
    • Changing the Appearance of Bookmarks
    • Bookmarks Actions

As a business professional, you have some experience using Adobe® Acrobat®. Now you're ready to take further advantage of all the features of Acrobat DC to bring your documents to the next level. Whether you are creating PDFs for commercial printing or for viewing digital versions on a range of platforms, Adobe Acrobat DC enables you to output your content so your audience will be able to access and view the document just the way you intended. In this Adobe Acrobat DC training course, you will use Adobe Acrobat DC to convert technical documents to PDF files, enhance PDF documents, create interactive PDF forms, and secure PDF files.

Acrobat DC - Advanced

  • Combining Documents
    • Merging Multiple Files into a PDF
    • Creating a PDF Portfolio
    • Editing a Portfolio
    • Editing Files in a Portfolio
    • Securing a PDF Portfolio
  • Working Collaboratively
    • Understanding Comments
    • The Comment Toolbar
    • Adding Sticky Notes
    • Using the Annotation Tools
    • Adding Comments Using Drawing Tools
    • Understanding the Comments Pane
    • Inserting Digital Identity Stamps
    • Understanding the Acrobat Review Processes
    • Understanding the Share Pane
    • Sharing a File for Review
    • Understanding the Review Tools
    • Viewing and Replying to Review Comments
    • Understanding the Comments Panel
    • Managing Comments
    • Summarizing Comments
    • Tracking a Review
    • Working with a Received Review File
  • Creating Forms
    • Understanding PDF Forms
    • Starting a Form with the Form Wizard
    • The Prepare Form Toolbar
    • Editing Form Fields
    • Form Field Names
    • Adding Text Fields
    • Changing Field Properties
    • Field Properties
    • Numeric Fields
    • Numeric Field Properties
    • Calculating Fields
    • Calculation Field Properties
    • Adding Hidden Fields
    • Adding Radio Buttons
    • Adding Dropdown Lists
    • Adding a Submit Button
    • Creating Multiple Copies of Fields
    • Adding Reset and Cancel Buttons
    • Testing Your Form
    • Editing a Tested Form
    • Distributing Forms by Email
    • Tracking Forms
    • Returning a Completed Form
    • Understanding the Form Responses File
  • Finding and Searching
    • Understanding Finding and Searching
    • Finding Words
    • Searching Multiple PDFs
    • Performing an Advanced Search
  • Document Security
    • Understanding Document Security
    • Adding a Document Open Password
    • Changing Password Protection
    • Adding Permissions Passwords
    • Removing Password Protection
    • Understanding the Redact Tool
  •  
  • Signatures
    • Understanding Signatures
    • Understanding Adobe Sign
    • Preparing a File to Send for e-Signature
    • Working with Standard Fields
    • Working with Custom Fields
    • Additional Custom Fields
    • Sending a File for Signature
    • Receiving a File for e-Signature
    • Signing with an e-Signature
    • Creating a Self-Signed Digital ID
    • Certifying a PDF
    • Digitally Signing a PDF
    • Exporting a Digital ID Certificate
    • Verifying a Digital Signature
    • Encrypting for Certain IDs Using Certificates
    • Creating a User Security Policy
    • Applying a Security Policy
    • Sending Files as a Secure Attachment
  •  
  • Saving, Exporting, and Printing
    • Understanding Save Options
    • Understanding Export Options
    • Exporting to Word
    • Exporting to an Image
    • Exporting to HTML
    • Understanding the Print Dialog Box
    • Printing a Document
  •  
  • Getting Help
    • Understanding the Help Menu
    • Using Help
    • Searching for Online Help
Adobe After Effects

Do you want to create amazing visual effects and motion graphics? In this Adobe After Effects training course, you will spend three days learning to create impressive, dynamic designs for commercial video and motion picture production, for the web, or for use in presentations and eLearning material. You will learn about basic animation and effects, keyframes and layers, how to work with text, parenting and nesting, transparency, track and key, using paint and vector paint, expressions and time, and advanced motion techniques.

Adobe After Effects CC

  • Workflow
    • About the Work Area
    • Creating a project and importing footage
    • Creating a composition and arranging layers
    • Adding effects and modifying layer properties
    • Animating the composition
    • About the Tools panel
    • About timecode and duration
    • About the timeline panel
    • Previewing your work
    • Optimizing performance in After Effects
    • Rendering and exporting your composition
    • Customizing workspaces
    • Controlling the brightness of the user interface
  • Basic Animation using After Effects and Presets
    • Importing footage using Adobe Bridge
    • Creating a new composition
    • Working with imported Illustrator layers
    • Applying effects to a layer
    • Applying and controlling effects
    • Applying an animation preset
    • Previewing the effects
    • Adding transparency
    • Rendering the composition
  • Animating Text
    • About text layers
    • Creating and formatting point text
    • Using a text animation preset
    • Animating with scale keyframes
    • Animating using parenting
    • About parent and child layers
    • Animating imported Photoshop text
    • Animating type tracking
    • Animating text opacity
    • Using a text animator group
    • Animating a layer's position
    • Timing layer animations
    • Adding motion blur
  • Working with Shape Layers
    • Adding a shape layer
    • Creating custom shapes
    • Duplicating shapes
    • Duplicating and modifying a composition
    • Positioning layers with snapping
    • Adding compositions to a 3D project
    • Adding the finishing touches
  • Animating a Multimedia Presentation
    • Using creative cloud libraries in After Effects
    • Adjusting anchor points
    • Parenting layers
    • Precomposing layers
    • Keyframing a motion path
    • Animating additional elements
    • Applying an effect
    • About solid-color layers
    • Animating precomposed layers
    • Animating the background
    • Adding an audio track
    • Supported audio file formats
  • Animating Layers
    • Preparing layered Photoshop files
    • About Photoshop layer styles
    • Simulating lighting changes
    • Duplicating an animation using the pick whip
    • About expressions
    • Animating movement in the scenery
    • Adjusting the layers and creating a track matte
    • About track mattes and traveling mattes
    • Animating the shadows
    • Adding a lens flare effect
    • Adding a video animation
    • Rendering the animation
    • Retiming the composition
  • Working with Masks
    • About masks
    • Creating a mask with the Pen tool
    • Editing a mask
    • About mask modes
    • Creating a Bezier mask
    • Feathering the edges of a mask
    • Replacing the content of the mask
    • Zooming and panning by touch
    • Adding a reflection
    • Creating a vignette
    • Using the rectangle and ellipse tools
    • Adjusting the timing
    • Trimming the work area
  • Distorting Objects with the Puppet Tools
    • About the Puppet tools
    • Adding Deform pins
    • Defining areas of overlap
    • Stiffening an area
    • Animating pin positions
    • Squash and stretch
    • Recording animation
    • Act it out with Adobe Character Animator
  • Using the Roto Brush Tool
    • About rotoscoping
    • Creating a segmentation boundary
    • Fine-tuning the matte
    • Refine soft matte and refine hard matte effects
    • Freezing your Roto Brush tool results
    • Changing the background
    • Adding animated text
    • Outputting your project
  • Performing Color Correction
    • Adjusting color balance
    • Replacing the background
    • Color-correcting using auto levels
    • Motion tracking the clouds
    • Replacing the sky in the second clip
    • Color grading
  • Using 3D Features
    • Creating 3D text
    • Using 3D views
    • Importing a background
    • Adding 3D lights
    • Adding a camera
    • Repositioning layers
    • Extruding text
    • Working with Cinema 4D Lite
  • Working with 3D Camera Tracking
    • About the 3D Camera Tracker effect
    • Repairing rolling shutter distortions
    • Tracking the footage
    • Creating a ground plane, a camera, and the initial text
    • Creating realistic shadows
    • Adding ambient light
    • Creating additional text elements
    • Locking a layer to a plane with a null object
    • Animating the text
    • Adjusting the camera's depth of field
    • Rendering the composition
  • Advanced Editing Techniques
    • Using Warp Stabilizer VFX
    • Bicubic scaling
    • Warp Stabilizer VFX settings
    • Using single-point motion tracking
    • Checking for drift
    • Moving and resizing the track points
    • Using multipoint tracking
    • Mocha for After Effects
    • Creating a particle simulation
    • Understanding Particle Systems II properties
    • About high dynamic range (HDR) footage
  • Rendering and Outputting
    • Creating templates for the Render Queue
    • About compression
    • Exporting using the Render Queue
    • Preparing movies for mobile devices
    • Rendering movies with Adobe Media Encoder
    • Preparing a movie for broadcast output
Adobe Captivate

This intensive two-day course offers a comprehensive overview of Instructional Design, weaving together the theoretical foundations with practical applications. Participants will explore different learning theories, adult learning styles, and various Instructional Design models such as ADDIE, SAM, and Agile. The course also includes a deep dive into the psychology of learning, accelerated learning principles, and effective methods for needs analysis. Participants will learn how to write impactful learning objectives, design comprehensive training courses, develop engaging instructional materials, and optimize interactivity. They will gain practical experience in creating facilitator guides, workbooks, eLearning content, and utilizing different evaluation strategies for training effectiveness. Lastly, the course covers strategies to craft powerful marketing messages for their training programs.

  • Introduction to Instructional Design
    • Defining Instructional Design
    • Principles of Effective Learning Design
    • Differentiating Training from Other Learning Experiences
  • Theoretical Foundations of Instructional Design
    • Overview of Learning Theories
    • Exploring Adult Learning Styles
    • Instructional Design Models
      • VAK Learning Preferences
      • Kolb’s Learning Cycle
      • Honey and Mumford’s Learning Style
      • SAVI Approach to Learning
      • Think, Feel, Do Training Outcomes
  • Psychology of Learning
    • Motivation
    • Memory
  • Instructional Design Methodologies
    • Diving into ADDIE, SAM, and Agile Models
    • The 4W Method: Who? Why? What? Where?
    • Guidelines for Selecting the Appropriate Model for Your Project
  • Accelerated Learning
    • What is Accelerated Learning?
    • The Guiding Principles of Accelerated Learning
    • The Four-phase Learning Cycle in Accelerated Learning
  • Performing Needs Analysis and Collecting Data
    • Collaborating with Subject Matter Experts (SMEs)
    • Identifying Performance Gaps
    • Understanding the Needs of the Target Audience
    • Writing Goals and Learning Objectives
    • Ensuring Accessibility and Inclusion in Instructional Design
  • Creating Impactful Learning Objectives
    • Creating SMART Objectives
    • Using Bloom’s Taxonomy in Writing Learning Objectives
    • Simplifying and Grouping Objectives for Clarity
    • Aligning Objectives to Assessments
  • Designing Comprehensive Training Courses
    • Unpacking Key Elements of a Training Course
    • Strategies for Organizing Content
    • Balancing Various Teaching Methods for Optimal Learning
    • Designing Activities Tailored to Learning Objectives and Audience
    • Principles for Creating an Engaging Learning Experience
  • Developing Engaging Instructional Materials
    • Creating the Initial Class Structure
    • Writing Compelling Lesson Hooks and Course Materials
    • Developing Dynamic eLearning Content
  • Optimizing Interactivity in Learning
    • Designing for High Interactivity
    • Techniques for Sustaining Learner’s Attention
    • Balancing Individual, Partner, and Group Activities
    • Ensuring Understanding and Recall
    • Incorporating Simulations, Games, and Other Interactive Elements
  • Facilitator Guides and Learning Aids
    • Creating Comprehensive Facilitator Guides
    • Designing User-Friendly Workbooks and Handouts
    • Developing Visually Engaging Slideshows
  • eLearning Design and Development
    • Exploring eLearning Tools and Technologies
    • Understanding the Impact of Web 2.0 and Mobile Learning
    • Implementing Agile Principles in eLearning Design
  • Evaluating Training Effectiveness
    • Understanding and Implementing Quality Assurance
    • The Importance of Pre/Post Assessments
    • Applying Kirkpatrick’s Four Levels of Evaluation
    • Designing Effective Evaluation Surveys and Assessments
  • Marketing Your Training Program
    • Crafting a Powerful Marketing Message
    • Creating Marketing Materials: Flyers and Videos

In this Adobe Captivate training course, you will learn the core skills needed to create eLearning courses. You will learn how to create a soft-skills lesson from scratch and how to record and produce software demonstrations, interactive training simulations, and video demos. You will learn to add such standard objects to a slide as text captions, images, characters, videos, Smart Shapes, and more. You will record, import, and edit audio and learn to enhance the learner experience by adding interactivity via click boxes, buttons, text entry boxes, and quizzes.

Have you already created content using Microsoft PowerPoint? You will learn how to import existing PowerPoint content into Captivate. Finally, you will learn to publish a Captivate project as SWF, PDF, or HTML5 so that your content can be used on virtually any device including desktop computers, laptops, phones, and tablets.

Captivate Introduction

  • Exploring Captivate
    • Start Captivate
    • Create a Project
    • Use the Captivate Interface
    • Zoom and Magnify
    • Use Preference
    • Use Assets
    • Use Quick Start Projects
    • Preview a Project
  • Creating a Project
    • Create a Project
    • Apply and Modify a Theme
    • Use Master Slides
    • Insert a Slide
    • Use Rulers and Guides
  • Adding Non-Interactive Objects
    • Add Non-Interactive Objects
      • Images
      • Text Captions and Callouts
      • Shapes
      • Characters
      • Icons
    • Use Object Styles
  • Adding Interactive Objects
    • Add Interactive Objects
      • Buttons
      • Click Boxes
      • Hyperlinks
      • Learning Interactions
  • Adding Audio and Video
    • Recording Slide Audio
    • Playing Slide Audio
    • Importing Slide Audio
    • Adding Slide Audio
    • Adding Event Video
    • Playing Slide Video
    • Distributing Slide Video
    • Editing Slide Video
  • Using Timeline and Library
    • Understanding the Timeline
    • Using the Timeline
    • Understanding the Library
  • Adding Animations and Effects
    • Use Object Transitions and Effects to Build Animation
    • Trigger Effects
    • Create and Save Custom Effects
  • Quizzing
    • Quiz Properties
    • Adding a Quiz
    • Multiple Choice Slides
    • True or False Slides
    • Fill-in-the-Blank Slides
    • Short Answer Slides
    • Matching Slides
  • Working With PowerPoint
    • Create a Project from a Presentation
    • Edit the Source Presentation
    • Synchronize with Source
    • Rescale a Project
  • Previewing and Publishing a Project
    • Apply a Skin
    • Edit, Save, and Delete a Skin
    • Adding a Table of Contents
    • Previewing Options
    • Live Device Preview
    • Enabling LMS Reporting
    • Publishing

In this Adobe Captivate training course, you will create a highly interactive software simulation and learn to control the text that appears in the recording’s text captions by editing Captivate’s text capture templates. You will create responsive lessons (using Fluid Boxes and Breakpoints) that automatically reflow to fit just about any kind of display, including desktops, laptops, tablets, and phones.

You will learn how to use virtual reality with 360-degree images and videos and how to create interactive videos that include knowledge checks and other interactive objects. You will learn to fine-tune your Captivate production skills by leveraging object styles, master slides, themes, and advanced actions and how to engage your learners by adding variables, widgets, and learner interactions (including drag and drop) to your eLearning.

You will learn to create object styles, apply them globally, and import and export them. You will learn to create branch groups and create branching scenarios that allow learners to plot their own path through your course. Finally, you'll learn how to ensure your eLearning can be used by people with disabilities by adding such 508-compliant features as accessibility text, keyboard shortcuts, and closed captions and how to enable Captivate’s reporting features.

Captivate Advanced

  • Interactive Software Simulations and Caption Pre-Editing
    • Rehearse a Script
    • Set Recording Preferences
    • Record a Software Simulation
    • Edit a Text Capture Template
  • Object Styles, Project Sharing, and Branching
    • Create a New Style
    • Apply an Object Style Globally
    • Export and Import an Object Style
    • Name a Slide
    • Copy/Paste Project Assets
    • Use Buttons to Create a Branch
    • Explore the Branching View
    • Create a Branch Group
  • Variables and Widgets
    • Add Project Information
    • Insert a System Variable
    • Edit a System Variable
    • Create a User Variable
    • Use a Variable to Gather Learner Data
    • Insert and Format a Widget
  • Interactive Videos and Virtual Reality
    • Insert an Interactive Video
    • Add Bookmarks
    • Add Slide Overlays
    • Create a Virtual Reality Project
    • Add a Text Hotspot
    • Add an Audio Hotspot
    • Add a Quiz to a Virtual Reality Project
  • Interactions
    • Insert a Process Circle
    • Create a Basic Drag and Drop Interaction
    • Manage Drag and Drop Buttons and Write Captions
    • Create a "Trick" Retry Slide
    • Explore an Advanced Drag and Drop Project
    • Create an Advanced Drag and Drop Interaction
    • Change the States of a Smart Shape
    • Use States to Swap Images
  • Accessible eLearning
    • Set Document Information
    • Enable Accessibility
    • Add Accessibility Text to Slides
    • Import Slide Audio
    • Add Shortcut Keys
    • Add Closed Captions
    • Set a Tab Order
  • Advanced Actions
    • Use a Completed Action
    • Name Objects
    • Create a Mask
    • Control Object Visibility
    • Create a Standard Advanced Action
    • Attach an Action to a Button
    • Group Timeline Objects
    • Create a Variable
    • Create a Conditional Action
    • Create Decision Blocks
  • Project Templates and Master Slides
    • Work with the Main Master Slide
    • Work with Content Masters
    • Apply a Master to Filmstrip Slides
    • Edit a Master
    • Apply a Theme
    • Create a Custom Theme
    • Review a Template
    • Create a Project Based on a Template
    • Create a Project Template
  • Responsive Projects
    • Customize Breakpoints
    • Save a Standard Project as Responsive
    • Insert and Name Fluid Boxes
    • Resize Fluid Boxes
    • Add Content to Fluid Boxes
    • Switch Modes
    • Use the Position Inspector
    • Modify a Single Breakpoint
    • Exclude from View
    • Add a New Breakpoint
    • Position and Link Objects
    • Edit Breakpoint Object Styles
  • Reporting Results
    • Set Quiz Reporting Options
    • Create a Manifest File
    • Report a Button Interaction
    • Adjust Slide Object Interaction
    • Preview in SCORM Cloud
    • Publish a Content Package
    • Create an Inquisiq LMS Account
    • Create an LMS Course
    • Attach a Lesson to a Course
    • Test an eLearning Course
Adobe Dreamweaver

This course focuses on the tools necessary to build a functional website and prepares students for the Web Authoring Using Adobe Dreamweaver CC objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover much of the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives.

In this intensive course, you learn how to navigate the workspace, define a site, create web pages, layout web pages, format and modify text, working with HTML and CSS, add and manage links, adding images and rich media, working with templates and library items, work with mobile devices and launch a site.

Dreamweaver CC - Introduction

  • Customizing Your Workspace
    • Touring the Workspace
    • Using the Start Screen
    • Exploring New Feature Guides
    • Setting Interface Preferences
    • Switching and Splitting Views
    • Selecting a Workspace Layout
    • Working with Panels
    • Personalizing Dreamweaver
    • Working with Extract
    • Working with Toolbars
    • Creating Custom Keyboard Shortcuts
    • Using the Property Inspector
    • Using the Related Files Interface
    • Using Tag Selectors
    • Using the CSS Designer
    • Using the Visual Media Query (VMQ) Interface
    • Using the DOM Viewer
    • Using Element Dialogs, Displays, and Inspectors
    • Setting up Version Control in Dreamweaver
  • HTML Basics
    • What is HTML?
    • Where did HTML begin?
    • Frequently Used HTML Elements
    • What's New in HTML5
  • CSS Basics
    • What is CSS?
    • HTML vs. CSS Formatting
    • HTML Defaults
    • CSS Box Model
    • Applying CSS Styling
    • Multiples, Classes, and IDs
  • Web Design Basics
    • Developing a New Website
    • Scenario
    • Working with Thumbnails and Wireframes
  • Creating a Page Layout
    • Evaluating Page Design Options
    • Working with Predefined Layouts
    • Styling an Existing Layout
    • Styling Elements Using the Extract Panel
    • Extracting Text from a Photoshop Mockup
    • Troubleshooting CSS Styling
    • Extracting Text Styling from a Photoshop Mockup
    • Creating a Gradient Background Using Extract
    • Extracting Image Assets from a Mockup
    • Adding CSS BAckground Effects in Code
    • Finishing up the Layout
  • Working with Templates
    • Creating a Template from an Existing Layout
    • Inserting Editable Regions
    • Inserting HTML Entities
    • Inserting Metadata
    • Validating HTML Code
    • Producing Child Pages
    • Moving CSS Styles to a Linked File
    • Updating a Template
  • Working with Text, Lists, and Tables
    • Creating and Styling Text
    • Creating Lists
    • Creating and Styling Tables
    • Spell-checking Web Pages
    • Finding and Replacing Text
  • Working with Images
    • Web Image Basics
    • Inserting an Image
    • Controlling Image Positions with CSS Classes
    • Working with the Insert Panel
    • Using the Insert Menu
    • Inserting Non-Web File Types
    • Working with Photoshop Smart Objects
    • Copying and Pasting Images from Photoshop
    • Inserting Images by Drag and Drop
    • Optimizing Images with the Property Inspector
  • Working with Navigation
    • Hyperlink Basics
    • Creating Internal Hyperlinks
    • Creating an External Link
    • Setting up Email Links
    • Creating an Image-Based Link
    • Targeting Page Elements
    • Locking an Element on the Screen
    • Styling a Navigation Menu
    • Adding Destination Links
  • Adding Interactivity
    • Learning About Dreamweaver Behaviors
    • Working with Dreamweaver Behaviors
    • Working with jQuery Accordion Widgets
    • Inserting a jQuery Accordion Widget
    • Styling a jQuery Accordion
  • Publishing to the Web
    • Defining a Remote Site
    • Cloaking Folders and Files
    • Putting your Site Online
    • Synchronizing Local and Remote Sites
  • Working with Code
    • Creating HTML Code
    • Working with Multicursor Support
    • Commenting your Code
    • Working with CSS Preprocessors
    • Selecting Code
    • Collapsing Code
    • Expanding Code
    • Accessing Split Code View
    • Previewing Assets in Code View
  • Designing for Mobile Devices
    • Responsive Design
    • Media Type Properties
    • Media Queries
    • Media Query Syntax
    • Working with the Visual Media Queries Interface
    • Introducing Web Frameworks
    • Identifying the Bootstrap Structure
    • Creating a Bootstrap Layout
Adobe Illustrator

This course focuses on Adobe® Illustrator® CC, the component within Creative Cloud used to create drawn graphics, while enabling its users to integrate content from other domains. With Illustrator's many tools, you will unlock the same creative impulses you have always had as you have picked up a pencil to sketch out an idea. You can capture those multiple ideas and “what ifs” during the creative process in ways that you never imagined. This course covers the Graphic Design & Illustration Using Adobe Illustrator CC objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives.

Illustrator CC Introduction

  • Exploring Illustrator
    • Bitmaps versus Vector Graphics
    • Starting Illustrator
    • The Start Workspace
    • Starting a Drawing
    • The Application Window
    • Parts of the Screen
    • Managing Panels
    • The Tools Panel
    • The Control Panel
    • The Properties Panel
    • Managing Panels
    • The Status Bar
    • Choosing a Workspace
    • Exiting Illustrator
  • Preparing to Draw
    • Understanding the Artboard
    • Using the Rulers
    • Using the Grid
    • Using Guides
    • Opening a Drawing
    • Working with Multiple Drawings
    • Selecting Objects
    • Undoing and Redoing Actions
    • Zooming and Moving
    • The Navigator Panel
    • Saving a Drawing
    • Closing a Drawing
  • Creating Basic Shapes
    • Understanding the Shape and Color Tools
    • Creating Basic Shapes
    • Creating Polygons
    • Creating Other Shapes
    • Creating Lines and Spirals
    • Editing Path Segments
    • Using Offset Path
    • Understanding Drawing Modes
  • Manipulating Objects
    • Transforming Objects
    • Copying and Moving Objects
    • Duplicating Objects
    • Positioning Objects
    • Aligning and Distributing Objects
    • Changing the Order of Objects
    • Grouping Objects
    • Locking Objects
  • Formatting Objects
    • Understanding Fill and Stroke
    • Understanding Color
    • Understanding Color Controls
    • Applying Color Using the Color Panel
    • Applying Color Using the Swatches Panel
    • Applying Color Using the Eyedropper Tool
    • Swapping Fill and Stroke Colors
    • Working With Stroke Weight, Width, and Style
    • Understanding Gradients
    • Applying a Linear Gradient
    • Changing the Direction of a Gradient
    • Changing Colors in a Gradient
    • Adding Colors to a Gradient
    • Applying a Radial Gradient
    • Saving a Gradient
    • Applying Gradients to Strokes
  • Manipulating Text
    • Adding Text
    • Importing Text
    • Adding Point Type
    • Adding Area Type
    • Threading Text Between Objects
    • Selecting Text
    • Adding Type on a Path
  • Layers
    • Understanding Layers and Sublayers
    • Understanding the Layers Panel
    • Working With the Layers Panel
    • Creating Layers and Sublayers
    • Naming Layers and Assigning Colors
    • Grouping Layers
    • Reassigning Objects to Different Layers
    • Rearranging Layers
    • Hiding and Displaying Layers
    • Locking and Unlocking Layers
    • Deleting Layers
  • Printing
    • Printing your Work

You have created simple artwork by using the basic drawing and painting tools available in Adobe® Illustrator® CC. You now want to use advanced tools, options, and effects to create complex artwork. In this course, you will draw complex illustrations and enhance them by using various painting options. You will also use painting tools, manage colors, format type, work with effects, create compound shapes and masks, and learn about Live Paint and tracing. This course covers the Graphic Design & Illustration Using Adobe Illustrator CC objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives.

Illustrator CC Advanced

  • The Adobe Account
    • The Adobe Website
    • Signing in to Your Adobe Account
    • Adobe Creative Cloud Application Manager
    • Working With Apps
    • Understanding Assets
    • Understanding Adobe Fonts
    • Adding Fonts From Adobe Fonts
  • Creative Cloud Libraries
    • The Libraries Panel
    • Adding Elements to the Library
    • Accessing the Contents of Your Library Online
    • Sorting the Contents of the Library
    • Adding People to Your Library
    • Working With Libraries
  • The Transform Tools
    • Understanding the Transform Tools
    • Scaling and Rotating Objects
    • Reflecting Objects
    • Shearing Objects
    • Changing the Perspective of an Object
    • Understanding the Distortion Tools
    • Distorting Objects
  • Advanced Color
    • Understanding Color Themes
    • The Color Themes Panel
    • Using the Color Wheel
    • Working With Color Rules
    • Saving a Color Theme
    • Exploring Color Themes
    • Accessing Adobe Color CC
    • Working With Color Themes in Illustrator
    • Understanding the Color Guide
  • Patterns
    • Understanding Patterns
    • Applying a Pattern Swatch
    • Scaling and Moving a Pattern
    • The Pattern Options Panel
    • Creating a New Pattern
    • Editing a Pattern
  • Brushes and Symbols
    • Understanding the Paintbrush Tool
    • The Brushes Panel
    • Understanding Brush Libraries
    • Using the Paintbrush Tool
    • Applying a Brush Stroke to a Path
    • Creating Different Kinds of Brushes
    • Creating an Art Brush
    • Creating a Scatter Brush
    • Using the Blob Brush
    • Using the Eraser Tool
    • Deleting a Brush Style
    • Understanding Symbols
    • Placing a Symbol Instance
    • Editing a Symbol
    • Understanding the Symbols Tools
  • Advanced Objects
    • Understanding Pathfinder
    • Creating a Compound Shape
    • Modifying Compound Shapes
    • Understanding Pathfinder Effects
    • Applying Pathfinder Effects
    • Creating Compound Paths
    • Merging Shapes
    • Understanding Envelopes
    • Reshaping Objects Using Envelopes
    • UnderstandingThe Blend Tool
    • Understanding Blending Options
    • Blending Shapes
    • Cutting and Dividing Objects
  • Effects
    • Understanding Effects
    • Understanding 3D Effects
    • Applying the 3D Extrude & Bevel Effect
    • Applying the 3D Revolve Effect
    • Applying the Outer Glow Effect
    • Understanding the Appearance Panel
  • Masks
    • Understanding Clipping Masks
    • Creating a Clipping Mask
    • The Transparency Panel
    • Understanding Blending Modes
    • Creating an Opacity Mask
    • Creating a Text Mask
  • Live Paint
    • Understanding Live Paint
    • Preparing for Live Paint
    • Simplifying Paths
    • Creating Live Paint Groups
    • Live Paint Gap Options
    • Applying Live Paint Fill
    • Adding Paths to a Live Paint Object
    • Using the Live Paint Selection Tool
    • Adding Gradients With Live Paint
  • Tracing
    • Understanding Tracing
    • The Image Trace Panel
    • Using Image Trace
    • Expanding Paths in a Traced Image
    • Tracing an Image Manually
Adobe InDesign

Adobe InDesign allows you to create well-designed, professional documents and publications. This course covers the "Print & Digital Media Publication Using Adobe InDesign CC" objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives.

In this course, you learn to create professional documents and print layouts, to place text and graphics, use objects, work with master pages, use layers, create tables, create custom colors, print documents and export documents to PDF.

InDesign CC Introduction

  • Getting Started with InDesign
    • What is Adobe InDesign?
    • Starting InDesign
    • The Start Workspace
    • The InDesign Workspace
    • Understanding Workspaces
    • Opening Files
    • Closing Files
    • Examining the Document Window
    • Navigating a Document
    • Zooming
    • Using Power Zoom
    • Exiting InDesign
  • Creating Basic Documents
    • Creating a New Document
    • Preset Options
    • Measuring in InDesign
    • Saving Files
    • Understanding Guides
    • Adding Text Frames
    • Using Placeholder Text
    • Placing Text
    • Manipulating Text Frames
    • Text Frame Options
    • Working with Columns
    • Threading Text
    • Displaying Hidden Characters
    • Inserting Special Characters
    • Inserting Glyphs
  • Working with Graphics
    • Working with Graphics
    • Creating Graphic Frames
    • Placing Images in Graphic Frames
    • Understanding Frame Fitting Options
    • Using the Content Grabber
    • Wrapping Text
  • Formatting Text
    • Formatting Characters
    • Formatting Paragraphs
    • Control Panel Menu
    • Creating Bulleted or Numbered Lists
    • Paragraph Rules (Lines)
    • Justification
    • Drop Capitals
    • Hyphenation
    • Keep Options
    • Using the Eye Dropper Tool
  • Working with Objects
    • Drawing Multiple Objects as a Grid
    • Drawing Tools
    • Rounding Corners
    • Transforming Objects
    • Moving Objects
    • Scaling Objects
    • Rotating Objects
    • Using the Transform Panel
    • Using Color
    • Using Step and Repeat
    • Aligning Objects
    • Distributing Objects
    • Using the Gap Tool
    • Grouping and Ungrouping Objects
  • Tabs and Tables
    • Presenting Columnar Data
    • Creating Tabs
    • Editing Tabs
    • Creating Tables
    • Importing Tables
    • Formatting Tables
  • Styles
    • Text Styles
    • Character Styles
    • Creating Character Styles
    • Editing Character Styles
    • Paragraph Styles
    • Creating Paragraph Styles
    • Editing Paragraph Styles
    • Object Styles
    • Creating Object Styles
    • Editing Object Styles
    • Copying Styles from Document to Document
  • Building Multi-Page Documents
    • Working with Multi-Page Documents
    • Inserting Pages
    • Page Sizes
    • Deleting Pages
    • Rearranging Pages
    • Rotating a Spread
  • Using Master Pages
    • Using Master Pages
    • Applying Master Pages
    • Deleting Master Pages
    • Hiding Master Page Items
    • Overriding Master Page Items
    • Editing an Existing Master Page
    • Creating a New Master Page
    • Renaming Master Pages
    • Inserting Page Numbers
  • Working with Layers
    • Working with Layers
    • Creating and Renaming a Layer
    • Layer Options
    • Duplicating a Layer
    • Deleting Layers
    • Showing and Hiding Layers
    • Locking Layers and Objects
    • Moving Objects between Layers
    • Importing Images with Layers
  • Finalizing a Document
    • Finding Fonts
    • Checking Spelling
    • Using Find and Change
    • Using Preflight
    • Printing Files
    • Exporting Files
    • Packaging Files

Adobe InDesign allows you to create complex, interactive documents that can be accessed across a range of devices. This course covers the "Print & Digital Media Publication Using Adobe InDesign CC" objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives.

In this course, you learn to become more proficient with text editing, document setup, and using color. You learn how to set up alternate layouts and templates, use object libraries and snippets, and create tints, gradient swatches, and vector paths. Finally, you learn to prepare documents for commercial printing or electronic distribution, how to manage long documents, use advanced color and print settings, add interactive elements to documents, prepare documents for electronic distribution, and work with XML.

InDesign CC Advanced

  • Document Forms and Setup
    • Linking Files
    • Replicating and Linking Content
    • Alternate Page Sizes and Layouts
    • Creating Placeholders, Templates, and Conditional Text
    • Using Object Libraries and Snippets
    • Using Data Merge
  • Color Techniques
    • Understanding Color Management
    • Understanding Process and Spot Colors
    • Creating Colors, Tints, and Mixed Ink Swatches
    • Creating Gradients
    • Colorizing a Grayscale Image
    • Using Transparency
    • Creating Individual Image Profiles
  • Vector Paths
    • Creating Vector Paths
    • Using Vector Paths and Pictures
    • Using Vector Paths and Type
  • Long Documents
    • Inserting Sections
    • Inserting Text Variables
    • Creating a Table of Contents
    • Creating Indexes and Cross-references
    • Creating Footnotes
    • Understanding Books
  • Interactive Documents
    • Creating Interactive Objects
    • Learning Interactive Behaviors
    • Adding Animation and Video
    • Building PDF forms
  • Creating a Simple E-Publication
    • Understanding Digital Documents
    • Fixed Layout vs Reflowable
    • Checking Your Fonts for EPUBS
    • Interactive Navigation Tools
    • Understanding Adding Animation
    • The EPUB Interactivity Preview Panel
    • Adding Animation
    • Creating a Multi-State Object
    • Interactive Objects
    • Creating a Button
    • The EPUB Export Options Dialog box
    • Exporting to EPUB
    • Understanding MultiMedia Tools
Adobe Photoshop

This course focuses on the basic features of Photoshop so that the student can navigate the environment and use Photoshop tools to work with photographic images. You learn to navigate images, make effective selections, resize images, work with color, create and format text layers, draw and format standard and custom shapes, retouch and repair images, and understand printing and printing techniques.

This course covers the Visual Communication Using Adobe Photoshop CC objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives.

Photoshop CC - Introduction

  • Exploring Photoshop
    • Bitmaps versus Vector Graphics
    • What is Photoshop?
    • Starting Photoshop
    • The Start Workspace
    • The Photoshop Workspace
    • The Control Panel
    • The Tools Panel
    • Panels
    • Managing Panels
    • The Status Bar
    • Choosing a Workspace
    • Exiting Photoshop
  • Starting Photoshop
    • Starting a Document
    • Preset Options
    • Using the Rulers
    • Using the Grid
    • Using Guides
    • Opening a Document
    • Working with Multiple Documents
    • Selection Techniques
    • Zooming and Moving
    • Undoing and Redoing Actions
    • The Navigator Panel
    • Saving a File
    • Closing a File
  • Layers
    • Understanding Layers
    • Creating Layers
    • Working with Layers
    • Stacking Order
    • Filling Layers and Selections
    • Transforming Layers and Selections
    • Using Free Transform
    • Using Type Layers
    • Formatting Text
    • Rasterizing Text
  • Image Adjustments
    • Image Adjustments
    • Adjustment Layers
    • Fill Layers
    • The Red Eye Tool
    • The Clone Stamp Tool
    • Content-Aware Fill
    • The Spot Healing Brush Tool
    • The Healing Brush Tool
    • The Patch Tool
    • Toning Tools
    • The Blur Tool
    • The Content-Aware Move Tool
    • The Background Eraser Tool
  • Painting and Color
    • Painting in Photoshop
    • Erasing
    • Color Models
    • Foreground and Background Colors
    • Gradients
    • Using the Eyedropper Tool
    • Quick Mask
    • Using Filters
  • Creating Basic Objects
    • Drawing Shapes
    • Drawing Rectangles
    • Drawing Rounded Rectangles
    • Drawing Ellipses and Circles
    • Drawing Polygons and Stars
    • The Pen Tool
    • The Pencil Tool

This course delves into some of the more advanced image creation and editing techniques and offers you hands-on activities that demonstrate how these techniques can be used in combination to create exciting visual effects. You will learn how to modify and create Creative Cloud libraries, apply layer effects to an image, work with smart objects, transform images, including flipping, rotating and skewing, correct the tone and color of photos using adjustment layers, use masks, filters and blending modes, and use the 3D tools and settings in Photoshop.

This course covers the Visual Communication Using Adobe Photoshop CC objectives to help students prepare for the Adobe Certified Associate (ACA) exam. This course is also designed to cover the Adobe Certified Expert (ACE) exam objectives.

Photoshop CC - Advanced

  • Creative Cloud Libraries
    • The Libraries Panel
    • Adding Assets to the Libraries Panel
    • Accessing the Contents of Your Library Online
    • Sorting the Contents of the Library
    • Sharing Libraries
    • Working With Libraries
  • Layer Effects
    • Applying a Drop Shadow Effect
    • Applying a Glow Effect
    • Adding a Border
    • Copying Effects to Other Layers
    • Saving Layer Effects as a Style
    • Understanding Layer Comps
  • Smart Objects
    • Understanding Smart Objects
    • Understanding Editing Smart Objects
    • Create an Embedded Smart Object
    • Editing an Embedded Smart Object
    • Creating a Linked Smart Object
    • Modifying a Linked Smart Object
    • Editing a Smart Object in Illustrator
  • Transforming Images
    • Flipping and Rotating Images
    • Straightening Images Using the Ruler Tool
    • Straightening Images Using the Crop Tool
    • Straightening Scanned Images
    • Correcting Perspective With Perspective Crop
    • Correcting Perspective With Puppet Warp
    • Changing Perspective With Perspective Warp
    • Scaling, Skewing and Freeform
    • Rotating Images
    • Warping Images
    • Creating a Panorama
  • Tonal and Color Corrections
    • Understanding Tone Color and Channels
    • Understanding Adjustment Layers
    • Creating an Adjustment Layer
    • Using Adjustment Presets
    • Understanding Tone and Histograms
    • Using Levels to Improve Contrast
    • Using Curves to Improve Contrast
    • Opening Up Shadows
    • Repairing Photos That Needed Fill Flash
    • Correcting a Color Cast Automatically
    • Correcting a Color Cast Manually
    • Adjusting Color Temperature
    • Adjusting Color Saturation Selectively
    • Converting Color Images to Grayscale
    • Brightening Washed Out Colors
    • Adjustment Layers in a Multi-Layered Image
    • Adjusting Hues Selectively
  • Masks, Filters, and Blending
    • Understanding Layer Masks
    • Understanding Filters
    • Understanding Blending Modes
    • Applying a Vignette
    • Applying a Soft Focus Effect
    • Applying a Blurred Lighting Vignette
    • Applying a Focus Vignette Effect
    • Blending Images
    • Sharpening Images With the Unsharp Mask
    • Sharpening Images With Smart Sharpen
    • Adding Grain With the Add Noise Filter
    • Applying a Creative Filter
    • Smoothing Skin Using the High Pass Filter
    • Dodging and Burning
    • Adding Motion With Path Blur
    • Adding Elliptical Motion With Spin Blur
    • Reducing Camera Shake
  • Introduction to 3D
    • Understanding 3D in Photoshop
    • Understanding the 3D Panel
    • Understanding the Properties Panel
    • Understanding 3D Concepts
    • Creating Preset 3D Shapes
    • Working With Camera Views
    • Working With the Light Source
    • Adding Color to 3D Objects
    • Creating 3D Text
    • Applying Color to 3D Text
    • Rendering Saving and Exporting 3D Objects
    • Importing a 3D Image Into an Image
  • Using Adobe Bridge
    • Installing Adobe Bridge
    • Understanding the Bridge Workspace
    • The Bridge Menu and Tool Bar
    • Opening an Image in Bridge
    • Working With Thumbnails
    • Working With Views in Bridge
    • Organizing Images in Bridge
    • Sorting and Filtering
    • Embedding Metadata in Your Image Files
  • Introduction to Camera Raw
    • Understanding Camera Raw
    • The Camera Raw Screen
    • Understanding Camera Raw Panels
    • Understanding the Raw Tool Bar
    • Making Basic Changes in Camera Raw
    • Opening Images in Camera Raw
    • The Preferences Dialog Box
Adobe Premiere Pro

This course is designed for people new to editing video and Premiere Pro! You start at the beginning and learn the skills to start video editing, including:

  • Starting a project
  • Editing videos
  • Adding video and audio transitions
  • Adding professional and modern titles
  • Improving audio and finding great free music for your projects
  • Correcting and grading the color of your video 
  • Adding visual effects to your projects
  • Editing green screen (chroma key) footage
  • Exporting your video for high-quality playback on any device
  • Advanced editing skills
  • Advanced efficiency tips

Touring Adobe Premiere Pro

  • Nonlinear editing in Adobe Premiere Pro
  • Expanding the workflow
  • Touring the Adobe Premiere Pro workspace

Setting Up a Project

  • Setting up a project
  • Setting up a sequence

Importing Media

  • Importing assets
  • Working with the Media Browser
  • Importing images
  • Customizing the media cache
  • Recording a scratch narration track

Organizing Media

  • The Project panel
  • Working with bins
  • Monitoring footage
  • Modifying clips

Essentials of Video Editing

  • Using the Source Monitor
  • Navigating the Timeline
  • Essential editing commands

Working with Clips and Markers

  • Using Program Monitor controls
  • Playback resolution
  • Using markers
  • Using Sync Lock and Track Lock
  • Finding gaps in the Timeline
  • Selecting clips
  • Moving clips
  • Extracting and deleting segments

Adding Transitions

  • What are transitions?
  • Using edit points and handles
  • Adding video transitions
  • Using A/B mode to fine-tune a transition
  • Adding audio transitions

Advanced Editing Techniques

  • Performing four-point editing
  • Changing playback speed
  • Replacing clips and footage
  • Nesting sequences
  • Performing regular trimming
  • Performing advanced trimming
  • Trimming in the Program Monitor panel

Putting Clips in Motion

  • Adjusting the Motion effect
  • Changing clip position, size, and rotation
  • Working with keyframe interpolation
  • Using other motion-related effects

Multicamera Editing

  • Following the multicamera process
  • Creating a multicamera sequence
  • Switching multiple cameras
  • Finalizing multicamera editing

Editing and Mixing Audio

  • Setting up the interface to work with audio
  • Examining audio characteristics
  • Creating a voice-over “scratch track”
  • Adjusting audio volume
  • Creating a split edit
  • Adjusting audio levels in a sequence

Sweetening Sound

  • Sweetening sound with audio effects
  • Adjusting EQ
  • Cleaning up noisy audio

Adding Video Effects

  • Working with effects
  • Master clip effects
  • Masking and tracking visual effects
  • Keyframing effects
  • Effects presets
  • Frequently used effects

Color Correction and Grading

  • Following a color-oriented workflow
  • An overview of color-oriented effects
  • Fixing exposure problems
  • Fixing color balance
  • Using special color effects
  • Creating a look

Exploring Compositing Techniques

  • What is an alpha channel?
  • Making compositing part of your projects
  • Working with the Opacity effect
  • Working with alpha-channel transparencies
  • Color keying a greenscreen shot
  • Masking clips

Creating Titles

  • An overview of the Titler window
  • Mastering video typography essentials
  • Creating titles
  • Stylizing text
  • Working with shapes and logos
  • Making text roll and crawl

Managing Your Projects

  • Using the File menu
  • Using the Project Manager
  • Performing the final project management steps
  • Importing projects or sequences
  • Managing collaboration
  • Using the Libraries panel
  • Managing your hard drives

Exporting Frames, Clips, and Sequences

  • Overview of export options
  • Exporting single frames
  • Exporting a master copy
  • Working with Adobe Media Encoder
  • Exchanging with other editing applications
  • Recording to tape

Getting to Know After Effect's Workflow

  • Creating a project and importing footage
  • Creating a composition and arranging layers
  • Adding effects and modifying layer properties
  • Animating the composition
  • Previewing your work
  • Optimizing performance in After Effects
  • Rendering and exporting your composition
  • Customizing workspaces
  • Controlling the brightness of the user interface
  • Finding resources for using After Effects

Creating a Basic Animation Using After Effects and Presets

  • Importing footage using Adobe Bridge
  • Creating a new composition
  • Working with imported Illustrator layers
  • Applying effects to a layer
  • Applying an animation preset
  • Previewing the effects
  • Adding transparency
  • Rendering the composition

Animating Text

  • About text layers
  • Creating and formatting point text
  • Using a text animation preset
  • Animating with scale keyframes
  • Animating using parenting
  • Animating imported Photoshop text
  • Animating text using a path animation preset
  • Animating type tracking
  • Animating text opacity
  • Using a text animator group
  • Cleaning up the path animation
  • Animating a nontext layer along a motion path
  • Adding motion blur

Working with Shape Layers

  • Adding a shape layer
  • Creating custom shapes
  • Creating stars
  • Positioning layers with snapping
  • Incorporating video and audio layers
  • Applying a Cartoon effect
  • Adding a title bar
  • Using Brainstorm to experiment

Animating a Multimedia Presentation

  • Animating the scenery using parenting
  • Adjusting an anchor point
  • Masking video using vector shapes
  • Keyframing a motion path
  • Animating additional elements
  • Applying an effect
  • Creating an animated slide show
  • Adding an audio track
  • Zooming in for a final close-up

Animating Layers

  • Simulating lighting changes
  • Duplicating an animation using the pick whip
  • Animating movement in the scenery
  • Adjusting the layers and creating a track matte
  • Animating the shadows
  • Adding a lens flare effect
  • Animating the clock
  • Retiming the composition

Working with Masks

  • About masks
  • Creating a mask with the Pen tool
  • Editing a mask
  • Feathering the edges of a mask
  • Replacing the content of the mask
  • Adding a reflection
  • Creating a vignette
  • Adjusting the color

Distorting Objects with the Puppet Tools

  • About the Puppet tools
  • Adding Deform pins
  • Defining areas of overlap
  • Stiffening an area
  • Animating pin positions
  • Recording animation

Using the Roto Brush Tool

  • About rotoscoping
  • Creating a segmentation boundary
  • Fine-tuning the matte
  • Freezing your Roto Brush tool results
  • Changing the background
  • Adding animated text
  • Outputting your project

Performing Color Correction

  • Adjusting color balance
  • Replacing the background
  • Removing unwanted elements
  • Correcting a range of colors
  • Warming colors with the Photo Filter effect

Using 3D Features

  • Creating 3D Text
  • Using 3D Views
  • Importing a background
  • Adding 3D Lights
  • Adding a camera
  • Repositioning layers
  • Adding a text layer
  • Working with Cinema 4D Lite

Working with 3D Camera Tracking

  • About the 3D Camera Tracker effect
  • Tracking the footage
  • Creating a ground plane, a camera, and the initial text
  • Creating realistic shadows
  • Adding ambient light
  • Creating additional text elements
  • Locking a layer to a plane with a null object
  • Animating the text
  • Adjusting the camera’s depth of field
  • Rendering the composition

Advanced Editing Techniques

  • Using Warp Stabilizer VFX
  • Using single-point motion tracking
  • Using multipoint tracking
  • Creating a particle simulation
  • Retiming playback using the Timewarp effect

Rendering and Outputting

  • Creating templates for the Render Queue
  • Exporting using the Render Queue
  • Rendering movies with Adobe Media Encoder
Adobe RoboHelp

This hands-on course teaches you the essential RoboHelp skills to create and deliver help documentation and user assistance (software/application help systems, operations manuals, policies, procedures, etc.).

You will learn about Author mode, Output mode, explore code view, the tools, and the myriad panels. You will create new RoboHelp projects and topics from scratch and learn how to import content from existing Microsoft Word documents and HTML files. You will enhance your topics with images, interactive expanding hotspots, and interactive multimedia via eLearning created in Adobe Captivate. In addition to learning how to improve the navigation of your content by adding hyperlinks, indexes, and glossaries, you will learn about cascading style sheets, variables, snippets, conditional build tags, conditional expressions, templates, and topic layouts. Finally, you will learn to output content that can be used on any device, including desktops, laptops, smartphones, and tablets, by generating Responsive HTML5, Frameless, and more.

Adobe RoboHelp 2022

  • Introduction to Adobe RoboHelp
    • Open an Existing Project
    • Set the RoboHelp Application Theme
    • Explore Project Content
    • Create, Edit, and Delete a Topic
    • Explore a TOC and an Index
    • Browse the Outputs
    • Output Frameless Output
    • Output Responsive HTML5 Output
    • Output an eBook
    • Output Microsoft HTML Help (PC Only)
  • Creating Projects
    • Create a New Project
    • Create a New Topic
    • Rename and Delete Topics
    • Import HTML Files as Topics
    • Import Word Documents as Topics
    • Edit Text Formatting in Source View
  • Project Structure, TOCs, and Styles
    • Create Project Folders
    • Create a TOC Section
    • Auto-Create a TOC
    • Edit Book Names and Reorder Pages in a TOC
    • Attach a Style Sheet to a Topic
    • Apply Paragraph Styles
    • Create a Style Sheet
    • Remove and Apply a Style Sheet
    • Create and Apply a Character Style
    • Format a Bulleted List
  • Links
    • Link to a Word Document
    • Insert Hyperlinks
    • Insert Bookmarks
    • Insert Auto-Sizing Popups
  • Images and Multimedia
    • Insert an Image
    • Add Alternate Text and an Image Title
    • Add Hotspots to a Graphic
    • Import Captivate Demos into a Project
    • Insert Captivate Demos into Topics
    • Create Drop-Down Text
  • Tags, Expressions, and Variables
    • Create a Condition Tag
    • Apply a Condition Tag
    • Create a Condition Expression
    • Apply Topic-Level Tags
    • Create Dynamic Content Filters
    • Create, Insert, and Edit a Variable
    • Insert and Edit Snippets
  • Tables, Indexes, Search, and Glossaries
    • Insert a Table
    • Apply Table Templates
    • Add Index Keywords from Within a Topic
    • Add Index Keywords on the Index Panel
    • Add Index Entries to Multiple Topics at Once
    • Create a See Also Keyword
    • Insert a See Also Placeholder into a Topic
    • Add Custom Search Terms
    • Add a Search Synonym
    • Add Glossary Terms
    • Use the Glossary Term Converter Script
  • Templates, Layouts, and Word/PDF Output
    • Add a Favicon and Select a Default Topic
    • Modify a Home Page Tile Image
    • Change the Logo Used on the Home Page
    • Create a Topic Layout
    • Edit a Topic Layout
    • Create a Book TOC
    • Add TOC Front and Back Matter
    • Create a MS Word Template
  • Windows, Browsing, and Context Sensitive Help (CSH)
    • Create an HTML Help Custom Window
    • Create a Browse Sequence
    • Test an API Call for Help
    • Publish an Output
    • Review CSH Source Code
    • Create a Map File and Assign Map IDs to Topics
Agile

This course gives attendees a broad overview of Agile, focusing on the popular Scrum framework as an example of how Agile can transform organizational projects. You will learn key agile principles, the end-to-end agile process, and how and why agile works to consider and discuss possible implementation with your organization.

 

Agile Fundamentals

  • Getting Started with Agile
    • Traditional Project Management (Waterfall)
    • What is Agile?
    • Iterative and Incremental Development Strategies
    • Differences Between Waterfall and Agile
    • The History of Agile
    • The Agile Manifesto
    • Frameworks / Methodologies of Agile
  • Using the Scrum Framework
    • The Scrum Framework
    • Scrum Roles
      • Product Owner
      • Scrum Master
      • Scrum Team
        • History of Chickens and Pigs
        • Scrum Team Breakdown
      • Stakeholders
        • Stakeholder Identification
        • Stakeholder Responsibilities
        • Types of Stakeholders
        • Factors Affecting Stakeholder Involvement
      • Customers
    • The Scrum Process
    • What is the Product Backlog?
    • User Stories
    • Sprint Planning
    • Sprint Characteristics
    • Closure
  • Managing Projects with Scrum
    • Estimating User Stories
    • Ideal Days
    • Story Pointing
    • Product Backlog - Estimating Stories Example
    • Product Poker
    • Daily Scrum Meeting
    • Burn-down Chart
    • Progress Charts
    • Metrics for Tracking
    • Best Practices to Manage Scrum
    • Product Owner: Proxy or Facilitator?
  • Success Factors to Implement Agile
    • Resolve Risks in Agile Projects
    • Integration Issues
    • Hardening Issues
    • Blocking Issues
    • Myths about Agile
    • Agile and CMMI
    • Agile and PMBOK
    • Micro-Management with Agile
    • Estimation Challenges
    • Growth Opportunities
    • Scrum of Scrums
    • The Benefits of Agile
Angular

From prototype through global deployment, Angular delivers the productivity and scalable infrastructure that supports Google's largest applications. Learn one way to build applications with Angular and reuse your code and abilities to build apps for any deployment target: web, mobile web, native mobile, and native desktop.

In this course, you will learn the basics of Angular, including components, routing, Angular CLI, data binding, pipes, directives, service and dependency injection, HTTP, and template-driven forms and validation. You will also get a brief introduction to TypeScript.

This course has been updated for Angular 14.

Angular Introduction

  • Introduction
    • What is Angular?
    • Angular vs. AngularJS
    • Scope and Goals of Angular
    • Performance
    • Future of Web Development
    • Mobile Device Support
    • Ease of Use
    • Architecture (Big Picture / Concepts)
    • Architecture
    • Setting up Your Environment
    • A Basic Angular Application
  • TypeScript Introduction
    • Programming Languages for Angular
    • How TypeScript Works
    • Transpiling TypeScript
    • TypeScript Syntax
    • The Type System
    • Classes
    • Interfaces
    • Arrow Functions
    • Modules
    • Generics
  • Components
    • What is a component?
    • Angular Modules
    • Developing a Simple Component
    • HTML Templates
    • Models
    • Nesting Components
  • Routing
    • Routing and Navigation
    • Router Terminology
    • Router Setup
    • Programmatic Navigation
    • Passing Data While Navigating
    • Using Route Parameter Values
  • Angular CLI
    • Installation
    • Usage
    • Generating a New Project
    • Generating Components, Directives, Pipes, and Services
    • Generating a Route
    • Creating a Build
    • Build Targets and Environment Files
    • Bundling
  • Data Binding
    • Unidirectional Data Flow
    • Binding Syntax
    • Template Expressions
    • One-Way Binding
    • Event Binding
    • Template Statements
    • Two-Way Binding
  • Pipes
    • What are Pipes?
    • Using Pipes
    • Built-in Pipes
    • Pipe Syntax
    • Chaining Pipes
    • Creating a Custom Pipe
    • Pure vs Impure Pipes
  • Directives
    • What is a Directive?
    • Kinds of Directives
    • Attribute Directives
    • Setting Attributes Dynamically
    • Structural Directives
    • Adding and Removing Elements Dynamically
  • Service and Dependency Injection
    • What is a Service?
    • Service Example
    • What is Dependency Injection?
    • Why do I need Dependency Injection?
    • Registering a Service
    • Injecting a Service
    • @Injectable Decorator
    • Multiple Service Instances
    • @Optional and @Host Decorators
  • HTTP
    • The Angular HTTP Client
    • Setting Up the Root Component
    • HTTP Client Using Promises
    • Observables and Reactive Programming
    • HTTP Client in Using Observables
    • Enhancing Services with .map() and .catch()
  • Template-Driven Forms and Validation
    • Template-Driven Forms
    • Binding Input Fields
    • Accessing the Form Object
    • Binding the Submit Event
    • HTML5 Validation
    • Angular Validation
    • Defining Validation Directives
    • Tracking Change State of Form Controls
    • Displaying Validation State
    • Disabling Submit When Invalid

This course teaches developers who have a solid grounding in and experience building applications with Angular how to take advantage of the more sophisticated features of this incredibly powerful platform. Achieve the maximum speed possible on the Web Platform today, and take it further, via Web Workers and server-side rendering. Angular puts you in control over scalability. Meet huge data requirements by building data models on RxJS, Immutable.js or another push-model. Build features quickly with simple, declarative templates. Extend the template language with your own components and use a wide array of existing components. Get immediate Angular-specific help and feedback with nearly every IDE and editor. All this comes together so you can focus on building amazing apps rather than trying to make the code work.

This course has been updated for Angular 14.

Angular Advanced

  • Advanced Components
    • Lifecycle Hooks
    • Composing Your User Interface
    • Component Communication
    • View Encapsulation
    • Style Scoping with Special Selectors
  • Advanced Directives
    • Access and Update the DOM Using ElementRef and Renderer
    • Respond to User Events Using HostListener
    • Set Properties on the Host Element Using HostBinding
    • Custom Directives Bound to Collections
  • Advanced Routing
    • Handling Parallel Router-Outlets
    • Route Guards
    • Route Transitions and Animation
  • Testing Angular Objects
    • Setting Up the Test Environment
    • Testing Pipes and Simple Services
    • Mocks, Fakes, and Spies
    • Parts of an Angular Test
    • Testing a Simple Component
    • Components with Inputs and Outputs
    • Component with Service
    • Mocking the HTTP Backend
  • Reactive (Model-Driven) Forms
    • Setup/Bootstrap
    • Model
    • Form Component
    • Metadata
    • Template
  • End-to-end Testing
    • Setting up Protractor
    • Searching the Document for Specific Content
    • Interacting with UI Elements
    • Creating Page Helper Objects
  • State Management
    • Kinds of Application State
    • Where to Store State
    • Client State Storage Using ngrx
    • State as Immutable Objects
    • Reducer Functions
  • Appendix: AngularJS to Angular Migration Strategies
    • Design Best Practices for Upgrading
    • Preparation
    • Upgrading with The Upgrade Adapter
Articulate Storyline

This intensive two-day course offers a comprehensive overview of Instructional Design, weaving together the theoretical foundations with practical applications. Participants will explore different learning theories, adult learning styles, and various Instructional Design models such as ADDIE, SAM, and Agile. The course also includes a deep dive into the psychology of learning, accelerated learning principles, and effective methods for needs analysis. Participants will learn how to write impactful learning objectives, design comprehensive training courses, develop engaging instructional materials, and optimize interactivity. They will gain practical experience in creating facilitator guides, workbooks, eLearning content, and utilizing different evaluation strategies for training effectiveness. Lastly, the course covers strategies to craft powerful marketing messages for their training programs.

  • Introduction to Instructional Design
    • Defining Instructional Design
    • Principles of Effective Learning Design
    • Differentiating Training from Other Learning Experiences
  • Theoretical Foundations of Instructional Design
    • Overview of Learning Theories
    • Exploring Adult Learning Styles
    • Instructional Design Models
      • VAK Learning Preferences
      • Kolb’s Learning Cycle
      • Honey and Mumford’s Learning Style
      • SAVI Approach to Learning
      • Think, Feel, Do Training Outcomes
  • Psychology of Learning
    • Motivation
    • Memory
  • Instructional Design Methodologies
    • Diving into ADDIE, SAM, and Agile Models
    • The 4W Method: Who? Why? What? Where?
    • Guidelines for Selecting the Appropriate Model for Your Project
  • Accelerated Learning
    • What is Accelerated Learning?
    • The Guiding Principles of Accelerated Learning
    • The Four-phase Learning Cycle in Accelerated Learning
  • Performing Needs Analysis and Collecting Data
    • Collaborating with Subject Matter Experts (SMEs)
    • Identifying Performance Gaps
    • Understanding the Needs of the Target Audience
    • Writing Goals and Learning Objectives
    • Ensuring Accessibility and Inclusion in Instructional Design
  • Creating Impactful Learning Objectives
    • Creating SMART Objectives
    • Using Bloom’s Taxonomy in Writing Learning Objectives
    • Simplifying and Grouping Objectives for Clarity
    • Aligning Objectives to Assessments
  • Designing Comprehensive Training Courses
    • Unpacking Key Elements of a Training Course
    • Strategies for Organizing Content
    • Balancing Various Teaching Methods for Optimal Learning
    • Designing Activities Tailored to Learning Objectives and Audience
    • Principles for Creating an Engaging Learning Experience
  • Developing Engaging Instructional Materials
    • Creating the Initial Class Structure
    • Writing Compelling Lesson Hooks and Course Materials
    • Developing Dynamic eLearning Content
  • Optimizing Interactivity in Learning
    • Designing for High Interactivity
    • Techniques for Sustaining Learner’s Attention
    • Balancing Individual, Partner, and Group Activities
    • Ensuring Understanding and Recall
    • Incorporating Simulations, Games, and Other Interactive Elements
  • Facilitator Guides and Learning Aids
    • Creating Comprehensive Facilitator Guides
    • Designing User-Friendly Workbooks and Handouts
    • Developing Visually Engaging Slideshows
  • eLearning Design and Development
    • Exploring eLearning Tools and Technologies
    • Understanding the Impact of Web 2.0 and Mobile Learning
    • Implementing Agile Principles in eLearning Design
  • Evaluating Training Effectiveness
    • Understanding and Implementing Quality Assurance
    • The Importance of Pre/Post Assessments
    • Applying Kirkpatrick’s Four Levels of Evaluation
    • Designing Effective Evaluation Surveys and Assessments
  • Marketing Your Training Program
    • Crafting a Powerful Marketing Message
    • Creating Marketing Materials: Flyers and Videos

Storyline is a powerful eLearning authoring tool that allows you to create interactive, professional-looking courses, presentations, and quizzes. Our 2-day introductory course teaches course developers how to create training titles, demonstrations, interactive simulations, branching scenarios, and quizzes without any programming. You will learn the Storyline interface, understand scenes, slides, timeline features, and layers, publish your project as HTML5 and SWF, add narration by recording or importing audio, increase user interactivity with click, highlight, and text entry boxes, learn how to increase user interactivity and insert question and scoring slides, learn how to branch to different Slides and Scenes, import PowerPoint slides into a project, and create links to websites and to another project.

Articulate Storyline 3 and 360 - Introduction

  • Exploring Storyline
    • Planning eLearning Projects
    • Budgeting eLearning Projects
    • eLearning Development Phases
    • eLearning Development Process
    • Designing Storyline Slides
    • Fonts and Learning
    • Scripts
    • Storyboarding for Soft Skills
    • Explore a Finished Storyline Project
    • Explore Slides and Panels
    • Zoom and Magnify
    • Explore Panels
    • Preview the Entire Project
  • Creating Projects
    • Create a New Project
    • Apply a Theme
    • Apply a Content Master Slide
    • Insert New Slides
    • Create a New Content Master Slide
    • Apply a Different Master Layout to a Slide
    • Import Content from PowerPoint
  • Add Content
    • Create and Format a Text Box
    • Work with a List
    • Add an Image to a Slide
    • Add a Shape to a Slide
    • Customize a Shape
    • Insert a Character
    • Insert a Caption
  • Interactivity
    • Add Buttons to Slides
    • Change Button States
    • Create Layers
    • Insert a Text Entry Field
  • Triggers and Hotspots
    • Delete Default Triggers
    • Add a Trigger to a Button
    • Hide Player Buttons
    • Add Triggers to Layers
    • Add a Hide Layer Trigger
    • Add a Slide Trigger
    • Add a Conditional Trigger
    • Edit a Trigger
    • Add a Hotspot and Lightbox Trigger
  • Variables
    • Manage a Variable
    • Reference a Variable
    • Create a Variable
    • Manipulate a Variable with a Trigger
    • Create a True/False Variable
    • Create a Trigger to Change a True/False Variable
    • Add a Condition to an Existing Trigger
    • Play Audio with a Conditional Trigger
    • Add a Condition to a Button
  • Audio, Animation, and Video
    • Add Voiceover Audio to a Slide
    • Change Slide Audio
    • Edit Slide Audio
    • Add Silence
    • Record Voiceover Audio
    • Control Object Timing
    • Animate an Object
    • Control Animation Options
    • Insert Video
    • Delay Object Start Times
    • Trim Video
    • Animate a Video
    • Add a Slide Transition
  • Quizzes
    • Insert a Multiple Choice Slide
    • Insert a Matching Drag-and-Drop Slide
    • Insert a Freeform Drag-and-Drop Quiz Slide
    • Insert a Quiz Result Slide
  • Recording and Publishing
    • Rehearse a Script
    • Record a Video
    • Edit Player Properties
    • Reorder Slides and Edit Triggers
    • Publish Course Content

This course provides students with the knowledge and hands-on practice they need to develop and build advanced interactions, extend the functionality of Storyline, and have a better understanding of Storyline project workflow. In this class we explore many media features in depth, including best practices for audio and video, animations, Storyline variables, triggers, cue points, and student reporting. Students create a fully branded Storyline Template and custom scenarios, work with audio and video, understand detailed graphic properties and cue points, create a custom Preloader, implement interactive objects, use and display project variables, combine Storyline features into seamless and integrated products, use the timeline, scenes, and layers more efficiently, use variables and JavaScript, and prepare a Storyline project for use with a Learning Management System.

Articulate Storyline 3 and 360 - Advanced 

  • Themes and Templates
    • Create a Theme
    • Format a Master Slide
    • Create Layouts
    • Save a Theme
    • Load a Theme
    • Add Slide Navigation to the Slide Master
    • Create Variables
    • Add Triggers for a Progress Indicator
    • Create and Use a Template
  • Custom Navigation
    • Create a Motion Path
    • Change Motion Path Options
    • Change the Duration of a Motion Path
    • Add a Second Motion Path to an Object
    • Delete Specific Triggers
    • Edit "When" a Trigger Occurs
    • Add Triggers that Reset Motion Paths
    • Copy and Edit a Trigger
    • Add Triggers that Disable States
    • Add Triggers that Enable States
    • Add a Trigger to Show a Layer
  • Gamification
    • Start and Stop Media
    • Change the Hover State
    • Make a Trigger Conditional
    • Show Layers Conditionally
    • Hide Objects Using States
    • Adjust a Variable
    • Change a State Based on When
    • Calculate a Score
    • Adjust Variables Dynamically
  • Video Control and Sliders
    • Work with Web Objects
    • Edit Video Parameters
    • Add Cue Points to the Timeline
    • Add Triggers Based on Cue Points
    • Change a Character's State Based on Time
    • Insert and Format a Slider
    • Set Slider Values
    • Add Triggers to a Slider
  • Advanced Quizzing
    • Modify Drag and Drop Questions
    • Add an Image as Question Feedback
    • Set Remediation
    • Import Questions From a File
    • Create a Random Quiz
    • Redirect a Quiz
  • Extending Storyline
    • Execute a Print JavaScript
    • Save Variables to a Text File with JavaScript
  • Accessibility and Reporting
    • Make an Image Accessible
    • Control Accessibility Visibility
    • Edit the Tab Order
    • Add a Keyboard Shortcut to a Button
    • Add Closed Captions
    • Upload a Project to an LMS
ASP.NET

This course teaches developers how to create rich-client single-page and multi-page web applications that use the C# language and the full power of the .NET framework executing in the browser.

Students will learn how to integrate client-side and server-side logic and re-use resources and models between both the front-end and back-end of the web application. This course also shows how to integrate client-executing Blazor code with JavaScript to take advantage of the strengths of both languages.

  • Introduction
    • What is Blazor?
    • Blazor Web Assembly
    • Blazor Server-Side
    • Blazor Development Environment
  • Razor Syntax
    • Syntax Overview
    • Working with Models
    • Using Classes
    • Control Structures
    • Using Markupstrings
  • Blazor Components
    • Creating Components
    • Using Components
    • Lifecycle Methods
    • Passing Parameters
  • Advanced Components
    • Working with Events
    • Data Binding
    • Event Callbacks
    • RenderFragment
    • Generic Fragments
  • Application Infrastructure
    • Dependency Injection
    • Partial Classes
    • Layout
    • Invoking JavaScript from C#
    • Invoking C# from JavaScript
    • Component References
    • Debugging WebAssembly Apps
  • Building Forms
    • EditForm and InputText
    • Validation using Data Annotations
    • Building Filter Components
    • Building Selector Components
    • Reordering List Elements
    • Building AutoComplete Components
  • Server Communications
    • Creating a RESTful API
    • Using Entity Framework Core
    • Using the HTTPClient Service
    • Retrieving Data
    • Pagination
    • Create/Update/Delete Actions
  • Security Basics
    • Exploring the Authentication State Provider
    • Using AuthorizeView
    • Protecting Components with Authorize
    • Reading Authentication State
    • Configuring Identity
  • Applying Security
    • Building an Authentication State Provider
    • Building Registration, Login and Logout Components
    • Implementing Roles
    • Renewing Authentication Tokens
    • Automatic Logout when Inactive
  • Razor Class Libraries
    • Sharing Components
    • Accessing CSS and JavaScript Resources
    • Dependency Injection
    • Routable Components
    • Cascading Parameters
  • Blazor Server Apps
    • Creating Blazor Server Apps
    • JavaScript in Blazor Server
    • Dual-Architecture
    • Enabling Authentication
    • Avoiding Firing Events Twice
  • Internationalization
    • What is Internationalization?
    • Multi-Language Blazor WebAssembly
    • Manually Changing Language
    • Culture-Dependent Formats
    • Multi-Language Error Messages
    • Internationalization in Blazor Server Apps
  • Appendix A: Deploying Blazor Applications
    • Deploying to Azure App Service
    • Deploying to Azure Storage
    • Deploying to IIS
    • Continuous Delivery with Azure DevOps

This course provides a practical hands-on introduction to developing Web applications using ASP.NET Core 6.0 MVC and C#. This Web development framework from Microsoft emphasizes the separation of concerns in the architecture and testability of applications. This course covers development on Microsoft’s new .NET Core platform and is current to Visual Studio 2022 and .NET 6, which is the latest version of .NET Core and is the foundation for future Microsoft .NET development.

A significant restructuring of the .NET platform, .NET Core is cross-platform, open source, and modular designed for creating modern web applications and services, libraries, and console applications. It is available on Windows, Mac, and Linux. .NET now is a family of frameworks, including both the classical .NET available on Windows and the new .NET Core package-based frameworks that are cross-platform.

This course covers the fundamentals of the Model-View-Controller design pattern and its implementation in ASP.NET Core MVC. This technology is compared with classical ASP.NET WebForms. Visual Studio 2022 is used as a productive platform for creating MVC Web applications. After presenting the fundamentals of the technology with several examples, the main components of Model, Controller, and View are covered in detail. The discussion of the Model incorporates Microsoft technologies for persisting data, including XML Serialization and ADO.NET with SQL Server 2019. The routing mechanism of ASP.NET MVC is covered. The course includes an introduction to ASP.NET Web API and deployment on the Azure cloud.

Numerous programming examples and exercises are provided. The student will receive a comprehensive set of notes and all the programming examples.

ASP.NET Core MVC

  • Introduction to ASP.NET Core MVC
    • Review of ASP.NET Web Forms
    • Advantages and Disadvantages of Web Forms
    • Model-View-Controller Pattern
    • ASP.NET Core 6.0
    • Considerations in Using ASP.NET MVC
    • Unit Testing
  • Getting Started with ASP.NET Core MVC
    • ASP.NET Core MVC Testbed
    • Using Visual Studio
    • Configuring for ASP.NET Core MVC
    • Rendering Views
    • Razor View Engine
    • Dynamic Output
  • .NET MVC Architecture
    • The Controller
    • The View
    • The Model
    • Helper Methods for HTML
    • Form Submission
    • Model Binding
    • Input Validation
  • The Model
    • More Complex Models in MVC Programs
    • Microsoft Technologies for Model Persistence
    • Using XML Serialization
    • NuGet Package Manager
    • Using ADO.NET
  • The Controller
    • Controller Base Class
    • Actions
    • Retrieving Data from a Request
    • Action Results
    • Action Attributes
    • Serving Static Files
    • Filters
  • The View
    • View Responsibility
    • Using ViewBag
    • Using Dynamic Objects
    • HTML Helpers
    • Validation Attributes
  • Routing
    • Routing in ASP.NET Core MVC
    • Properties of Routes
    • Parameters in Routing
    • Registering Routes
    • Attribute Routing
  • .NET Core Web API
    • ASP.NET Core Web API
    • Representational State Transfer
    • REST and Web API
    • HTTP Services Using Web API
    • HTTP Testing Tools
    • Using Postman
    • HTTP Response Codes
    • ASP.NET Web API Clients
  • .NET Core and Azure
    • What is Windows Azure?
    • A Windows Azure Testbed
    • Deploying an Application to Azure
    • Updating an Application on Azure

This course provides a practical hands-on introduction to developing Web applications using ASP.NET MVC 5 and C#. This Web development framework from Microsoft emphasizes the separation of concerns in the architecture and testability of applications. The course includes coverage of the Razor View Engine, Entity Framework 6 and ASP.NET Web API 2. It also introduces Windows Azure and the deployment of ASP.NET MVC applications to the Azure cloud.

For Microsoft’s cross-platform ASP.NET Core, see our ASP.NET Core MVC course.

The course covers the fundamentals of the Model-View-Controller design pattern and its implementation in ASP.NET MVC. This technology is compared with classical ASP.NET Web Forms. The two technologies share a common ASP.NET infrastructure. Visual Studio 2019 or higher is used as a productive platform for creating ASP.NET MVC applications. After presenting the fundamentals of the technology with several examples, the main components of Model, Controller, and View are covered in detail. The discussion of the Model incorporates modern Microsoft data access technologies, including SQL Server 2016, LINQ and ADO.NET Entity Framework 6. The routing mechanism of ASP.NET MVC is covered. The course introduces automated unit testing of Web applications, one of the chief advantages of the new technology. Security is covered, with some hands-on illustrations of attacks and defenses against them. The course includes a discussion of how ASP.NET MVC and Web Forms can be used together in the same application. The course includes an introduction to ASP.NET Web API and concludes with deployment to Windows Azure.

Numerous programming examples and exercises are provided. The student will receive a comprehensive set of notes and all the programming examples.

ASP.NET MVC Using C#

  • Introduction to ASP.NET MVC
    • Review of ASP.NET Web Forms
    • Advantages and Disadvantages of Web Forms
    • Model-View-Controller Pattern
    • ASP.NET MVC
    • Advantages and Disadvantages of ASP.NET MVC
    • Unit Testing
  • Getting Started with ASP.NET MVC
    • Installing ASP.NET MVC
    • Using Visual Studio
    • Hello World for ASP.NET MVC
    • Rendering Views
    • Razor View Engine
    • Dynamic Output
  • MVC Architecture
    • The Controller
    • The View
    • The Model
    • Helper Methods for HTML
    • Form Submission
    • Model Binding
    • Input Validation
  • The Model
    • Microsoft Technologies for the Model
    • ADO.NET
    • LINQ
    • ADO.NET Entity Framework 6
    • CRUD Operations
    • NuGet Package Manager
  • The Controller
    • IController Interface
    • Controller Base Class
    • Actions
    • Retrieving Data from a Request
    • Action Results
    • Action Attributes
    • Filters
    • Asynchronous Controllers
  • The View
    • View Responsibility
    • Using ViewBag
    • Using Dynamic Objects
    • HTML Helpers
    • Validation Attributes
  • Routing
    • Routing in ASP.NET MVC
    • Properties of Routes
    • Parameters in Routing
    • Registering Routes
    • Debugging Routes
    • Areas
  • Unit Testing
    • Test-Driven Development
    • Test Automation
    • Refactoring
    • Visual Studio Unit Test Framework
    • Test Cases
    • Test Classes
    • Test Runners
    • Testing ASP.NET MVC Applications
    • Dependency Injection
    • Mocking Frameworks
    • Inversion of Control Containers
  • Security
    • Input Forgery
    • Cross-Site Scripting
    • Session Hijacking
    • Cross-site Request Forgery
    • SQL Injection
    • Using the MVC Framework Securely
  • Combining ASP.NET MVC and Web Forms
    • Integrating Web Forms and MVC
    • Using Web Forms in an ASP.NET MVC Application
  • .NET Web API
    • ASP.NET Web API
    • Representational State Transfer
    • REST and Web API
    • HTTP Services Using Web API
    • Using Fiddler
    • ASP.NET Web API Clients
    • CRUD Operations
  • .NET and Azure
    • What Is Windows Azure?
    • A Windows Azure Testbed
    • Deploying an Application to Azure
    • Updating an Application on Azure
C#

This four-day course is designed to provide a sound introduction to the .NET Framework for programmers who already know the C# language and the fundamentals of Windows Forms. It is current to Visual Studio 2019 or higher, including support for cross-platform development using .NET Core. The course focuses on core portions of the .NET Framework that are common across many application areas. Separate courses are available in specific areas, such as ADO.NET, XML Programming, Windows Presentation Framework, Windows Communications Framework, and ASP.NET.

The course starts with an introduction to the architecture and key concepts of .NET. It then discusses class libraries, assemblies, versioning, configuration, and deployment, which constitute a significant advance in the simplicity and robustness of deploying Windows applications, ending the notorious “DLL hell.” You learn important topics in the .NET programming model, including metadata, reflection, I/O, and serialization, and the .NET programming model, covering memory management, asynchronous programming, and application domains. Finally, you learn about threading, which includes an introduction to the Task Parallel Library (TPL).

.NET Security, which was simplified in .NET 4.0, is introduced, including both code access security and role-based security. The interoperability of .NET with COM and with Win32 applications is discussed as well as an introduction to database programming using ADO.NET and LINQ. Finally, the .NET Framework diagnostic facilities are discussed in depth.

The course is practical, with many examples and a case study. The goal is to equip you to begin building significant applications using the .NET Framework.

.NET Framework Using C#

  • .NET Fundamentals
    • What is Microsoft .NET?
    • Common Language Runtime
    • CLR Serialization
    • Attribute-Based Programming
    • Interface-Based Programming
    • Metadata
    • Common Type System
    • Framework Class Library
    • Language Interoperability
    • Managed Code
    • Assemblies and Deployment
    • Web Services
    • ASP.NET
    • Performance
    • .NET Native
    • .NET Core and Cross-platform Development
    • XML Serialization
  • Class Libraries
    • Components in .NET
    • Building Class Libraries at the Command Line
    • Class Libraries Using Visual Studio
    • Using References
  • Assemblies, Deployment and Configuration
    • Assemblies
    • Private Assembly Deployment
    • Shared Assembly Deployment
    • Configuration Overview
    • Configuration Files
    • Programmatic Access to Configuration
    • Using SDK Tools for Signing and Deployment
    • Application Settings
  • Metadata and Reflection
    • Metadata
    • Reflection
    • Late Binding
  • I/O and Serialization
    • Directories
    • Files
    • Serialization
    • Attributes
  • .NET Programming Model
    • Memory Management and Garbage Collection
    • Asynchronous Delegates
    • BackgroundWorker
    • Application Domains
  • .NET Threading
    • Threading Fundamentals
    • ThreadPool
    • Foreground and Background Threads
    • Synchronization
    • Task Parallel Library
  • .NET Security
    • Authentication and Authorization
    • Code Access Security
    • Sandboxing
    • Permissions
    • Role-Based Security
    • Principals and Identities
  • Interoperating with COM and Win32
    • .NET Client Calling a COM Server
    • 64-bit System Considerations
    • PInvoke
  • .NET and LINQ
    • ADO.NET Overview
    • .NET Data Providers
    • Connections
    • Using LocalDB
    • Commands
    • DataReaders and Connected Access
    • Data Sets and Disconnected Access
    • Language Integrated Query
  • Debugging Fundamentals
    • Compile-time Errors and Run-time Errors
    • Configuring Debug, Release, and Special Builds
    • Visual Studio Debugger
    • Just-In-Time Debugging
    • Attaching Debugger to a Running Process
  • Tracing
    • Tracing
    • Event Logs
    • Using the BooleanSwitch and TraceSwitch Classes
    • Print Debugging Information with the Debug Class
    • Instrumenting Release Builds with the Trace Class
    • Using Listeners
    • Implementing Custom Listeners

This course provides a practical hands-on introduction to developing Web applications using ASP.NET Core 6.0 MVC and C#. This Web development framework from Microsoft emphasizes the separation of concerns in the architecture and testability of applications. This course covers development on Microsoft’s new .NET Core platform and is current to Visual Studio 2022 and .NET 6, which is the latest version of .NET Core and is the foundation for future Microsoft .NET development.

A significant restructuring of the .NET platform, .NET Core is cross-platform, open source, and modular designed for creating modern web applications and services, libraries, and console applications. It is available on Windows, Mac, and Linux. .NET now is a family of frameworks, including both the classical .NET available on Windows and the new .NET Core package-based frameworks that are cross-platform.

This course covers the fundamentals of the Model-View-Controller design pattern and its implementation in ASP.NET Core MVC. This technology is compared with classical ASP.NET WebForms. Visual Studio 2022 is used as a productive platform for creating MVC Web applications. After presenting the fundamentals of the technology with several examples, the main components of Model, Controller, and View are covered in detail. The discussion of the Model incorporates Microsoft technologies for persisting data, including XML Serialization and ADO.NET with SQL Server 2019. The routing mechanism of ASP.NET MVC is covered. The course includes an introduction to ASP.NET Web API and deployment on the Azure cloud.

Numerous programming examples and exercises are provided. The student will receive a comprehensive set of notes and all the programming examples.

ASP.NET Core MVC

  • Introduction to ASP.NET Core MVC
    • Review of ASP.NET Web Forms
    • Advantages and Disadvantages of Web Forms
    • Model-View-Controller Pattern
    • ASP.NET Core 6.0
    • Considerations in Using ASP.NET MVC
    • Unit Testing
  • Getting Started with ASP.NET Core MVC
    • ASP.NET Core MVC Testbed
    • Using Visual Studio
    • Configuring for ASP.NET Core MVC
    • Rendering Views
    • Razor View Engine
    • Dynamic Output
  • .NET MVC Architecture
    • The Controller
    • The View
    • The Model
    • Helper Methods for HTML
    • Form Submission
    • Model Binding
    • Input Validation
  • The Model
    • More Complex Models in MVC Programs
    • Microsoft Technologies for Model Persistence
    • Using XML Serialization
    • NuGet Package Manager
    • Using ADO.NET
  • The Controller
    • Controller Base Class
    • Actions
    • Retrieving Data from a Request
    • Action Results
    • Action Attributes
    • Serving Static Files
    • Filters
  • The View
    • View Responsibility
    • Using ViewBag
    • Using Dynamic Objects
    • HTML Helpers
    • Validation Attributes
  • Routing
    • Routing in ASP.NET Core MVC
    • Properties of Routes
    • Parameters in Routing
    • Registering Routes
    • Attribute Routing
  • .NET Core Web API
    • ASP.NET Core Web API
    • Representational State Transfer
    • REST and Web API
    • HTTP Services Using Web API
    • HTTP Testing Tools
    • Using Postman
    • HTTP Response Codes
    • ASP.NET Web API Clients
  • .NET Core and Azure
    • What is Windows Azure?
    • A Windows Azure Testbed
    • Deploying an Application to Azure
    • Updating an Application on Azure

This course provides a practical hands-on introduction to developing Web applications using ASP.NET MVC 5 and C#. This Web development framework from Microsoft emphasizes the separation of concerns in the architecture and testability of applications. The course includes coverage of the Razor View Engine, Entity Framework 6 and ASP.NET Web API 2. It also introduces Windows Azure and the deployment of ASP.NET MVC applications to the Azure cloud.

For Microsoft’s cross-platform ASP.NET Core, see our ASP.NET Core MVC course.

The course covers the fundamentals of the Model-View-Controller design pattern and its implementation in ASP.NET MVC. This technology is compared with classical ASP.NET Web Forms. The two technologies share a common ASP.NET infrastructure. Visual Studio 2019 or higher is used as a productive platform for creating ASP.NET MVC applications. After presenting the fundamentals of the technology with several examples, the main components of Model, Controller, and View are covered in detail. The discussion of the Model incorporates modern Microsoft data access technologies, including SQL Server 2016, LINQ and ADO.NET Entity Framework 6. The routing mechanism of ASP.NET MVC is covered. The course introduces automated unit testing of Web applications, one of the chief advantages of the new technology. Security is covered, with some hands-on illustrations of attacks and defenses against them. The course includes a discussion of how ASP.NET MVC and Web Forms can be used together in the same application. The course includes an introduction to ASP.NET Web API and concludes with deployment to Windows Azure.

Numerous programming examples and exercises are provided. The student will receive a comprehensive set of notes and all the programming examples.

ASP.NET MVC Using C#

  • Introduction to ASP.NET MVC
    • Review of ASP.NET Web Forms
    • Advantages and Disadvantages of Web Forms
    • Model-View-Controller Pattern
    • ASP.NET MVC
    • Advantages and Disadvantages of ASP.NET MVC
    • Unit Testing
  • Getting Started with ASP.NET MVC
    • Installing ASP.NET MVC
    • Using Visual Studio
    • Hello World for ASP.NET MVC
    • Rendering Views
    • Razor View Engine
    • Dynamic Output
  • MVC Architecture
    • The Controller
    • The View
    • The Model
    • Helper Methods for HTML
    • Form Submission
    • Model Binding
    • Input Validation
  • The Model
    • Microsoft Technologies for the Model
    • ADO.NET
    • LINQ
    • ADO.NET Entity Framework 6
    • CRUD Operations
    • NuGet Package Manager
  • The Controller
    • IController Interface
    • Controller Base Class
    • Actions
    • Retrieving Data from a Request
    • Action Results
    • Action Attributes
    • Filters
    • Asynchronous Controllers
  • The View
    • View Responsibility
    • Using ViewBag
    • Using Dynamic Objects
    • HTML Helpers
    • Validation Attributes
  • Routing
    • Routing in ASP.NET MVC
    • Properties of Routes
    • Parameters in Routing
    • Registering Routes
    • Debugging Routes
    • Areas
  • Unit Testing
    • Test-Driven Development
    • Test Automation
    • Refactoring
    • Visual Studio Unit Test Framework
    • Test Cases
    • Test Classes
    • Test Runners
    • Testing ASP.NET MVC Applications
    • Dependency Injection
    • Mocking Frameworks
    • Inversion of Control Containers
  • Security
    • Input Forgery
    • Cross-Site Scripting
    • Session Hijacking
    • Cross-site Request Forgery
    • SQL Injection
    • Using the MVC Framework Securely
  • Combining ASP.NET MVC and Web Forms
    • Integrating Web Forms and MVC
    • Using Web Forms in an ASP.NET MVC Application
  • .NET Web API
    • ASP.NET Web API
    • Representational State Transfer
    • REST and Web API
    • HTTP Services Using Web API
    • Using Fiddler
    • ASP.NET Web API Clients
    • CRUD Operations
  • .NET and Azure
    • What Is Windows Azure?
    • A Windows Azure Testbed
    • Deploying an Application to Azure
    • Updating an Application on Azure

Microsoft .NET is an advance in programming technology that greatly simplifies application development, both for traditional, proprietary applications and for the emerging paradigm of Web-based services. .NET 6 is a unified platform, for browser, cloud, desktop, IoT, and mobile apps. It is based on .NET Core, the package-based implementation that is cross-platform, running on Mac and Linux besides Windows. It completes the unification of the .NET platform begun with .NET 5.

This two-day course is designed for the experienced programmer to help you quickly come up to speed on the C# language. It is current to Visual Studio 2022, .NET 6, and C# 10. Important newer features such as dynamic data types, named and optional arguments, tuples, asynchronous programming keywords, nullable reference types, record types, and top-level statements are covered.

This course concisely covers the essentials of programming using Microsoft’s C# programming language. It starts with an overview of .NET architecture and the basics of running C# programs in a .NET environment. The following two chapters cover C# language essentials and object-oriented programming in C#. The next chapter discusses how C# relates to .NET. The following chapter covers delegates and events. The course includes a succinct introduction to creating GUI programs using Windows Forms. The course concludes with a chapter covering the newer features of C#. Appendices provide a tutorial on Visual Studio 2022, an overview of LINQ, and coverage of unsafe code and pointers in C#.

The course is practical, with many example programs and a progressively developed case study. The goal is to quickly bring you up to speed in writing C# programs. The student will receive a comprehensive set of materials, including course notes and all the programming examples.

C# Essentials

  • Introduction to .NET
    • What is .NET?
    • .NET Framework, .NET Core, and .NET 6
    • Application Models
    • Managed Code
    • Visual Studio 2022
    • Console Programs and New Console Template
    • GUI Programs
  • C# Overview for the Sophisticated Programmer
    • First C# Console Application
    • Namespaces
    • Data Types
    • Conversions
    • Control Structures
    • Subroutines and Functions
    • Parameter Passing
    • Strings
    • Arrays
    • Implicitly Typed Variables
    • Console I/O
    • Formatting
    • Exception Handling
  • Object-Oriented Programming in C#
    • Classes
    • Access Control
    • Methods and Properties
    • Asymmetric Accessor Accessibility
    • Static Data and Methods
    • Constant and Readonly Fields
    • Auto-Implemented Properties
    • Inheritance
    • Overriding Methods
    • Abstract Classes
    • Sealed Classes
    • Access Control and Assemblies
  • C# and the .NET Framework
    • Components
    • Interfaces
    • System.Object
    • .NET and COM
    • Collections
    • IEnumerable and IEnumerator
    • Copy Semantics in C#
    • Generic Types
    • Type-Safe Collections
    • Object Initializers
    • Collection Initializers
    • Anonymous Types
    • Attributes
  • Delegates and Events
    • Delegates
    • Anonymous Methods
    • Lambda Expressions
    • Random Number Generation
    • Events
  • Introduction to Windows Forms
    • Creating Windows Applications Using Visual Studio 2022
    • Partial Classes
    • Buttons, Labels, and Textboxes
    • Handling Events
    • Listbox Controls
  • Newer Features in C#
    • Dynamic Data Type
    • Named and Optional Arguments
    • Variance in Generic Interfaces
    • Asynchronous Programming Keywords
    • New Features in C# 6 and C# 7
    • Nullable Reference Types
    • Record Types
    • Top-Level Statements
  • Using Visual Studio 2022
    • Signing in to Visual Studio
    • Overview of Visual Studio 2022
    • Creating a Console Application
    • Project Configurations
    • Debugging
    • Multiple-Project Solutions
  • LINQ
    • What Is LINQ?
    • Basic Query Operators
    • Filtering
    • Ordering
    • Aggregation

This course provides software developers with skills to create high quality, object-oriented designs exhibiting improved flexibility, reduced maintenance costs, and increased understanding of the resulting code. Participants learn by examining and discussing the 23 patterns made famous by the "Gang of Four" book. Although this course is theoretical, examples and code snippets are provided to illustrate the patterns and the rationale for using that pattern. 

This course is designed for software developers looking to improve their design choices in creating object-oriented applications.

  • Improve software architecture
  • Build design pattern vocabulary
  • Discuss trade-offs in applying various design patterns
  • Gain concepts and tools for writing better object-oriented code
  • Gain concepts for better documenting object-oriented code
  • Review relevant UML notation

Object-Oriented Design Patterns

  • Overview
    • What are Design Patterns?
    • Principles of Patterns
    • Categorization of Patterns
    • UML Review
  • Object Creation Patterns
    • Factory Method
    • Abstract Factory
    • Builder
    • Prototype
    • Singleton
  • Structural Patterns
    • Adapter
    • Decorator
    • Proxy
    • Facade
    • Composite
    • Flyweight
    • Bridge
  • Behavioral Patterns
    • Chain of Responsibility
    • Strategy
    • Iterator
    • Template Method
    • Mediator
    • Observer
    • Memento
    • Command
    • State
    • Visitor
    • Interpreter

This thorough and comprehensive course is a practical introduction to programming in C#, utilizing the services provided by .NET. It is current to Visual Studio 2022, .NET 6, and C# 10. Important newer features such as dynamic data types, named and optional arguments, tuples, asynchronous programming keywords, nullable reference types, record types, and top-level statements are covered. Supplements provide a tutorial on Visual Studio 2022, an overview of LINQ, and coverage of unsafe code and pointers in C#.

This course is intended to be fully accessible to programmers who do not already have a strong background in object-oriented programming in C-like languages, such as C++ or Java. It is ideal, for example, for procedural programmers who desire to learn C#.

An essential thrust of the course is to teach C# programming from an object-oriented perspective. It is often difficult for programmers trained originally in a procedural language to start “thinking in objects.” This course introduces object-oriented concepts early, and C# is developed in a way that leverages its object orientation. A case study illustrates creating a complete system using C# and .NET. Besides supporting traditional object-oriented features, such as classes, inheritance, and polymorphism, C# introduces several additional features, such as properties, indexers, delegates, events, and interfaces that make C# a perfect language for developing object-oriented and component-based systems. 

C# as a language is elegant and powerful. But to utilize its capabilities fully, you need to have a good understanding of how it works with the .NET Framework. The course explores several significant interactions between C# and the .NET Framework, and it includes an introduction to major classes for collections, delegates, and events. It includes a succinct introduction to creating GUI programs using Windows Forms.

Object-Oriented Programming in C#

  • Introduction to .NET
    • What is .NET?
    • .NET Framework, .NET Core, and .NET 6
    • Application Models
    • Managed Code
    • Visual Studio 2022
    • Console Programs and New Console Template
    • GUI Programs
  • First C# Programs
    • Hello, World
    • Namespaces
    • Variables and Expressions
    • Using C# as a Calculator
    • Input/Output in C#
    • .NET Class Library
  • Data Types in C#
    • Data Types
    • Integer Types
    • Floating Point Types
    • Decimal Type
    • Characters and Strings
    • Boolean Type
    • Conversions
    • Nullable Types
  • Operators and Expressions
    • Operator Cardinality
    • Arithmetic Operators
    • Relational Operators
    • Logical Operators
    • Bitwise Operators
    • Assignment Operators
    • Expressions
    • Checked and Unchecked
  • Control Structures
    • If Tests
    • Loops
    • Arrays
    • Foreach
    • More about Control Flow
    • Switch
  • Object-Oriented Programming
    • Objects
    • Classes
    • Inheritance
    • Polymorphism
    • Object-Oriented Languages
    • Components
  • Classes
    • Classes as Structured Data
    • Methods
    • Constructors and Initialization
    • Static Fields and Methods
    • Constant and Readonly
  • More about Types
    • Overview of Types in C#
    • Value Types
    • Boxing and Unboxing
    • Reference Types
    • Implicitly Types Variables
  • Methods, Properties, and Operators
    • Methods
    • Parameter Passing
    • Method Overloading
    • Variable-Length Parameter Lists
    • Properties
    • Auto-Implemented Properties
    • Operator Overloading
  • Characters and Strings
    • Characters
    • Strings
    • String Input
    • String Methods
    • StringBuilder Class
    • Programming with Strings
  • Arrays and Indexers
    • Arrays
    • System.Array
    • Random Number Generation
    • Jagged Arrays
    • Rectangular Arrays
    • Arrays as Collections
    • Indexers
  • Inheritance
    • Single Inheritance
    • Access Control
    • Method Hiding
    • Initialization
  • Virtual Methods and Polymorphism
    • Virtual Methods and Dynamic Binding
    • Method Overriding
    • Fragile Base Class Problem
    • Polymorphism
    • Abstract Classes
    • Sealed Classes
    • Heterogeneous Collections
  • Formatting and Conversion
    • ToString
    • Format Strings
    • String Formatting Methods
    • Type Conversions
  • Exceptions
    • Exception Fundamentals
    • Structured Exception Handling
    • User-Defined Exception Classes
    • Inner Exceptions
  • Interfaces
    • Interface Fundamentals
    • Programming with Interfaces
    • Using Interfaces at Runtime
    • Resolving Ambiguities
  • .NET Interfaces and Collections
    • Collections
    • IEnumerable and IEnumerator
    • Copy Semantics and ICloneable
    • Comparing Objects
    • Generic Types
    • Type-Safe Collections
    • Object Initializers
    • Collection Initializers
    • Anonymous Types
  • Delegates and Events
    • Delegates
    • Anonymous Methods
    • Lambda Expressions
    • Events
  • Introduction to Windows Forms
    • Creating Windows Applications
    • Partial Classes
    • Buttons, Labels, and Textboxes
    • Handling Events
    • Listbox Controls
  • Newer Features in C#
    • Dynamic Data Type
    • Named and Optional Arguments
    • Variance in Generic Interfaces
    • Asynchronous Programming Keywords
    • Nullable Reference Types
    • Record Types
    • Top-Level Statements

Supplemental Topics

  • Using Visual Studio 2022
    • Signing in to Visual Studio
    • Overview of Visual Studio 2022
    • Creating a Console Application
    • Project Configurations
    • Debugging
    • Multiple-Project Solutions
  • Language Integrated Query (LINQ)
    • What Is LINQ?
    • Basic Query Operators
    • Filtering
    • Ordering
    • Aggregation
  • Unsafe Code and Pointers in C#
    • Unsafe Code
    • C# Pointer Type

An important software engineering paradigm is test-driven development, where tests are written early and testing is performed continuously during the development process. Problems are discovered early and corrected when they are found. This one-day course for developers explains the methodology of test-driven development and the use of the unit testing framework that comes with Visual Studio 2019, including the free Community version.

The course is practical, with many example programs and tests written in C#, including a cumulative case study. The goal is to quickly bring you up to speed in doing unit testing in your .NET development projects.

Test-Driven Development Using Visual Studio and C#

  • Test-Driven Development
    • What Is Test-Driven Development (TDD)?
    • Functional Tests / Customer Tests
    • Unit Tests / Programmer Tests
    • Test Automation
    • Simple Design
    • Refactoring
    • A Visual Studio Test Drive
    • TDD with Legacy Code
  • Visual Studio Unit Testing Fundamentals
    • Structure of Unit Tests
    • Unit Testing Framework
    • Assertions
    • Test Cases
    • Test Classes
    • Test Runners
    • Ignoring Tests
    • Initialization and Cleanup
  • More about Unit Testing Framework
    • Expected Exceptions
    • Custom Asserts
    • Playlists
    • Debugging Unit Tests
    • MSTest
    • Refactoring

Windows Communication Foundation (WCF) is Microsoft’s new framework for building distributed systems. It unifies and builds on the diverse set of existing distribution mechanisms, which include ASP.NET Web services and .NET Remoting. WCF enables developers to produce highly configurable, secure, reliable and transactional services using a single simplified programming model. And since WCF supports the WS-* series of Web service standards, it enables simple interoperation with other platforms and technologies.

This course provides a thorough grounding in this important technology. The first chapter covers the essential concepts and shows how to implement WCF services and clients. The “ABC” of address, binding and contracts are covered in detail. Service contracts and data contracts are elaborated, and instance management is covered. The course includes a discussion of error handling and security and concludes with coverage of the WCF Routing Service. The course discusses new features of WCF, including new bindings and support for the task-based asynchronous pattern and WebSockets. A large number of working examples and lab exercises are provided.

Windows Communication Foundation Using C#

  • WCF Essentials
    • What is WCF?
    • WCF and Web API
    • Address, Binding, and Contract
    • WCF Services and Clients
    • WCF Service Libraries
    • WCF Test Host and Test Client
    • Self-Hosting
    • WCF Clients
    • Channel Factories
    • Creating Proxies
    • Configuration Files
    • Metadata
    • Standard Endpoints
    • WCF Architecture
  • Addresses and Bindings
    • Addresses
    • Bindings
    • Message Exchange Patterns
    • Configuring Bindings
    • Interoperating with ASMX Web Services
    • Default Endpoints and Bindings
    • Service Descriptions
    • Multiple Endpoints
  • Service Contracts
    • Defining Service Contracts
    • Defining Operation Contracts
    • Services with Multiple Contracts
    • Contract Inheritance
    • Operation Overloading
  • Instance Management
    • Using Per-Call Services
    • Using Per-Session Services
    • Using Singleton Services
    • Configuring Behaviors
    • Windows Forms WCF Clients
  • Data Contracts
    • Implementing Data Contracts
    • Mapping Data Contracts to XSD Schema
    • Serialization
    • Arrays and Generic Collections
    • Enums
    • Versioning Data Contracts
  • More about Service Contracts
    • Versioning Service Contracts
    • Implementing Message Exchange Patterns
    • Oneway Contracts
    • Duplex Contracts
    • Asynchronous Proxies
    • Task-Based Asynchronous Pattern
    • WebSockets
  • Handling Errors
    • Faults and Exceptions
    • Generating and Handling Faults
    • Fault Contracts
    • Faults and Sessions
  • WCF Security
    • Security Aspects of Services
    • Transport Security
    • Message Security
    • Certificates
    • Credentials
  • WCF Routing
    • WCF Routing Service
    • Routing Configuration
    • Routing Contracts
    • Message Filters
    • Error Handling
    • Routing Scenarios
Camtasia

This intensive two-day course offers a comprehensive overview of Instructional Design, weaving together the theoretical foundations with practical applications. Participants will explore different learning theories, adult learning styles, and various Instructional Design models such as ADDIE, SAM, and Agile. The course also includes a deep dive into the psychology of learning, accelerated learning principles, and effective methods for needs analysis. Participants will learn how to write impactful learning objectives, design comprehensive training courses, develop engaging instructional materials, and optimize interactivity. They will gain practical experience in creating facilitator guides, workbooks, eLearning content, and utilizing different evaluation strategies for training effectiveness. Lastly, the course covers strategies to craft powerful marketing messages for their training programs.

  • Introduction to Instructional Design
    • Defining Instructional Design
    • Principles of Effective Learning Design
    • Differentiating Training from Other Learning Experiences
  • Theoretical Foundations of Instructional Design
    • Overview of Learning Theories
    • Exploring Adult Learning Styles
    • Instructional Design Models
      • VAK Learning Preferences
      • Kolb’s Learning Cycle
      • Honey and Mumford’s Learning Style
      • SAVI Approach to Learning
      • Think, Feel, Do Training Outcomes
  • Psychology of Learning
    • Motivation
    • Memory
  • Instructional Design Methodologies
    • Diving into ADDIE, SAM, and Agile Models
    • The 4W Method: Who? Why? What? Where?
    • Guidelines for Selecting the Appropriate Model for Your Project
  • Accelerated Learning
    • What is Accelerated Learning?
    • The Guiding Principles of Accelerated Learning
    • The Four-phase Learning Cycle in Accelerated Learning
  • Performing Needs Analysis and Collecting Data
    • Collaborating with Subject Matter Experts (SMEs)
    • Identifying Performance Gaps
    • Understanding the Needs of the Target Audience
    • Writing Goals and Learning Objectives
    • Ensuring Accessibility and Inclusion in Instructional Design
  • Creating Impactful Learning Objectives
    • Creating SMART Objectives
    • Using Bloom’s Taxonomy in Writing Learning Objectives
    • Simplifying and Grouping Objectives for Clarity
    • Aligning Objectives to Assessments
  • Designing Comprehensive Training Courses
    • Unpacking Key Elements of a Training Course
    • Strategies for Organizing Content
    • Balancing Various Teaching Methods for Optimal Learning
    • Designing Activities Tailored to Learning Objectives and Audience
    • Principles for Creating an Engaging Learning Experience
  • Developing Engaging Instructional Materials
    • Creating the Initial Class Structure
    • Writing Compelling Lesson Hooks and Course Materials
    • Developing Dynamic eLearning Content
  • Optimizing Interactivity in Learning
    • Designing for High Interactivity
    • Techniques for Sustaining Learner’s Attention
    • Balancing Individual, Partner, and Group Activities
    • Ensuring Understanding and Recall
    • Incorporating Simulations, Games, and Other Interactive Elements
  • Facilitator Guides and Learning Aids
    • Creating Comprehensive Facilitator Guides
    • Designing User-Friendly Workbooks and Handouts
    • Developing Visually Engaging Slideshows
  • eLearning Design and Development
    • Exploring eLearning Tools and Technologies
    • Understanding the Impact of Web 2.0 and Mobile Learning
    • Implementing Agile Principles in eLearning Design
  • Evaluating Training Effectiveness
    • Understanding and Implementing Quality Assurance
    • The Importance of Pre/Post Assessments
    • Applying Kirkpatrick’s Four Levels of Evaluation
    • Designing Effective Evaluation Surveys and Assessments
  • Marketing Your Training Program
    • Crafting a Powerful Marketing Message
    • Creating Marketing Materials: Flyers and Videos

In this Camtasia training course, you will learn to create projects, screen recordings, and videos that can be shared and accessed by learners using desktop computers, laptops, tablets, and other mobile devices. Your content can be hosted on a web server, Learning Management System, YouTube, Vimeo, TechSmith’s Screencast.com, and more.

You will learn how to include recordings of existing PowerPoint presentations or software demonstrations created directly on your computer using the Camtasia Recorder, and you will add animations, voiceover audio, graphics, music, annotations, closed captions, and quizzes to a project.

Camtasia Fundamentals

  • Starting a Project
    • What is Camtasia?
    • Creating a New Project
    • Using the Tools Panel
    • Understanding Canvas Basics
    • Using Canvas Tools
    • Magnifying the Canvas
    • Modifying Project Settings
    • Modifying Canvas Dimensions
    • Setting Canvas Background Color
    • Detaching the Canvas
  • Creating Recordings
    • Understanding Microphones
    • Calibrating a Microphone
    • Recording
    • Customizing Recording Regions
    • Understanding Camtasia File Types
  • Using the Timeline
    • Understanding the Timeline
    • Adding and Removing Tracks
    • Renaming Tracks
    • Zooming
    • Changing Track Height
    • Locking Tracks
    • Turning Off Tracks
    • Grouping Media Elements
    • Grouping Tracks
  • Adding Content
    • Using the Media Bin
    • Working with Media on the Canvas
    • Adding and Editing Annotations
    • Creating a Library
    • Adding Assets or Groups to a Library
    • Understanding Themes
    • Creating a Theme
    • Applying a Theme to Annotations or Assets
  • Editing Audio
    • Editing Audio
    • Adding Audio Effects
    • Modifying Audio
  • Editing the Timeline
    • Selecting Media on the Timeline
    • Splitting
    • Using Ripple Split
    • Trimming
    • Cutting
    • Moving and Deleting Media on Tracks
    • Extending Frames
    • Stitching
    • Using Markers and Marker Shortcuts
    • Adding, Editing, and Deleting Markers
  • Enhancing Video
    • Adding Transitions
    • Adding and Editing Behaviors
    • Adding and Editing Animations
    • Using Zoom-N-Pan
    • Adding and Hiding Cursor Effects
    • Adding Visual Effects
    • Adding Interactive Hotspots
  • Quizzing
    • Quizzing
    • Setting up a Quiz
    • Creating Questions
    • Previewing a Quiz
    • Reporting Quiz Results
  • Producing a Video
    • Producing and Sharing a Video
    • Using Captions
    • Understanding Caption Types
    • Adding Captions
    • Synching Captions
    • Editing Captions
    • Creating a Table of Contents
  •  
  • Using the PowerPoint Add-in
    • Understanding the PowerPoint Add-in
    • Modifying PowerPoint Add-in Options
    • Recording a PowerPoint Presentation
ChatGPT

If you are new to the world of artificial intelligence and ChatGPT, this course is for you! You will learn some key terms, and then we will dive into ChatGPT. We will cover the key use cases for ChatGPT, play with various prompt frameworks, discuss tones, modes, and formats, and review other chatbots and useful plugins. By the end of this course, you will be a ChatGPT Power User!

  • Introduction to AI
    • What is AI?
    • Types of AI
    • Machine Learning
    • Natural Language Processing (NLP)
    • Key Terms
  • Introduction to ChatGPT
    • What is ChatGPT?
    • Benefits and Limitations
    • Applications of ChatGPT
  • Using ChatGPT
    • Key Use Cases
  • Prompt Frameworks
    • What is a Prompt?
    • Types of Prompts
    • Crafting Prompts
  • Getting Better Results
    • Modes
    • Tones
    • Format
  • Example Prompts
  • Tips and Tricks
  • Ethical Considerations

 

CorelDRAW

Upon completing this course, students will understand the various elements of the CorelDRAW interface. They will be able to create, format, manipulate and transform graphical objects, create and manipulate text, work with color palettes, enhance a drawing, and work with printing options.

CorelDraw - Introduction

  • Exploring CorelDRAW
    • What is CorelDRAW?
    • Bitmaps versus Vector Graphics
    • Starting CorelDRAW
    • The Welcome Screen
    • The Application Window
    • Parts of the Screen
    • The Standard Toolbar
    • The Toolbox
    • The Property Bar
    • Dockers
    • The Status Bar
    • Choosing a Workspace
    • Using Help
    • Search
    • Exiting CorelDRAW
  • Starting CorelDRAW
    • Starting a Drawing
    • Using the Rulers
    • Using Guidelines
    • Opening a Drawing
    • Working with Multiple Drawings
    • Selecting Objects
    • Undoing, Redoing and Repeating Actions
    • Zooming and Panning
    • Previewing a Drawing
    • Saving a Drawing
    • Closing a Drawing
  • Creating Basic Objects
    • Drawing Rectangles and Squares
    • Adding Corners
    • Drawing Ellipses and Circles
    • Creating a Pie or Arc
    • Drawing Polygons and Stars
    • Drawing Lines
    • Drawing Perfect Shapes
  • Manipulating Objects
    • Transforming Objects
    • Copying and Moving Objects
    • Duplicating Objects
    • Using Step and Repeat
    • Copying Object Properties, Transformations, and Effects
    • Positioning Objects
    • Aligning and Distributing Objects
    • Changing the Order of Objects
    • Grouping Objects
    • Locking Objects
  • Formatting Objects
    • Color Models
    • Using the Color Palette
    • Using the Document Palette
    • Using Palette Libraries and Custom Color Palettes
    • Sampling Colors
    • Using Color Viewers
    • Using Color Blends
    • Using a Fountain Fill
    • Using Patterns
    • Formatting Lines and Outlines
  • Manipulating Text
    • Adding Text
    • Importing Text
    • Adding Artistic Text
    • Adding Paragraph Text
    • Selecting Text
    • Fitting Text to a Path
    • Working with Tables
    • Formatting a Table
  • Printing
    • Previewing Print Jobs
    • Printing Your Work

In this course, you will work with layers in the CorelDRAW application, use advanced tools for creating drawings, advanced output options for printing, and advanced techniques for text manipulation. In addition, you will work with bitmap and vector graphics, templates, styles, blends, contour, and mesh.

CorelDraw - Advanced

  • Templates, Pages and Styles
    • Working with Templates
    • Creating Templates
    • Working with Pages
    • Specifying the Page Layout
    • Choosing a Page Background
    • Adding, Duplicating, Renaming and Deleting Pages
    • Using Styles
    • Applying a Style
  • Shaping Objects
    • Using Curve Objects
    • The Shape Tool
    • Using Node Types
    • Manipulating Segments
    • Manipulating Nodes
  • Layers
    • Creating Layers
    • Changing Layer Properties
    • Moving and Copying Layers and Objects
    • Inserting Page Numbers
  • Advanced Enhancements
    • Drawing by Using Shape Recognition
    • Creating PowerClip Objects
    • Applying Fills to Areas
    • Combining Objects
    • Applying Lenses
    • Applying Perspective to Objects
    • Creating Extrusions
    • Creating Bevel Effects
    • Creating Drop Shadows
    • Roughening Objects
    • Smoothing Objects
    • Applying Distortion Effects
    • Adding Twirl Effects
    • Shaping Objects by Using Envelopes
    • Trimming Object
  • Blends, Contours, and Mesh
    • Blending Objects
    • Contouring Objects
    • Applying Mesh Fills
CSS3

Modern browsers have terrific support for all commonly used CSS features, which means that it is no longer necessary to teach the types of CSS tricks and hacks that had to be used in the past to make pages look the same across browsers. This intensive CSS course provides thorough coverage of CSS as it is used in modern web design.

You will learn CSS fundamentals like the box model, cascade and specificity, flexbox, grid, and z-index. And, along with these fundamentals, you will learn about functions, color types, gradients, logical properties, and inheritance to make you a well-rounded front-end developer, ready to take on any user interface.

CSS Introduction

  • Box Model
    • Content and Sizing
    • Areas of the Box Model
    • Debugging the Box Model
    • Controlling the Box Model
  • Selectors
    • Parts of a CSS Rule
    • Simple Selectors
      • Universal Selector
      • Type Selector
      • Class Selector
      • ID Selector
      • Attribute Selector
      • Grouping Selectors
    • Pseudo-Classes and Pseudo-Elements
      • Pseudo-classes
      • Pseudo-element
    • Complex Selectors
      • Combinators
      • Compound Selectors
  • The Cascade
    • Position and Order of Appearance
    • Specificity
    • Origin
    • Importance
    • Using DevTools
  • Specificity
    • Specificity Scoring
    • Scoring Each Selector Type
      • Universal Selector
      • Element or Pseudo-element Selector
      • Class, Pseudo-class, or Attribute Selector
      • ID Selector
      • Inline Style Attribute
      • !important Rule
    • Specificity in Context
    • Visualizing Specificity
    • Pragmatically Increasing Specificity
    • Matching Specificity Score = Newest Instance Win
  • Inheritance
    • Inheritance Flow
    • Which Properties are Inheritable?
    • How Inheritance Works
    • How to Explicitly Inherit and Control Inheritance
      • The inherit keyword
      • The initial keyword
      • The unset keyword
  • Color
    • Numeric Colors
      • Hex Colors
      • RGB (Red, Green, Blue)
      • HSL (Hue, Saturation, Lightness)
    • Color Keywords
  • Sizing Units
    • Numbers
    • Percentages
    • Dimensions and Lengths
      • Absolute Lengths
      • Relative Lengths
    • Miscellaneous Units
      • Angle Units
  • Layout
    • Layout: A Brief History
    • Layout: The Present and Future
    • Understanding the Display Property
    • Flexbox and Grid
      • Flexbox
      • Grid
    • Flow Layout
      • Inline Block
      • Floats
      • Multicolumn Layout
      • Positioning
  • Flexbox
    • What can you do with Flex Layout?
    • The Main Axis and the Cross Axis
    • Creating a Flex Container
    • Controlling the Direction of Items
      • Reversing the Flow of Items and Accessibility
      • Writing Modes and Direction
    • Wrapping Flex Items
      • The Flex-Flow Shorthand
    • Controlling Space Inside Flex Items
      • Allowing Items to Grow at Different Rates
    • Reordering Flex Items
    • Flexbox Alignment Overview
    • Distributing Space on the Main Axis
      • With flex-direction:column
    • Distributing Space Between Flex Lines
      • The place-content Shorthand
    • Aligning Items on the Cross-Axis
    • Why is there no justify-self in Flexbox?
    • How to Center an Item Vertically and Horizontally
  • Grid
    • Overview
    • Grid Terminology
      • Grid Lines
      • Grid Tracks
      • Grid Cell
      • Grid Area
      • Gaps
      • Grid Container
      • Grid Item
    • Rows and Columns
      • Intrinsic Sizing Keywords
      • The fr Unit
      • The minmax() Function
      • repeat() Notation
      • auto-fill and auto-fit
    • Auto-placement
      • Placing Items in Columns
      • Spanning Tracks
      • Filling Gaps
    • Placing Items
      • Stacking Items
      • Negative Line Numbers
    • Named Grid Lines
    • Grid Template Areas
    • Shorthand Properties
      • grid-template
      • grid property
    • Alignment
      • Distributing Extra Space
      • Moving Content Around
  • Logical Properties
    • Terminology
    • Block Flow
    • Inline Flow
    • Flow Relative
    • Sizing
    • Start and End
    • Spacing and Positioning
    • Borders
    • Units
    • Using Logical Properties Pragmatically
    • Solving the Icon Issue
    • Browser Support
  • Spacing
    • HTML Spacing
    • Margin
      • Negative Margin
      • Margin Collapse
    • Padding
    • Positioning
    • Grid and Flexbox
    • Creating Consistent Spacing
  • Pseudo-elements
    • ::before and ::after
    • ::first-letter
    • ::first-line
    • ::backdrop
    • ::marker
    • ::selection
    • ::placeholder
    • ::cue
  • Pseudo-classes
    • Interactive States
      • :hover
      • :active
      • :focus, :focus-within, and :focus-visible
      • :target
    • Historic States
      • :link
      • :visited
    • Form States
      • :disabled and :enabled
      • :checked and :indeterminate
      • :placeholder-shown
      • Validation States
    • Selecting Elements by Their Index, Order, and Occurrence
      • first-child and last-child
      • only-child
      • :first-of-type and :last-of-type
    • Finding Empty Elements
      • :empty
    • Finding and Excluding Multiple Elements
      • :is()
  • Borders
    • Border Properties
      • Style
      • Shorthand
      • Color
      • Width
    • Logical Properties
    • Border Radius
    • Border Images
      • border-image-source
      • border-image-slice
      • border-image-repeat
  • Shadows
    • Box Shadow
      • Multiple Shadows
      • Properties Affecting Box-Shadow
    • Text Shadow
      • Multiple Shadows
    • Drop Shadow
  • Focus
    • Why is Focus Important?
    • How Elements Get Focus
    • Styling Focus
  • Z-Index and Stacking Contexts
    • Z-Index
    • Negative Z-Index
    • Stacking Context
    • Creating a Stacking Context
  • Functions
    • What is a Function?
    • Functional Selectors
    • Custom Properties and var()
    • Functions that Return a Value
    • Color Functions
    • Mathematical Expressions
      • calc()
      • min() and max()
      • clamp()
    • Shapes
    • Transforms
      • Rotation
      • Scale
      • Translate
      • Skewing
      • Perspective
    • Animation Functions, Gradients, and Filters
  • Gradients
    • Linear Gradient
    • Radial Gradient
    • Conic Gradient
    • Repeating and Mixing
  • Animations
    • What is a Keyframe?
      • @keyframes
    • The Animation Properties
      • animation-duration
      • animation-timing-function
      • animation-iteration-count
      • animation-direction
      • animation-delay
      • animation-play-state
      • animation-fill-mode
      • The animation shorthand
    • Considerations when Working with Animation
  • Filters
    • The Filter Property
      • blur
      • brightness
      • contrast
      • grayscale
      • invert
      • opacity
      • saturate
      • sepia
      • hue-rotate
      • drop-shadow
      • url
  • Blend Modes
    • What is a Blend Mode?
    • Browser Compatibility
      • mix-blend-mode
      • background-blend-mode
    • Separable Blend Modes
      • Normal
      • Multiply
      • Screen
      • Overlay
      • Darken
      • Lighten
      • Color Dodge
      • Color Burn
      • Hard Light
      • Soft Light
      • Difference
      • Exclusion
    • Non-Separable Blend Modes
      • Hue
      • Saturation
      • Color
      • Luminosity
  • Lists
    • Creating a List
    • List Styles
      • list-style-position
      • list-style-image
      • list-style-type
      • list-style shorthand
    • ::marker pseudo
      • Marker Box
      • Marker Styles
    • Display Type
  • Transitions
    • Transition Properties
      • transition-property
      • transition-duration
      • transition-timing-function
      • transition-delay
      • shorthand:transition
    • What can and can't Transition?
      • Transform
      • Color
      • Shadows
      • Filters
    • Transition Triggers
    • Different Transitions for Enter or Exit
    • Accessibility Considerations
    • Performance Considerations
  • Overflow
    • Single Line Overflow with text-overflow
    • Using Overflow Properties
      • Scrolling on the Vertical and Horizontal Axis
      • Logical Properties for Scroll Direction
      • The Overflow Shorthand
    • Scrolling and Overflow
      • Scrolling and Accessibility
      • Scrollbar Positioning within the Box Model
      • root-scroller vs. implicity-scroller
      • scroll-behavior
      • overscroll-behavior
  • Backgrounds
    • Backgrounds
    • Background Color
    • Background Images
    • Repeating Background Images
    • Background Position
    • Background Size
    • Background Attachment
    • Background Origin
    • Background Clip
    • Multiple Backgrounds
    • The background shorthand
  • Text and Typography
    • Change the Typeface
    • Use Italic and Oblique Fonts
    • Make Text Bold
    • Change the Size of Text
    • Change the Space Between Lines
    • Change the Space Between Characters
    • Change the Space Between Words
    • font shorthand
    • Change the Case of Text
    • Add Underlines, Overlines, and Through-Lines to Text
    • Add an Indent to Your Text
    • Deal with Overflowing or Hidden Content
    • Control white-space
    • Control How Words Break
    • Change Text Alignment
    • Change the Direction of Text
    • Change the Flow of Text
    • Change the Orientation of Text
    • Add a Shadow to Text
    • Variable Fonts
    • Pseudo-elements
    • ::first-letter and ::first-line pseudo-elements
    • ::selection pseudo-element
    • font-variant

CSS Processors provides a practical and detailed introduction to the world of CSS processors. A CSS pre-processor is a program that takes the data of one language and converts the data into CSS upon compilation. A CSS post-processor takes existing CSS and refurbishes it to meet the standards of today's browsers. The modern landscape of CSS has been transformed by processors such as LESS, Sass, Stylus, PostCSS and others. The implementation of CSS processors in the workflow boosts efficiency and enforces the DRY (Don't Repeat Yourself) rule. Developers responsible for front-end development and CSS styling are the ideal audience for this course.

CSS Processors

  • Introduction to CSS Processors
    • Overview of Pre-processors
    • Overview of Post-processors
    • The CSS Workflow
    • Pros and Cons
  • CSS Pre-processors
    • LESS
    • Sass
    • Stylus
  • CSS Post-processors
    • PostCSS
    • Pleeease
    • Stylecow
    • Garden (Clojure)
  • Features and Functionality
    • Syntax
    • Variables
    • Nesting
    • Mixins
    • Inheritance
    • Importing
    • Color Functions
    • Operations
    • Prefixes
    • Fallbacks
    • Minification
    • Sourcemap Generators
    • Single @media Rule
  • A Deeper Look at PostCSS
    • CSS Parser
    • Abstract Syntax Tree (AST)
    • CSS Generator
    • Code Map Generator
    • Autoprefixer
    • CSSNext
    • CSS Modules
    • Font-Magician
    • Stylelint
    • PreCSS
  • Choosing a CSS Workflow
    • LESS vs. Sass vs. Stylus
    • Using PostCSS with Plugins
    • Using LESS, Sass or Stylus with PostCSS
    • Full Clojure Stack: Clojure + ClojureScript + Garden

Sass (Syntactically Awesome Style Sheets) is a growing CSS extension language that is compatible with all versions of CSS. This course starts with an HTML and CSS background review, and then it dives into Sass. You learn Sass syntax as well as how to organize and include Sass code, nesting, and how to use Sass variables.

Sass

  • Introduction/Why Sass?
    • The Problem Sass Solves
    • Benefits of Sass
      • Code Organization
      • Performance
      • Valid CSS
      • Libraries
    • Sass Syntax
    • How to Use Sass
    • Coming Attractions
      • Organizing Sass
      • Nesting
      • Variables
  • Organizing and Including Sass Code
    • Sass Partials
    • Partials/@import Example
    • Sass Watch
    • Code Organization
    • The Sass Blog
    • The Sass Blog: With Sass Partials
      • Directory Structure & Master Sass File
      • The general Partial
      • The header Partial
      • The maincontent Partial
      • The mainnav Partial
      • The footer Partial
      • The forms Partial
      • Up Next
    • More Styling for the Blog: Syntax Highlighting
  • Nesting
    • Nesting
    • References the Parent Selector with &
    • Nested Properties
    • Nesting Example
    • Nesting and Media Queries
    • How Much to Nest
    • Nested @import
  • Sass Variables
    • Variables
    • Variable Naming Guidelines
    • Variable Scope
      • Shadowing
      • Overwriting Global Variables within Blocks
    • When to Use Variables
    • Advances Sass
      • Operations and Control Directives
      • Functions
      • Mixins
    • Debugging

HTML, CSS, and JavaScript are the cornerstone technologies of modern web design. The course is designed for students who need a jump start on all three technologies and who can handle an intensive, four-day experience. 

In this class, you get a rapid, hands-on introduction to client-side programming with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. You will learn how to structure a web page with HTML, add style with CSS, and make your website come to life with JavaScript.
 

Rapid Introduction to HTML, CSS, and JavaScript

  • A Quick Overview of Web Development
    • Client-side Programming
      • HTML
      • Cascading Style Sheets
      • JavaScript
      • Ajax
      • JavaScript Frameworks
    • Server-side Programming
      • Java EE
      • NET
      • Python
      • PHP
      • ColdFusion
      • js
  • Introduction to HTML
    • Getting Started
    • The HTML Skeleton
      • The <head> Element
      • The <body> Element
      • Whitespace
    • Viewing Page Source
    • HTML Elements
      • Attributes
      • Empty vs. Container Tags
      • Blocks and Inline Elements
      • Comments
    • Special Characters
    • History of HTML
    • Iang Attribute
  • Paragraphs, Headings, and Text
    • Paragraphs
    • Breaks and Horizontal Rules
    • Quoted Text
    • Preformatted Text
    • Text-Level Semantic Elements
  • HTML Links
    • Text Links
    • Absolute vs. Relative Paths
      • Absolute Paths
      • Relative Paths
      • Default Pages
    • Targeting New Windows
    • Email Links
    • Targeting a Specific Location on the Page
    • The title Attribute
  • HTML Images
    • Inserting Images
      • Making Images Accessible
      • Alternative Text
      • Long Descriptions
      • Height and Width Attributes
    • Image Links
  • HTML Lists
    • Unordered Lists
      • Nesting Unordered Lists
    • Ordered Lists
      • Nesting Ordered Lists
      • The type Attribute
      • The start Attribute
    • Definition Lists
  • Crash Course in CSS
    • Benefits of Cascading Style Sheets
    • CSS Rules
    • CSS Comments
    • Selectors
      • Type Selectors
        • Class Selectors
        • ID Selectors
        • Attribute Selectors
        • The Universal Selector
        • Grouping
    • Combinators
      • Descendant Combinators
      • Child Combinators
      • General Sibling Combinators
      • Adjacent Sibling Combinators
    • Precedence of Selectors
    • How Browsers Style Pages
    • CSS Resets
    • CSS Normalizers
    • External Stylesheets, Embedded Stylesheets, and Inline Styles
      • External Stylesheets
      • Embedded Stylesheets
      • Inline Styles
    • <div> and <span>
    • Media Types
    • Units of Measurement
      • Absolute vs. Relative Units
      • Pixels
      • Ems and Rems
      • Percentages
      • Other Units
    • Inheritance
      • The inherit Value
  • CSS Fonts
    • font-family
      • Specifying by Font Name
      • Specifying Font by Category
    • @font-face
      • Getting Fonts
    • font-size
      • Relative font-size Terms
      • Best Practices
    • font-style
    • font-variant
    • font-weight
    • line-height
    • font
  • Color and Opacity
    • About Color and Opacity
    • Color and Opacity Values
      • Color Keywords
      • RGB Hexadecimal Notation
      • RGB Functional Notation
      • HSL Functional Notation
    • color
    • opacity
  • CSS Text
    • letter-spacing
    • text-align
    • text-decoration
    • text-indent
    • text-shadow
    • text-transform
    • white-space
    • word-break
    • word-spacing
  • JavaScript Basics
    • The Name “JavaScript”
    • What is ECMAScript?
    • The HTML COM
    • JavaScript Syntax
      • Basic Rules
    • Accessing Elements
      • Dot Notation
      • Square Bracket Notation
    • Where Is JavaScript Code Written?
    • JavaScript Objects, Methods, and Properties
      • Methods
      • Properties
  • Variables, Arrays, and Operators
    • JavaScript Variables
      • A Loosely Typed Language
      • Google Chrome DevTools
      • Variable Naming
      • Storing User-Entered Data
    • Constants
    • Arrays
      • Associative Arrays
      • Array Properties and Methods
    • Playing with Array Methods
    • JavaScript Operators
    • The Modulus Operator
    • Playing with Operators
    • The Default Operator
  • JavaScript Functions
    • Global Objects and Functions
      • parseFloat(object)
      • parseInt(object)
      • isNaN(object)
    • User-defined Functions
      • Function Syntax
      • Passing Values to Functions
      • Returning Values from Functions
  • Built-In JavaScript Objects
    • String
    • Math
    • Date
    • Helper Functions
  • Conditionals and Loops
    • Conditionals
      • if-else if-else Conditions
    • Short-circuiting
    • Switch / Case
    • Ternary Operator
    • Truthy and Falsy
    • Loops
      • while Loop Syntax
      • do…while Loop Syntax
      • for Loop Syntax
      • for…of Loop Syntax
      • for…in Loop Syntax
    • break and continue
    • Array: forEach()
  • Event Handlers and Listeners
    • On-event Handlers
      • The getElementByld() Method
    • The addEventListener() Method
    • Capturing Key Events
      • Benefits of Event Listeners
      • Timers
Data Science

This intensive course will start with a quick overview of the SQL Server architecture, then dive right into using T-SQL. You will learn about batches and scripts, how to declare and use variables—including the inevitable data type conversions—and the rich supply of operators available. You will learn about some of the many built-in T-SQL functions for doing things like working with numbers and string manipulation, as well as global functions for getting state information. You will also learn about how to rank results using special functions and the OVER clause.

Querying Data with Transact-SQL

  • Introduction to SQL Server
    • SQL Server Architecture
    • Editions and Versions
    • Overview of Relational Database Organization
    • SQL Server Tools
    • Management Studio
  • T-SQL Querying
    • Components of T-SQL
      • Data Manipulation Language
      • Data Definition Language
      • Data Control Language
      • Transaction Control Language
    • Basic Syntax Rules
    • Specifying Objects
    • Query Batches
    • Generating Queries
    • Sets and Predicate Logic
    • Order of Operations in SELECT Statements
  • Writing Select Queries
    • Simple SELECT Statements
    • Discovering Database Structures
    • Irregular Identifiers
    • Computations
    • Column and Table Aliases
    • CASE Expressions
    • Using DISTINCT to Eliminate Duplicates
  • Querying Multiples Tables
    • Table Joins
    • Joines as a Filter
    • Table Aliases
    • Join Types
    • Self Joins
  • Sorting and Filtering Data
    • Sorting Data
    • ORDER BY Details
    • Filtering Data with Predicates
    • Testing Equality and Inequality
    • Ranges of Values
    • Logical Operators
    • Work with Unknown Values
  • SQL Server Data Types
    • Available Data Types
    • Approximate and Exact Numerics
    • Date and Time Data
    • String Data Types
    • Type Coercion
    • Character Data Type
    • Collations and Overriding Collation
    • Concatenation
    • Substrings
    • The LIKE Predicate
    • Date/Time Functions
    • Extracting Date Parts
    • Calculating Dates
  • Using DML to Modify Data
    • Inserting Data
    • Modifying Data
    • Deleting Data
    • Update and Delete Strategies
  • Using Built-in Functions
    • Using Built-in Functions in Queries
    • Scalar and Aggregate Functions
    • Conversion Functions
    • Logical Functions
  • Grouping and Aggregating Data
    • Aggregate Functions
    • The GROUP BY Clause
    • Grouping and Aggregation Rules
    • Filtering Groups with HAVING
    • Handling NULL Values
  • Using Subqueries
    • Selecting from Subqueries
    • Scalar Subqueries
    • Multi-Value Subqueries
    • Correlated Subqueries
    • Using EXISTS with Subqueries
  • Using Table Expressions
    • Database Views
    • Derived Tables
    • Inline Table-Valued Functions
    • Common Table Expressions
  • Using Set Operators
    • UNION Operator
    • INTERSECT and EXCEPT Operators
    • APPLY Operator
  • Ranking and Aggregating Functions
    • Creating Windows with OVER
    • ROW_NUMBER Function
    • RANK and DENSE_RANK
    • NTILE Function
    • Offset Functions
  • Pivoting and Grouping Sets
    • What is Pivoting?
    • Using PIVOT
    • Using UNPIVOT
  • Executing Stored Procedures
    • Querying Data with Stored Procedures
    • Passing Parameters to Stored Procedures
    • Creating Simple Stored Procedures
    • Working with Dynamic SQL
  • Programming with T-SQL
    • T-SQL Programming Elements
    • Using Variables
    • Conditionally Executing Statements
    • Looping over Statements
  • Error Handling
    • Errors
    • Structured Exception Handling
    • Exceptional Execution Flow
  • Transactions
    • How Transactions Work
    • Controlling Transactions
    • Nesting Transactions
    • Working with Grouping Sets

Microsoft Power BI software is designed for data analysis and the creation of visualizations. Data analysts prepare data, perform initial analysis, and create visualizations that are then passed to business data decision-makers. These decision-makers can use Power BI's tools to explore the data, perform further analysis to find new insights, make decisions, and create customized reports to share their findings. Decision makers of all types, including managers and executives, must interact with, interpret, and develop reports based on data and analysis provided to them.

This course is designed for professionals in various job roles who receive Power BI data visualizations and reports from data analysts or data visualization engineers. These data report recipients must use the features and capabilities of Power BI to fully explore the visualizations and initial analyses provided to them in reports, perform additional analysis to ask next-level questions about the data, and customize and create new visualizations and dashboards to share new insights and create compelling reports.

  • Explore Power BI reports
  • Analyze data to get answers and insights
  • Sort and group data for analysis and reporting
  • Filter visualizations
  • Prepare reports
  • Troubleshoot, collaborate, and share reports
  • Exploring Power BI Reports
    • Data Analysis Workflow with Power BI
    • Explore Reports in the Power BI Service
    • Edit Reports
  • Analyzing Data to Get Answers and Insights
    • Configure Data Visualizations
    • Ask New Questions by Changing Aggregation
    • Find Answers with Calculations
  • Sorting and Grouping Data for Analysis and Reporting
    • Sort Data
    • Group Data
  • Filtering Visualizations
    • Filter Data to Refine Analysis
    • Create Slicers for Reports
  • Preparing Reports
    • Format and Annotate Reports
    • Emphasize Data in Reports
  • Troubleshooting, Sharing, and Collaborating
    • Troubleshoot Data Issues
    • Collaborate in Power BI
    • Collaborate with Non-Power BI Users

Welcome to Microsoft Power BI Fundamentals! This course will show you how to link and model data in Power BI and create visual reports that reveal data insights. By the end of this course, you will understand the following:

  • The purposes and essential functions of the core Power BI components
  • Using the Power BI desktop client and web app
  • Connecting to a data source using either the Power BI desktop client or the web app
  • Modeling data
  • Creating reports and visualizations

This course is designed for professionals who connect to local or cloud-based data sources and then shape and combine data for analysis. They want to analyze business data, visualize insights, and share those insights with peers across the enterprise.

This course is designed for professionals pursuing the Microsoft Power BI Data Analyst (Exam PL-300) certification.

Overview and Data Source Connections

  • An Introduction to Power BI
    • What is Power BI?
    • The Parts of Power BI
    • How Power BI Works
    • The Building Blocks of Power BI
    • Power BI Desktop
    • Power BI Web Service
    • Getting Started in the Desktop
    • When to Expect Power BI Updates
  • Working with Power BI Desktop
    • The Desktop Interface
    • Creating Files
    • Saving Files
    • Opening a File
    • Publishing to the Power BI Web Service
  • Connecting to Data Sources with Power BI Desktop
    • Creating a New Report
    • Connecting to an Excel Workbook
    • Loading Data with the Navigator Window
    • Viewing Loaded Data
    • Viewing all Connections in Power BI
    • What is a SQL Database?
    • Data Connectivity Modes
    • Connecting Using Import
    • Import Results
    • The Third “Hidden” Connectivity Model
    • Choosing a Connectivity Mode
    • The Dataverse
    • How to Connect to the Dataverse
    • Files from Folders
    • Managing Data Sources
    • Custom Data Tables
  • Understanding Visualizations
    • Using the Build a Visual Pane
    • What is Visualization?
    • Creating a Visualization
    • Moving, Resizing, Zooming, and Tooltips

Working With Data

  • Understanding Column Tools
  • Using Column Tools
  • Adjusting the Data Type
  • Adjusting the Date Format
  • The Query Editor
    • What is the Query Editor?
    • Shaping Data
    • Resolving Inconsistencies and Nulls
    • Removing Duplicates
    • Changing Data Types in the Query Editor
  • Parameters and Queries
    • Parameters
    • Connecting to Data with Parameters
    • Loading Parameters from the Query Editor
    • Duplicate vs. Reference Queries
    • Query Parameters
    • Creating a Query Parameter
    • Step Arguments
    • Using a Step Argument
    • Combining Queries
    • Merging Queries
    • Merge Results
    • Updating Merged Queries
    • Appending Queries
    • Append Query Results
    • Appending Three or More Tables
    • Fuzzy Merge
    • Performing a Fuzzy Merge
    • Grouping Queries
  • Pivot, Unpivot, and Transpose
    • Pivot
    • Pivot Results
    • Unpivot
    • The Reality of Data
    • Advanced Pivoting Options
    • Transpose
    • Transposing and Unpivoting Data
    • Transpose and Unpivot Result
  • Creating Conditional Columns
  • Conditional Column Result
  • Column From Examples
  • Creating a Column from Examples
  • Data Profiling
  • Column Distribution
  • Column Quality
  • Column Profile
  • Resolving Import Errors
    • Query Timeout Expired
    • Data Load Errors
    • Data Type Errors

Modeling and Performance

  • Understanding the Model View
    • Creating a Relationship
    • Editing Relationships
    • The Relationship Window
    • Viewing All Relationships
    • The Manage Relationship Window
    • Cardinality in Model Relationships
    • Cross-Filter Direction and Many to One
    • Bi-Directional Relationships
    • Fact vs. Dimension Tables
    • Primary and Foreign Keys
    • Schemas
    • Properties Pane
    • Creating Display Folders
    • Hiding Tables in Model View
    • Why Optimize? Which Methods?
      • Reduce Cardinality
      • Ensure a Small Model Size
      • Analyze Performance

Data Analysis Expression (DAX)

  • DAX Overview
    • What is DAX?
    • Calculated Tables
    • Calculated Columns
  • Common Date Tables
    • Creating Date Tables
    • Adding New Columns to the Date Table
    • More Control Over Dates
    • Power Query Alternative
    • Testing a Date Table in Power Query
    • Connecting the Date Table
  • Measures
    • Creating Measures
    • Implicit vs Explicit Measures
    • Basic Statistical Functions
    • DAX Functions
      • Calculate
      • Filter
      • Switch
      • All
      • Iterator
      • Related
      • Rankx
      • Time intelligence
      • Semi-Additive Measures
    • Role-Playing Dimensions
    • Quick Measures
      • Comparisons
      • Listing Selected Items
      • Line Chart Averages
      • Running Totals

Working with Reports and Visualizations

  • Filtering Visualizations
  • Editing Interactions
  • Formatting Visualizations
  • The Selection Pane
    • Layer Order
    • Tab Order
  • Using Alignment
  • Mobile Layout
  • Granularity and Hierarchy
    • The Importance of Data Granularity
    • What is a Data Hierarchy?
    • Creating and Adding to Hierarchies
  • Drill Downs
    • What is Drill Down?
    • Using Date Hierarchies
      • Double Arrow
      • Forked Arrow
    • Using Drill Down
    • Category vs Summarization in Report View
    • Changing Data Calculation in a Value Well
  • Drillthroughs
    • What are Drillthroughs?
    • How to Set up and Use Drillthroughs
    • Category vs Summarized Drillthroughs

A Closer Look at Visualizations

  • Filtering
    • The Filter Pane
    • Filtering the Page
    • Using and Clearing Advanced Filters
  • Visualization Types
    • Table
    • Matrix
    • Charts
      • Bar
      • Line
      • Combo
      • Waterfall
      • Funnel
      • Scatter
      • Pie vs Donut
    • Maps
      • Treemap
      • Bubble
      • Filled
    • Cards
    • Gauges
    • KPI
  • Custom Visualizations
  • Slicers
    • Creating a Slicer
    • Customizing a Slicer’s Display
    • Slicer Search Function
    • Synchronizing Slicers Across Pages
  • Bookmarks
    • Creating Bookmarks
    • Bookmarks Result
    • Data and Display Properties and Updating Bookmarks
  • Navigation
    • Navigation Buttons
    • Bookmark Navigators

Advanced Charts and Reporting

  • Optimizing Reports
  • AI Visuals
    • Q&A
    • Key Influencers
    • Decomposition Tree
    • Smart Narrative
  • Conditional Formatting
    • Using Conditional Formatting
    • Rankx and Conditional Formatting
    • Dynamic Displays
    • Field Values
  • Sorting Visuals
  • Creating Custom tooltips
  • The Analyze Feature
  • Identifying Outliers
    • Wells
    • Grouping
  • Data Groups and Bins
  • Using the Bin Cluster Feature
  • Field Parameters and Limitations
  • Additional Analytics
  • Using the Forecasting Feature

Security and Permissions

  • Row-Level Security
  • Configuring Memberships
  • Dynamic Row-Level Security
  • Testing Memberships
  • Identifying When a Gateway is Required
  • Scheduling a Semantic Model Refresh
  • Sensitivity Labels
    • Web Service
    • Desktop

The Power BI Web Service

  • The Web Service Interface
  • Desktop vs Web Service
  • Connecting to Local Data
  • Getting Samples
  • What are Apps?
  • Setting up an App
  • Connecting to Outside Apps
  • Viewing and Managing Content
  • Changing Workspaces
  • Changing Access Permissions
  • Reports
    • Viewing and Managing
    • Subscriptions
    • Data Alerts
    • Paginated Reports
    • Exporting Data
  • Dashboards
    • Creating
    • Pinning Tiles
    • Pinning Live Pages
    • Themes
    • Insights
  • Q&A Feature
    • Customizing
    • Customizing Questions
  • Promoting and Certifying Power BI Content
  • Analyze in Excel

This course is designed to deepen your understanding and skills in data analysis, offering comprehensive coverage on advanced data querying, data modeling, DAX (Data Analysis Expressions), and reporting features within Power BI. The course begins with an in-depth look at the Query Editor, introducing M language fundamentals, custom functions in Power Query, and advanced techniques for manipulating data, such as column transformations, table normalization, and dynamic code parameters. It further explores the intricacies of DAX, including editing methods, data model reviews, calculated columns and measures, and advanced functions and variables. The class also covers sophisticated reporting features for desktop and web service environments, focusing on modern visualizations, advanced conditional formatting, dynamic tooltips, slicers, action buttons, and accessibility considerations. Special attention is given to integrating AI data insights for language detection, sentiment analysis, and image tagging, as well as handling JSON, XML, and API data. The course concludes with exploring advanced web service reporting features like comments, scorecards, data flows, and cross-report drillthroughs.

  • The Query Editor and Intro to M
    • Intro to M
      • Key Vocabulary
      • Dot Notation Logic in M
    • Creating Columns
    • Column Transforms
      • Splitting (3 Methods)
      • Extracting Data
      • Merging Columns
    • Normalizing Tables
      • Getting Unique Lists
      • Adding ID Numbers
      • Replacing Text with ID Numbers
      • Final Relationships
    • Custom Functions (Power Query)
      • How Custom Functions Work
      • Case Study – Parsing Postcodes
      • Case Study – Combining Worksheets
      • Case Study – Combining Webpages
  • Advanced Query Editor
    • Stored Procedures
      • Loading from Stored Procedures
      • Dynamic M Code Parameters
    • Loading HTML
      • HTML Table function
      • Scraping Websites in Power Query
    • JSON and XML
      • Parsing JSON
      • Expanding Your Results
      • APIs
      • How they Work
      • Simple Examples
      • Exchange Rates
      • Bridging Tables
    • AI Data Insights
      • Language Detection
      • Key Phrases
      • Sentiment Analysis
      • Image Tagging
  • DAX and Model Review
    • Ways to Edit DAX
      • Power BI
      • DAX View in PBI
      • PowerPivot
      • SSAS Tabular
      • DAX Studio
    • Data Model Review
      • Linking to Data
      • Creating a Data Model
        • Relationships
        • Fact vs Dimension Tables
        • Primary vs Foreign Keys
        • Star Schema
    • Basic Measures and Columns Review
      • DAX Syntax Review
      • Creating Calculated Tables, Calculated Columns, and Measures
      • Basic Statistical Measures
      • Using a Measures Table
      • How to Move Measures into Different Tables
      • Date Table Review
        • Date Table with DAX
        • Date Table with Power Query
  • Calculated Columns and Measures
    • Overview
      • Understanding Filter Contexts Between Calculated Columns and Measures
    • FILTER Function
      • Review
      • Row Context
      • Applying Criteria
    • Calculated Columns
      • Nested IF and SWITCH Statements
      • Showing RELATED Data
      • Dealing with Blanks
    • CALCULATE Function
      • Filter Context Revisited
      • Removing and Replacing Context
      • Context Transition
    • VALUES Function
      • VALUES
      • LOOKUPVALUE
      • HASONEVALUE Function
      • Listing Single Values
      • Parameter Tables
    • Iterator Functions
      • AggregateX Functions
    • Text and Information Functions
      • ISBLANK
      • CONCATENATE
      • SUBSTITUTE vs REPLACE
    • Operators
      • Text and Grouping
        • &
        • ( )
        • IN
      • Logical Operators
        • NOT
        • &&
        • ||
      • Comparison Operators
        • =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
        • Arithmetic operators
        • +, -, *, /, ^
  • Advanced Functions and Variables
    • Dynamic Titles
      • How to Create and Edit
    • Filter Measures
      • ISFILTERED Function
      • ALL Function
      • ALLSELECTED Function
      • SELECTEDVALUE Function
    • Understanding EARLIER
      • How it Works
      • Banding using EARLIER
      • Ranking using EARLIER
    • DAX Variables
      • Creating Variables
      • Using for Debugging
      • Comments
    • Advanced Date Functions
      • Date-based Functions
      • Multiple Relationships
      • Moving Averages
    • Parent-Child Hierarchies
      • PATH functions
      • Displaying Different Levels
      • Making the Results Neater
  • Advanced Desktop Reporting Features
    • Advanced Tables
      • Preventing Data Grouping
      • URLs as Icons
      • Images in Tables
    • Advanced Conditional Formatting
      • Dynamic Displays and Field Values Review
      • Icons and Data Bars
    • Modern Visual Tooltips
    • Advanced Slicers
      • Apply all/clear all Slicers
      • Page Navigation with Slicers
    • Action Buttons
    • Accessibility
      • Tooltip Headers
      • Alt Text
      • Colorblind Themes
      • Customizing Themes
  • Advanced Web Service Reporting Features
    • The Web Service
    • Comments
    • Scorecards
    • Data Flows and Data Sets
      • Dataset Limitations
      • Creating Dataflows
      • Using Dataflows in Power BI Desktop
    • Cross-Report Drillthroughs
      • Drillthrough Review
      • How to Create Cross-report Drillthroughs

Tableau Prep Builder provides a modern approach to data preparation, making it easier and faster to combine, shape, and clean data for analysis within Tableau. By providing a visual and direct path to prep your data, you can get your hands on quality data in just a few clicks.

In this course, you learn how to connect to data on-premises or in the cloud, whether it’s a database or a spreadsheet, and how to access, combine, and clean disparate data without writing code. 

Introduction

  • What is Tableau Prep?
  • Tableau User Roles
  • Installing Tableau Prep
  • Tableau Prep Workspace
  • Visual Dictionary

Connecting to Data

  • Basics of Data Preparation
  • Connecting to Data
  • Data Connection Types
  • Wildcard Unions
  • Input Cleaning
  • Text Configuration
  • Data Sampling
  • Refreshing Data

Examining & Filtering

  • Data Types & Sizes
  • Value Distribution
  • Finding Fields & Values
  • Sorting & Moving Profile Cards
  • Highlighting
  • Filtering Methods

Operations & Calculations

  • Value & Field Operations
  • Clean Step Layouts
  • Value Operations
    • Clean
    • Manual Grouping
    • Automatic Grouping
    • Split Values
    • Edit
    • Convert Dates
    • Field Types
    • Data Roles
    • Cleaning
  • Calculated Fields
  • Level of Detail Calculations
  • Analytic Calculations
    • Rank


 

Combining & Pivoting

  • Combine Data
    • Union
    • Aggregate
    • Join
  • Pivot

Sharing & Updating

  • Saving Flows
  • Creating Local Extracts
  • Saving to External Databases
  • Creating Published Data Sources

Recap: Creating Data Flows

  • The Input Step
  • The Profile Pane
  • The Cleaning Step
  • Group & Replace
  • The Output Step
  • The Pivot Step & Calculated Fields
  • The Aggregate Step
  • The Union Step
  • The Join Step
This interactive course teaches you the skills necessary to produce professional visualizations in Tableau. You learn how to connect to data, use the Tableau interface, create basic calculations, represent data using crosstabs, geographic maps, heat maps, tree maps, pie and bar charts, dual axes and combined charts, highlight tables, and scatter plots, build dashboards and stories, and share visualizations.
 
This course includes valuable examples and hands-on labs and is designed to prepare you for the Desktop Specialist Exam.
  • Understanding the Tableau Environment
    • Touring the Tableau Workspace
    • Understanding Shelves and Cards
    • Navigating Workbooks and Sheets
    • Understanding Field Types (Dimensions and Measures)
  • Connecting to Data
    • Understanding Supported Connectors
    • Setting up Data Sources
    • Editing Data Sources
    • Refreshing Data Sources
    • Cleaning Data with Data Interpreter
  • Organizing, Filtering, and Sorting
    • Creating Folders
    • Creating Groups
    • Creating Hierarchies
    • Creating Filters
    • Sorting Data

 

  • Creating Basic Visualizations
    • Creating Text Tables
    • Using Totals and Aggregation
    • Handling NULL and Other Special Values
    • Creating Pie Charts
  • Saving, Publishing, and Sharing
    • Saving Data Sources and Visualizations
    • Publishing Data Sources and Visualizations
    • Sharing Workbooks for Collaboration
  • Adding Visual Details
    • Working with Marks
    • Annotating Views
    • Formatting Titles, Captions, Tooltips, and Legends
    • Formatting Fields and Field Labels
    • Formatting Numbers and Null Values
    • Resizing Tables and Cells
  • Creating Crosstabs
    • Creating Highlight Tables
    • Creating Heat Maps

 

 

  • Working with Date Fields
    • Understanding Discrete and Continuous Time
    • Using Custom Dates and Hierarchies
    • Working with Multiple Measures in Views
    • Creating Combined Axis Charts
  • Mapping Data Geographically
    • Understanding Mapping Concepts
    • Working with Location Data
    • Creating a Simple Map
    • Creating Geographic Layers
    • Showing Quantitative Values
    • Customizing a Map
  • Using Calculations
    • Creating a Calculated Field
    • Understanding Calculations
    • Formatting Calculations
    • Working with Functions
    • Working with Aggregations
    • Applying Quick Table Calculations
  • Spotting Trends
    • Adding Trend Lines
    • Using Drop Lines
  • Creating Dashboards
    • Building a Dashboard
    • Refining a Dashboard
    • Creating Dashboards for Different Devices
  • Creating Stories
    • Creating a Story
    • Enhancing Stories with Tooltips

This interactive course teaches you how to create extracts, create joins, unions, and blends to modify data connections, filter across data sources and analyze subsets of data using context filters and sets, create more advanced calculations, use LOD expressions and specify options to control table calculations, do more with mapping, enable analysis, create parameters and user controls, and show data trends and forecasts, as well as data distributions.

This course includes valuable examples and hands-on labs.

  • Preparing Data
    • Understanding Tableau’s Data Model
    • Examining Relationships vs. Joins
  • Joining Tables
    • Using Table Joins
    • Reviewing Join Results
    • Writing Join Calculations
    • Troubleshooting Joins
  • Blending Multiple Data Sources
    • Using Data from Multiple Sources
    • Blending Data in a View
    • Blending Data with Custom Relationships and Calculations
  • Using Unions to Combine Data
    • Appending Row Data with Unions
    • Creating a Union Manually
  • Accessing Data in PDFs
  • Extracting Data
    • Understanding .hyper
    • Refreshing Extracts
    • Adding Data to Extracts
  • Using Sets to Highlight Data
    • Creating Sets
    • Combining Sets
  • Splitting
    • Splitting Data Fields
    • Using Custom Split
  • Advanced Calculations
    • Using Logical Functions
    • Aggregating Dimensions
    • Controlling Scope and Direction
    • Using Level of Detail Expressions (FIXED, INCLUDE, EXCLUDE)
  • Understanding Advanced Filters
    • Filtering Across Data Sources
    • Using Context Filters
    • Using LOD Expressions with Filters
  • Using Parameters
    • Understanding Parameters
    • Adding Parameters to a View
    • Using Parameters to Swap Measures
  • Using Advanced Formatting
    • Using Custom Fonts
    • Creating Custom Color Palettes
    • Formatting Animations
  • Creating Advanced Maps
    • Editing Location Data
    • Customizing Geocodes for Addresses
    • Plotting Data on a Custom Background
    • Creating Territories on a Map
    • Measuring Distances
  • Viewing Distributions
    • Building Histograms
    • Building Box and Whisker Plots
  • Adding Interactivity Using Actions
    • Creating Filter Actions
    • Creating Highlight Actions
    • Creating Parameter Actions
    • Creating Set Actions
    • Running Actions
    • Creating Interactive Dashboards Using Actions
  • Comparing Measures Against a Goal
    • Creating Bar-in-Bar Charts
    • Creating Bullet Graphs
  • Using the Analytics Pane
    • Adding Reference Lines, Bands, Distributions, and Boxes
    • Creating a Forecast
Git | GitHub

Git is the most used version control system for programmers in the world. GitHub is both the most commonly used implementation of Git and the most prominent host of source code in the world. This course will familiarize the learner with both technologies, helping them to maximize their development and collaboration efforts.

  • Getting started with Git & GitHub
    • Why VCS?
    • Git vs. GitHub
    • Installing Git
    • Signing up to GitHub
    • Git GUI Programs
  • Basic Git Commands
    • Configuration
    • The Three Trees
    • Adding commits
    • Commit Messages
    • Viewing Commit History
    • Viewing Prior Versions of Files
    • Stashing Changes
    • Stopping Tracking a File
    • Creating a branch
    • Revert
    • Reset
  • Working with Remotes
    • Adding a remote
    • Cloning
    • Forking
    • Pushing to the remote
    • Fetching from the remote
    • Merging and Rebasing
    • Pulling from the remote
    • Resolving Merge Conflicts
  • Standard Workflows
    • Centralized Workflow
    • GitHub/Feature Branching Flow
    • Git Flow
    • Forking Flow
    • The Perils of Long-Running Branches
  • Advanced Git Commands
    • Amending commits
    • Interactive rebasing
    • Squash
    • Fixup
    • Cherry-picking
    • Bisect
    • Aliases
    • Hooks
  • Working with GitHub
    • Two-factor authentication
    • Branch Protections
    • Watching repositories
    • Actions
    • Notifications
  • Working in teams
    • Issues
    • Pull Requests
    • Project Boards
    • Wiki
    • Tags
  • Options for teams
    • Organization accounts
    • Teams
    • Paid plans
Google Ads

Are you a business owner, web analyst, or online marketing specialist who needs to understand search engine marketing? This is the course for you!

In addition to learning the fundamentals of search engine marketing, this course teaches you how to use Google Ads to meet your online marketing needs. You will learn how to navigate Google Ads and how to create and manage ad campaigns using the best strategies related to keyword lists. You will learn how to track ad performance and integrate with Google Analytics. Join us as we do everything from writing ads to managing advertising bids and budgets.

Google Ads

  • Overview of Google Ads
    • The History of Google
    • What is Google Ads?
    • Paid vs. Organic Results
    • How it Works
    • Creating a Google Ads Account
    • The Google Ads Interface
    • Payment Methods
    • AdWords Express
  • Before Getting Started
    • Strategic Planning
    • STP Analysis
    • Personas
    • Goals
  • Keywords
    • Keywords
    • Successful Keyword Strategies
    • Keyword Research Tools
    • Keyword Planner
    • Match Types
    • Landing Pages
  • Creating a Campaign
    • Google Ads Structure
    • Campaign Types
    • Creating a Campaign
    • Campaign Settings
    • Budget
    • Ad Groups
    • Writing and Testing Ads
    • Approval Process
  • Managing and Reporting
    • Pausing an account
    • Managing your account
    • Reports
    • Measuring Success
    • Glossary of Terms
Google Analytics

Google Analytics is a robust analytics suite that is integrated with Google's data and other application service offerings. By monitoring, tracking, and analyzing visitors to your website and their activities on your website, you can determine the effectiveness of your site content, promotions, and advertising campaigns and technical details such as site architecture and navigation. 

With Universal Analytics ready to be sunset by 2023, this course will prepare you to understand Google Analytics 4 projects. The course covers fundamental concepts, including reports, how GA4 works behind the scenes, the event data model, event parameters, user properties, and more.

Google Analytics 4

  • Google Analytics 4 Implementation
    • The History of Google
    • What is Google Analytics 4?
    • What about Google Universal Analytics?
    • Who can use Google Analytics?
    • Creating a Google Analytics Account
    • Connecting an Account to a Website
    • Creating a Tag Manager Account
    • Understanding Tag Manager
    • Navigating the Google Analytics Interface
  • Analysis
    • Traffic Volume
      • Source
      • Medium
    • Traffic Relevance
      • Visitors
        • Demographics
        • Devices and Technology
        • Overlapping Segments
  • Using Events
    • Capturing Data Using Events
    • Google Tag Manager
    • Analyzing and Using Events
    • Page-Level Analysis
    • Path Analysis
  • Sustainability
    • Cohort Analysis
    • Retention Analysis
    • Engagement Overview
      • DAU
      • MAU
      • WAU
    • Individual User Actions
    • UserID Tracking
  • Meaningful Traffic
    • What is a Funnel?
    • Funnel-Based Goal Analysis
    • Business Goals
      • Monetization Reports
    • Attribution Modeling
    • Data Modeling
  • Custom Reports and Looker Studio
    • Tabular Reports
    • Library
    • Looker Studio Basics
    • Chart Types in Looker Studio
    • Using Data Filters and Other Tools
    • Formulas and Arithmetic in Looker Studio
    • Advanced Custom Funnels in Looker Studio
  • User Behavior
    • User Properties and Audiences
    • User ID Tracking Fundamentals
    • Implement User ID Tracking
  • E-commerce and Monetization
    • E-commerce Data Collection
    • Product Views, Add to Carts, and More
    • Capturing Data Dynamically
Grammar

Are your grammar, punctuation, and writing skills hurting your professional image? Or is English your second language, and you could benefit from a grammar review? If you communicate in writing (letters, memos, reports, emails, etc.), you will benefit from this intensive, two-day course that focuses on the critical flaws hindering today's business professionals.

Not only do we have an in-depth discussion of each grammar rule, but we show many examples AND do hands-on practice exercises designed to drill the concept into your memory. The goal is to eliminate your bad grammar habits and improve your communication skills!

English Grammar Workshop

  • Understanding Sentence Structure and Avoiding Common Errors
    • Sentences, Clauses and Phrases
    • Types of Sentences
    • Common Errors
      • Fragments
      • Run-On Sentences
  • Nouns and Pronouns
    • Types of Nouns and Capitalization
    • Number
    • Noun Usage
    • Personal Pronouns and Common Problems
      • Using the Correct Form
      • Clear Pronoun References
      • Agreement and Inclusive Language
    • Interrogative Pronouns and Common Problems
      • Who/Whom
    • Relative Pronouns and Common Problems
      • Who/Whom, Whoever/Whomever
      • Clear Pronoun References
    • Possessive Pronouns and Common Problems
    • Compound Pronouns and Common Problems
    • Indefinite Pronouns and Common Problems
  • Verbs
    • Types of Verbs
    • Commonly Misused Verbs
    • Subject-Verb Agreement
    • Verb Tenses
    • Shifting Verb Tenses
    • Active and Passive Voice
    • Using the Subjunctive
    • Infinitives and Infinitive Phrases
    • Gerunds and Participles
    • Common Errors with Participles
  • Words That Modify
    • Adjectives
    • Direct and Indirect Articles
    • Correct Placement of Adjectives and Adjectival Phrases and Clauses (Dangling Modifiers)
    • Degrees of Adjectives
    • Adverbs
    • Correct Placement of Adverbs
  • Connectors and Interjections
    • Prepositions and Prepositional Phrases
    • Commonly Confused Prepositions
    • Conjunctions
    • Common Problems with Conjunctions
    • Parallel Structure
    • Conjunctive Adverbs
    • Common Problems with Conjunctive Adverbs
    • Interjections
  • Punctuation
    • End marks
    • Commas
      • Items in a Series
      • Independent Clauses
      • With Adverbial Clauses
      • Restrictive and Nonrestrictive Clauses
      • Introductory Elements
      • Appositives and Short Phrases
      • Interrupters and Parenthetical Elements
    • Other Punctuation
    • Commonly Misused Words
  • The Building Blocks of Good Writing
    • The Sentence—A Review of Key Concepts
    • Choosing Words for Your Audience
    • The Paragraph
    • Creating a Unified Work
HTML5

HTML5 is a core building block of the web. In this course, you will start at the very beginning and learn everything from creating hyperlinks to creating forms for data collection. 

Upon completion of this course, you will know how to:

  • layout pages and content
  • integrate multimedia elements such as audio, video, and animations into your HTML5 content
  • embed iFrame content from outside sources seamlessly into your HTML5 page
  • create list-based content using ordered lists, unordered lists, and custom list bullets
  • markup text so that it is sized properly across the variety of screen sizes and densities used by consumers 

HTML5 Fundamentals

  • HTML5 Overview
    • HTML5 History/Timeline
    • HTML5 Design Principles
    • What Is (and Isn’t) HTML5
    • Basic Document Structure
    • Doctype
    • Root Element
    • <head> element
    • Syntax
  • HTML5 Elements
    • Content Models
    • Structural Elements
    • Attributes
    • Empty vs. Container Tags
    • Blocks and Inline Elements
    • Comments
    • HTML5 Outlines
    • CSS Styling
    • Validating
    • Accessibility
  • Paragraphs, Headings, and Text
    • Paragraphs
    • Breaks and Horizontal Rules
    • Quoted Text
    • Preformatted Text
    • Text-Level Semantic Elements
  • Formatting
    • HTML5 Heading Tags
    • Lists
    • Quotations and Citations
    • Bold, Italics, and More
    • HTML5 Containers
  • Links
    • Text Links
    • Absolute vs. Relative Paths
    • The Target Attribute
    • Email Links
    • Anchors
  • Lists
    • Unordered Lists
    • Ordered Lists
    • Definition Lists
  • Tables and iFrames
    • Defining a Table
    • Formatting a Table
    • Merging Cells
    • Table Headers
    • iFrame Content
  • Digital Media
    • Images
    • Audio and Video Overview
    • Using the Media Elements
    • Attributes
    • Formats
    • Serving Device-Specific Files
    • Accessibility
    • Backward Compatibility
    • Media API
  • Forms
    • HTML5 Forms Overview
    • Contact Info
    • Native Date Picking
    • Number and Range
    • Search and Color
    • Placeholder and Required
    • Autocomplete and Autofocus
    • Min, Max, Step, and Pattern
    • Detecting Support
    • Accessibility: WAI-ARIA
    • Styling Form Elements
    • Avoiding Validation
    • The Constraint Validation API
    • Custom Validation Example
  • Canvas
    • Canvas Overview
    • The Canvas Element
    • The 2D Context
    • The Coordinate System
    • Rectangles
    • Paths
    • Paths: Drawing Methods
    • Curves and Arcs
    • Colors and Styles
    • Gradients
    • Patterns
    • Transformations: Scale, Translate
    • Transformations: Rotate
    • Drawing States
    • Image Drawing
    • Animations
    • Responding to User Events: Keyboard
    • Responding to User Events: Mouse
    • Compositing
    • Text
    • Pixel Manipulation
    • toDataURL
    • Accessibility
    • Canvas and Internet Explorer
  • Microdata
    • What Is It?
    • Why Use It?
    • Data Model
    • Typed Items
    • Using Microdata

HTML, CSS, and JavaScript are the cornerstone technologies of modern web design. The course is designed for students who need a jump start on all three technologies and who can handle an intensive, four-day experience. 

In this class, you get a rapid, hands-on introduction to client-side programming with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. You will learn how to structure a web page with HTML, add style with CSS, and make your website come to life with JavaScript.
 

Rapid Introduction to HTML, CSS, and JavaScript

  • A Quick Overview of Web Development
    • Client-side Programming
      • HTML
      • Cascading Style Sheets
      • JavaScript
      • Ajax
      • JavaScript Frameworks
    • Server-side Programming
      • Java EE
      • NET
      • Python
      • PHP
      • ColdFusion
      • js
  • Introduction to HTML
    • Getting Started
    • The HTML Skeleton
      • The <head> Element
      • The <body> Element
      • Whitespace
    • Viewing Page Source
    • HTML Elements
      • Attributes
      • Empty vs. Container Tags
      • Blocks and Inline Elements
      • Comments
    • Special Characters
    • History of HTML
    • Iang Attribute
  • Paragraphs, Headings, and Text
    • Paragraphs
    • Breaks and Horizontal Rules
    • Quoted Text
    • Preformatted Text
    • Text-Level Semantic Elements
  • HTML Links
    • Text Links
    • Absolute vs. Relative Paths
      • Absolute Paths
      • Relative Paths
      • Default Pages
    • Targeting New Windows
    • Email Links
    • Targeting a Specific Location on the Page
    • The title Attribute
  • HTML Images
    • Inserting Images
      • Making Images Accessible
      • Alternative Text
      • Long Descriptions
      • Height and Width Attributes
    • Image Links
  • HTML Lists
    • Unordered Lists
      • Nesting Unordered Lists
    • Ordered Lists
      • Nesting Ordered Lists
      • The type Attribute
      • The start Attribute
    • Definition Lists
  • Crash Course in CSS
    • Benefits of Cascading Style Sheets
    • CSS Rules
    • CSS Comments
    • Selectors
      • Type Selectors
        • Class Selectors
        • ID Selectors
        • Attribute Selectors
        • The Universal Selector
        • Grouping
    • Combinators
      • Descendant Combinators
      • Child Combinators
      • General Sibling Combinators
      • Adjacent Sibling Combinators
    • Precedence of Selectors
    • How Browsers Style Pages
    • CSS Resets
    • CSS Normalizers
    • External Stylesheets, Embedded Stylesheets, and Inline Styles
      • External Stylesheets
      • Embedded Stylesheets
      • Inline Styles
    • <div> and <span>
    • Media Types
    • Units of Measurement
      • Absolute vs. Relative Units
      • Pixels
      • Ems and Rems
      • Percentages
      • Other Units
    • Inheritance
      • The inherit Value
  • CSS Fonts
    • font-family
      • Specifying by Font Name
      • Specifying Font by Category
    • @font-face
      • Getting Fonts
    • font-size
      • Relative font-size Terms
      • Best Practices
    • font-style
    • font-variant
    • font-weight
    • line-height
    • font
  • Color and Opacity
    • About Color and Opacity
    • Color and Opacity Values
      • Color Keywords
      • RGB Hexadecimal Notation
      • RGB Functional Notation
      • HSL Functional Notation
    • color
    • opacity
  • CSS Text
    • letter-spacing
    • text-align
    • text-decoration
    • text-indent
    • text-shadow
    • text-transform
    • white-space
    • word-break
    • word-spacing
  • JavaScript Basics
    • The Name “JavaScript”
    • What is ECMAScript?
    • The HTML COM
    • JavaScript Syntax
      • Basic Rules
    • Accessing Elements
      • Dot Notation
      • Square Bracket Notation
    • Where Is JavaScript Code Written?
    • JavaScript Objects, Methods, and Properties
      • Methods
      • Properties
  • Variables, Arrays, and Operators
    • JavaScript Variables
      • A Loosely Typed Language
      • Google Chrome DevTools
      • Variable Naming
      • Storing User-Entered Data
    • Constants
    • Arrays
      • Associative Arrays
      • Array Properties and Methods
    • Playing with Array Methods
    • JavaScript Operators
    • The Modulus Operator
    • Playing with Operators
    • The Default Operator
  • JavaScript Functions
    • Global Objects and Functions
      • parseFloat(object)
      • parseInt(object)
      • isNaN(object)
    • User-defined Functions
      • Function Syntax
      • Passing Values to Functions
      • Returning Values from Functions
  • Built-In JavaScript Objects
    • String
    • Math
    • Date
    • Helper Functions
  • Conditionals and Loops
    • Conditionals
      • if-else if-else Conditions
    • Short-circuiting
    • Switch / Case
    • Ternary Operator
    • Truthy and Falsy
    • Loops
      • while Loop Syntax
      • do…while Loop Syntax
      • for Loop Syntax
      • for…of Loop Syntax
      • for…in Loop Syntax
    • break and continue
    • Array: forEach()
  • Event Handlers and Listeners
    • On-event Handlers
      • The getElementByld() Method
    • The addEventListener() Method
    • Capturing Key Events
      • Benefits of Event Listeners
      • Timers
JavaScript

Developing Web Applications Using NodeJS is a two-day instructor-led course that teaches students how to build server-side web applications using open source JavaScript frameworks and powered by NodeJS.

Students will learn how to create and test modern web applications and APIs using open-source JavaScript modules, NodeJS, and MongoDB.

Developing Web Applications Using Node.js

  • Setting up Node.js and Other Essentials
    • Installing Node.js and NPM
    • Launching Node.js Scripts
    • Node.js Basics and Syntax
    • Node.js Core Modules
    • Handy Node.js Utilities
  • Node Package Manager
    • Installing a Package
    • Global Packages
    • Updating Packages
    • Creating Packages
  • Using Express.js to Create Node.js Web Apps
    • Installing Express.js
    • Express.js Scaffolding
    • Setting Up Folders and Configuration
  • TDD and BDD
    • Installing and Understanding Mocha
    • TDD with Assert
    • BDD with Expect.js
  • Persistence with MongoDB and Mongoskin
    • Installing and Running MongoDB
    • Data Manipulation from the Mongo Console
    • Native MongoDB Driver for Node.js
    • Main Mongoskin Methods
  • Boosting Data with Mongoose ORM Library
    • Installing Mongoose
    • Mongoose Schemas
    • Mongoose Models
    • Relationships and Joins
    • Express.js + Mongoose = True MVC
  • Using Sessions and OAuth in Node.js Apps
    • Authorization with Express.js
    • Token-Based Authentication
    • Session-Based Authentication
    • Node.js OAuth
  • Building Node.js REST API Servers
    • RESTful API Basics
    • Test Coverage with Mocha and Superagent
    • REST API Server Implementation with Express and Mongoose

HTML, CSS, and JavaScript are the cornerstone technologies of modern web design. The course is designed for students who need a jump start on all three technologies and who can handle an intensive, four-day experience. 

In this class, you get a rapid, hands-on introduction to client-side programming with HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. You will learn how to structure a web page with HTML, add style with CSS, and make your website come to life with JavaScript.
 

Rapid Introduction to HTML, CSS, and JavaScript

  • A Quick Overview of Web Development
    • Client-side Programming
      • HTML
      • Cascading Style Sheets
      • JavaScript
      • Ajax
      • JavaScript Frameworks
    • Server-side Programming
      • Java EE
      • NET
      • Python
      • PHP
      • ColdFusion
      • js
  • Introduction to HTML
    • Getting Started
    • The HTML Skeleton
      • The <head> Element
      • The <body> Element
      • Whitespace
    • Viewing Page Source
    • HTML Elements
      • Attributes
      • Empty vs. Container Tags
      • Blocks and Inline Elements
      • Comments
    • Special Characters
    • History of HTML
    • Iang Attribute
  • Paragraphs, Headings, and Text
    • Paragraphs
    • Breaks and Horizontal Rules
    • Quoted Text
    • Preformatted Text
    • Text-Level Semantic Elements
  • HTML Links
    • Text Links
    • Absolute vs. Relative Paths
      • Absolute Paths
      • Relative Paths
      • Default Pages
    • Targeting New Windows
    • Email Links
    • Targeting a Specific Location on the Page
    • The title Attribute
  • HTML Images
    • Inserting Images
      • Making Images Accessible
      • Alternative Text
      • Long Descriptions
      • Height and Width Attributes
    • Image Links
  • HTML Lists
    • Unordered Lists
      • Nesting Unordered Lists
    • Ordered Lists
      • Nesting Ordered Lists
      • The type Attribute
      • The start Attribute
    • Definition Lists
  • Crash Course in CSS
    • Benefits of Cascading Style Sheets
    • CSS Rules
    • CSS Comments
    • Selectors
      • Type Selectors
        • Class Selectors
        • ID Selectors
        • Attribute Selectors
        • The Universal Selector
        • Grouping
    • Combinators
      • Descendant Combinators
      • Child Combinators
      • General Sibling Combinators
      • Adjacent Sibling Combinators
    • Precedence of Selectors
    • How Browsers Style Pages
    • CSS Resets
    • CSS Normalizers
    • External Stylesheets, Embedded Stylesheets, and Inline Styles
      • External Stylesheets
      • Embedded Stylesheets
      • Inline Styles
    • <div> and <span>
    • Media Types
    • Units of Measurement
      • Absolute vs. Relative Units
      • Pixels
      • Ems and Rems
      • Percentages
      • Other Units
    • Inheritance
      • The inherit Value
  • CSS Fonts
    • font-family
      • Specifying by Font Name
      • Specifying Font by Category
    • @font-face
      • Getting Fonts
    • font-size
      • Relative font-size Terms
      • Best Practices
    • font-style
    • font-variant
    • font-weight
    • line-height
    • font
  • Color and Opacity
    • About Color and Opacity
    • Color and Opacity Values
      • Color Keywords
      • RGB Hexadecimal Notation
      • RGB Functional Notation
      • HSL Functional Notation
    • color
    • opacity
  • CSS Text
    • letter-spacing
    • text-align
    • text-decoration
    • text-indent
    • text-shadow
    • text-transform
    • white-space
    • word-break
    • word-spacing
  • JavaScript Basics
    • The Name “JavaScript”
    • What is ECMAScript?
    • The HTML COM
    • JavaScript Syntax
      • Basic Rules
    • Accessing Elements
      • Dot Notation
      • Square Bracket Notation
    • Where Is JavaScript Code Written?
    • JavaScript Objects, Methods, and Properties
      • Methods
      • Properties
  • Variables, Arrays, and Operators
    • JavaScript Variables
      • A Loosely Typed Language
      • Google Chrome DevTools
      • Variable Naming
      • Storing User-Entered Data
    • Constants
    • Arrays
      • Associative Arrays
      • Array Properties and Methods
    • Playing with Array Methods
    • JavaScript Operators
    • The Modulus Operator
    • Playing with Operators
    • The Default Operator
  • JavaScript Functions
    • Global Objects and Functions
      • parseFloat(object)
      • parseInt(object)
      • isNaN(object)
    • User-defined Functions
      • Function Syntax
      • Passing Values to Functions
      • Returning Values from Functions
  • Built-In JavaScript Objects
    • String
    • Math
    • Date
    • Helper Functions
  • Conditionals and Loops
    • Conditionals
      • if-else if-else Conditions
    • Short-circuiting
    • Switch / Case
    • Ternary Operator
    • Truthy and Falsy
    • Loops
      • while Loop Syntax
      • do…while Loop Syntax
      • for Loop Syntax
      • for…of Loop Syntax
      • for…in Loop Syntax
    • break and continue
    • Array: forEach()
  • Event Handlers and Listeners
    • On-event Handlers
      • The getElementByld() Method
    • The addEventListener() Method
    • Capturing Key Events
      • Benefits of Event Listeners
      • Timers

JavaScript enables interactive web pages and is an essential part of web applications. It is the essential technology behind Single Page Applications (SPA) and Progressive Web Applications (PWA). Modern usages of JavaScript extend beyond the browser to include creating web servers and other utility applications facilitated by programs such as NodeJS.

Students will learn to use JavaScript effectively to make their web applications more dynamic and functional and to reduce the number of roundtrips to the server. Students will learn JavaScript syntax, how to work with variables, flow control logic, and AJAX calls, as well as gain an advanced understanding of how JavaScript objects and functions work. They will learn the latest JavaScript features added with ES2015, as well as how to make use of next-generation language features that are not yet supported by major browsers.

  • Introduction
    • Modern Application Architecture
    • Language Versions and Browser Support
  • JavaScript Overview
    • JavaScript Syntax
    • Variables and Types
    • Strings and Template Strings
    • Operators
    • Objects
    • Arrays
    • Conditionals and Loops
    • Truthy and Falsey
    • Functions
    • Scope, var and let
    • Handling Exceptions
  • JavaScript in the Browser
    • The script Tag
    • Scripting Best Practices
    • The Window Object
    • Debugging JavaScript
  • The DOM
    • What is DOM?
    • Node and NodeList
    • Searching the DOM
    • Navigating the DOM
    • Working with Attributes
    • NodeList vs. Array
    • Modifying the DOM
    • CSS Selectors
  • Event Handling
    • DOM Events in the Browser
    • Connecting Event Handlers
    • Event Parameters
    • load vs DOMContentLoaded
    • Event Propagation
    • Event Delegation
  • Objects in Depth
    • Object literals
    • Property and Method notation
    • Adding and Removing Members
    • Iterating over Properties
    • Execution Context and “this”
    • Object Destructuring
    • Spread Operator
    • Namespaces
    • Constructor Functions
    • Prototypes and Inheritance
  • Built-in JavaScript Objects
    • Date
    • RegExp
    • Error
    • String
    • Number
    • Array
    • Math
  • Arrays
    • Array Literals
    • Looping over Arrays
    • Finding Elements
    • Filtering and Mapping
    • Reducing
    • Spread Operator
  • Functions
    • Function Declaration vs. Function Expression
    • Hoisting
    • Default Parameters
    • Arguments and Variadic Functions
    • Call and Apply
    • Arrow Functions
    • Rest Operator
    • Closures
  • Modularization
    • Data Hiding
    • Privileged Methods
    • IIFEs
    • The Module Pattern
    • ES6 Modules
    • 3rd Party Module Loaders
  • AJAX
    • AJAX Examples
    • The XHR Object
    • Handling Responses and Content
    • Promises
    • AJAX Limitations
  • Client-side Data Storage
    • localStorage
    • sessionStorage
    • IndexedDB
  • Next-Generation Features
    • Transpiling with Babel
    • Class Syntax
    • Property Descriptors
    • Freezing and Sealing Objects
    • Symbols

You can think of jQuery as one of the four technologies that every professional web developer should master, along with HTML5, CSS3, and JavaScript. So this class is for any web developer today. That includes web developers who know HTML5 and CSS3 but are new to JavaScript and jQuery, web developers who have done JavaScript programming but are new to jQuery, web developers who have used jQuery for special-purpose applications but don’t feel comfortable with it, or web developers who program in ASP.NET, JSP, or PHP on the server side and now want to master client-side programming.

jQuery Fundamentals

  • Introduction to Web Development
    • How a Web Application Works
    • The Components of a JavaScript Application
    • Critical HTML and CSS Skills
    • How to Test a JavaScript Application
    • How to Use Aptana to Develop JavaScript Applications
  • Getting Started with JavaScript
    • How to Include JavaScript in an HTML Document
    • The JavaScript Syntax
    • How to Work with JavaScript Data
    • How to Code Control Statements
    • How to Find Errors in Your Code
  • How to Work with Objects, Functions, and Events
    • How to Use Objects to Work with Data
    • How to Use Functions
    • How to Handle Events
  • How to Test and Debug a JavaScript Application
    • An Introduction to Testing and Debugging
    • How to Debug with Firebug
    • Other Debugging Methods
  • How to Work with Arrays
    • How to Create and Use an Array
  • How to Script the DOM with JavaScript
    • DOM Scripting Properties and Methods
    • Two Critical Issues for JavaScript Applications
    • DOM Scripting Skills for Links and Images
    • How to Use Timers
  • Get Off to a Fast Start with jQuery
    • Introduction to jQuery
    • Basics of jQuery Programming
    • A Working Subset of Selectors, Methods, and Event Methods
  • How to Use Effects and Animations
    • How to Use Effects
    • A Slide Show Application with Effects
    • How to Use Animation
    • A Carousel Application with Animation
  • How to Use the DOM Manipulation and Traversal Methods
    • The DOM Manipulation Methods
    • The Methods for Working with Styles and Positioning
    • The DOM Traversal Methods
  • How to Work with Forms and Data Validation
    • Introduction to Forms and Controls
    • How to Use jQuery to Work with Forms
    • A Validation Application that uses JavaScript
    • How to Use a Plugin for Data Validation
    • A Validation Application that Uses the Validation Plugin
  • How to Create and Use Plugins
    • Introduction to Plugins
    • How to Use Four of the Most Useful Plugins
    • How to Create Your own Plugins
    • A Web Page that Uses Two Plugins
  • jQuery UI Themes and Widgets
    • Introduction to jQuery UI
    • How to Build and Use a jQuery UI Download
    • How to Use jQuery UI Widgets
  • How to Use jQuery UI Interactions and Effects
    • How to Use Interactions
    • How to Use Effects
  • Ajax, JSON, and Blogger
    • Introduction to Ajax
    • How to Use the jQuery Shorthand Methods for Ajax
    • How to Use the $.ajax Method for Working with Ajax
    • How to Use Ajax with the API for Google's Blogger
  • API's for YouTube, Twitter, and Flickr
  • API for Google Maps
  • jQuery Mobile
    • How to Work with Mobile Devices
    • How to Get Started with jQuery Mobile
    • How to Style Web Pages with jQuery Mobile
  • How to Enhance a jQuery Mobile Web Site
    • How to Use the jQuery Mobile Documentation
    • How to Use jQuery Mobile for Content Formatting
    • How to Use jQuery Mobile for List Views
    • How to Use jQuery Mobile for Forms

TypeScript is a cutting-edge, open-source programming language that is a superset of JavaScript. TypeScript makes available today programming features that are planned for inclusion in future releases of JavaScript. TypeScript source code compiles to plain JavaScript, so it can be used in projects targeting any browser on any host with any operating system.

This course prepares students with the fundamentals of TypeScript for use within modern web applications built using popular frameworks like Angular, Node.js, React, Knockout, WeChat and others.

TypeScript Fundamentals

  • Introduction to TypeScript
    • What is TypeScript?
    • How to Install TypeScript
    • Let, Const, Block Scope and Module Scope
    • Template Strings
    • Arrow Functions
    • Compiling TypeScript With Options
    • Install and Use Typings
    • Install and Use TSLint
  • Types in TypeScript
    • Primitive Types
    • Enums and Tuples
    • Symbols
    • Union Types
    • Intersection Types
    • Nullable Types With -- strictNullChecks
  • Classes
    • Encapsulation and Scope
    • Properties
    • Methods
    • Constructors and Parameter Properties
    • Inheritance
  • Interfaces and Namespaces
    • Creating Interfaces
    • Implementing Interfaces
    • Anonymous Interfaces
    • Type Guarding
    • Organizing Code in Namespaces
  • Generics
    • Generic Functions
    • Generic Classes
    • Generic Constraints
  • Appendix A: Decorators
    • Decorators, Decorator Factories and Composition
    • Class Decorators
    • Method Decorators
    • Property Decorators
    • Parameter Decorators
Microsoft Access

This course covers the basic skills and concepts students need to use Microsoft Access (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365) productively and efficiently. After an introduction to the Access environment, you will learn how to plan databases and create tables. Then you will learn to organize fields and records and to work with data entry rules. You will learn how to create basic queries and how to work with forms and reports.

This course will help you prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Basic, Intermediate, and Advanced courses for Access.

Access Introduction (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Getting Started
    • What is Microsoft Access?
    • Starting Microsoft Access
    • Opening an Existing Database
    • Understanding the Interface
    • Using Database Objects
    • Closing a Database
    • Exiting Access
  • Working with Tables
    • Understanding Tables
    • Using Datasheet View
    • Navigating Fields in Tables
    • Adding Records
    • Moving through Records
    • Selecting Records
    • Editing Records
    • Saving Records
    • Deleting Records
  • Creating Tables
    • Creating a New Database
    • Designing Tables
    • Creating a Table
    • Creating Fields
    • Assigning Data Types
    • Adding a Field Description
    • Setting a Primary Key
    • Saving a New Table
  • Setting Field Properties
    • Using Field Properties
    • Limiting Field Size
    • Setting Number Formats
    • Setting Date/Time Formats
    • Setting Yes/No Formats
    • Setting Default Values
    • Setting Validation Rules
    • Creating an Input Mask
  • Creating Relationships
    • Flat versus Relational Databases
    • Using Related Tables
    • Creating a Relationship
    • Setting Referential Integrity
  • Editing Tables
    • Changing the Row Height
    • Changing the Column Width
    • Formatting a Datasheet
    • Selecting a Column
    • Moving a Column
    • Hiding a Column
    • Unhiding a Column
    • Freezing a Column
  • Printing Data
    • Printing Table Data
    • Changing the Page Setup
    • Printing Selected Records
  • Finding and Filtering Data
    • Sorting Records
    • Finding Specific Records
    • Finding Records Using Wildcards
    • Using Replace
    • Applying/Removing a Filter
    • Using Filter by Form
  • Using Simple Queries
    • Using Queries and RecordSets
    • Using the Simple Query Wizard
    • Creating a Query in Design View
    • Opening a Query
    • Adding a Table to a Query
    • Joining Tables in a Query
    • Running a Query
  • Modifying Query Results
    • Sorting a Query
    • Adding Criteria to a Query
    • Hiding a Field in a Query
    • Printing a Query
  • Creating Basic Reports
    • Using Reports
    • Using the Report Wizard
    • Using Print Preview
    • Using the Report Button
  • Creating Basic Forms
    • Using Forms
    • Using the Form Wizard
    • Viewing Records in a Form
    • Printing Records in a Form
    • Using the Form Button
    • Adding a Recording Using a Form

This course builds on the skills and concepts taught in the Introduction course. You will learn relational database concepts and techniques, advanced queries, advanced form and report building, and how to create charts.

This course will help you prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate, and Advanced courses for Access.

Access Intermediate (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Modifying Tables
    • Inserting a Column in a Table
    • Changing a Column Name
    • Deleting a Column
    • Inserting a Lookup Column
    • Inserting a Hyperlink Column
    • Creating a Many-to-Many Relationship
  • Using Operators in Queries
    • Using Comparison Operators
    • Using the And Condition
    • Using the Or Condition
    • Using the Between And Operator
    • Using a Wildcard Character
  • Designing Advanced Queries
    • Setting Top Values in a Query
    • Creating a Calculated Field
    • Creating a Function Query
    • Creating a Parameter Query
    • Creating a Concatenation in a Query
    • Using Multiple Tables in a Query
    • Filtering a Query
  • Creating Action Queries
    • Creating a Make-Table Query
    • Creating an Update Query
    • Creating an Append Query
    • Creating a Delete Query
  • Using Advanced Query Wizards
    • Using the Crosstab Query Wizard
    • Using the Find Duplicates Query Wizard
    • Using the Find Unmatched Query Wizard
  • Using Advanced Database Features
    • Printing a Relationship Document
    • Linking Data to an Access Table
    • Importing Data
    • Setting a Database Password
    • Compacting a Database
    • Backing up a Database
  • Manipulating Controls
    • Using Controls
    • Selecting Non-Adjacent Controls
    • Deleting Controls
    • Sizing a Control by Dragging
    • Selecting Adjacent Controls
    • Moving Selected Controls
    • Sizing Controls Automatically
  • Using Design View
    • Hiding the Ruler
    • Disabling the Snap to Grid Feature
    • Displaying the Field List
    • Adding a Field
    • Moving Part of a Paired Control
    • Spacing Controls
    • Aligning Controls
    • Using the Toolbox
    • Adding Text
    • Adding an Image
    • Adding a Rectangle
    • Adding a Line
    • Editing an Unbound Control
  • Using Advanced Form Design
    • Using Forms in Design View
    • Creating a Combo Box
    • Creating a List Box
    • Creating an Option Group
    • Setting the Tab Order Automatically
    • Setting the Tab Order Manually
    • Adding a Form Header and Footer
    • Creating a Blank Form
  • Using Advanced Report Design
    • Using Reports in Design View
    • Creating a Calculated Control
    • Grouping Data in a Report
    • Creating a Header for Each Group
    • Creating a Running Summary
    • Inserting a Date/Time Control
    • Inserting a Page Break
    • Changing the Report Margins
    • Using the Label Wizard
    • Creating a Blank Report
  • Using Editing Tools
    • Selecting a Font Name
    • Selecting a Font Size
    • Selecting a Font Style
    • Using the Format Painter
    • Selecting Objects with the Toolbar
    • Using AutoFormat
    • Running the Spell Checker
    • Setting AutoCorrect Options
    • Adding AutoCorrect Entries
    • Deleting AutoCorrect Entries

This course builds on the skills and concepts taught in the Introduction and Intermediate courses. You will learn advanced querying techniques, how to work with macros, how to import, export and link objects, and how to utilize advanced database management techniques.

This course will help you prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate, and Advanced courses for Access.

Access Advanced (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Querying with SQL
    • SQL Statements
    • SQL Commands
    • SQL in Access
    • Writing SQL Statements
    • Specifying Criteria in SQL Statements
    • Adding Field Aliases
    • Displaying Matching Data from Related Tables
    • Displaying Unmatched Records
    • Context-Sensitive Help
    • Attaching SQL Queries to Controls
    • Attaching a SQL Query to a Command Button
  • Advanced Queries
    • Crosstab Queries
    • The Crosstab Query Wizard
    • Creating Parameter Queries
    • Single-Criterion Parameter Queries
    • Multiple0Criteria Parameter Queries
    • Wildcards in Parameter Queries
    • Using Action Queries
    • Append Queries
    • Delete Queries
    • Update Queries
    • Make Table Queries
    • Rename Queries
  • Macros
    • Creating, Running and Modifying Macros
    • The Macro Builder
    • Modifying Macros
    • Attaching Macros tot he Events of Database Objects
    • Form Events and Event Properties
    • Attaching a Macro to the Open Event
    • Attaching Macros to Command Buttons
  • Advanced Macros
    • Creating Macros to Provide User Interaction
    • Data Validation Macros
    • Ensuring Data Entry
    • Creating a Macro for Entering Data
    • Show All Actions
    • Creating Macros that Require User Input
    • Visual Basic for Applications
    • Creating AutoKeys and AutoExec Macros
    • Creating Macros for Data Transfer
    • Creating Macros to Import Database Objects
    • Creating Macros to Export Data to a Spreadsheet
  • Importing, Exporting, and Linking Objects
    • Importing Objects from Another Access Database
    • Importing an Object from a Workbook
    • Appending Records
    • Saving Import Specifications
    • Using Saved Import Specifications
    • Importing Text Files
    • Exporting Objects from an Access Database
    • Using Saved Export Specifications
    • HTML and XML
    • Exporting an Access Object as an XML Document
    • Importing an XML File
    • Exporting an Access Object as an XPS or PDF File
    • Linking a Table
    • Using the Linked Table Manager
    • Creating Links to Excel Workbooks
    • Hyperlinks in Access Objects
    • Inserting Data in a Hyperlink Field
    • Hyperlinks in Forms and Reports
    • Modifying Hyperlink Data
  • Database Management
    • Optimizing a Database
    • Converting Databases
    • Analyzing Database Performance
    • Splitting Databases
    • Compacting and Repairing Databases
    • Backing up Databases
    • Encrypting with a Password
    • Removing Password Protection and Encryption
    • Access Options and Database Properties
Microsoft Excel

This course will familiarize students with spreadsheet terminology and the fundamental concepts of Microsoft Excel, including identifying Excel window components, navigating worksheets, and downloading templates. In addition, students will learn the basics of entering and editing text, values, and formulas, and how to save workbooks in the native Excel format, as well as in other formats. They will learn how to move and copy data and formulas, how to determine absolute and relative references, and how to work with ranges, rows, and columns. Students will also learn how to use simple functions, and how to easily apply formatting techniques to worksheet data. They will create and modify charts, and work with graphics. Finally, they will review workbooks for spelling errors, modify page setup, and print worksheets.

This course will help students prepare for both the Microsoft Office Specialist core-level exam and the Microsoft Office Specialist Expert exam for Excel. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate, and Advanced courses for Excel.

Excel Introduction (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Exploring Excel
    • Starting Microsoft Excel
    • Using Templates
    • Examining the Excel Application Window
    • Examining the Workbook Window
    • Using the Ribbon
    • Understanding the Backstage Area
    • Using Shortcut Menus
    • Working with Worksheets, Columns and Rows, and Cells
    • Closing vs. Exiting
  • Basic Workbook Skills
    • Navigating in a Worksheet
    • Using the GoTo Feature
    • Entering Data
      • Entering Text into Cells
      • Entering Values into Cells
    • Using Find
    • Saving and Renaming a Workbook
    • Opening a Workbook
    • Using Data Entry Shortcuts
    • Editing Cell Entries
  • Working with Columns and Rows
    • Selecting Columns and Rows
    • Changing the Width of Columns and Height of Rows
    • Adjusting Row or Column Size Automatically
    • Inserting a Column
    • Inserting a Row
    • Deleting a Column or Row
    • Inserting Selected Cells
    • Deleting Selected Cells
  • Working with Ranges
    • Working with Ranges
    • Merging Cells
    • Entering Values into a Range
    • Using the AutoFill Feature
    • Creating and Navigating to a Range Name
    • Using Undo and Redo
  • Creating Simple Formulas
    • Using Formulas
    • Using the AutoSum Button
    • Using Basic Functions
    • Using the AutoCorrect Feature
    • Using Insert Function
    • Using Show Formulas
    • Using the AutoCalculate Feature
  • Copying and Moving Data
    • Copying, Cutting and Pasting Data
    • Moving and Copying Using the Mouse
    • Understanding Relative References
    • Creating an Absolute Reference
    • Using AutoFill to Copy Formulas
  • Formatting Numbers
    • Using Number Formats
    • Changing Decimal Places
  • Formatting a Worksheet
    • Changing Font and Font Size
    • Using Bold, Italic and Underline
    • Using Font Color and Fill Color
    • Using Borders
    • Using Workbook Themes
    • Defining Theme Colors
    • Orienting Cell Contents
    • Changing Text Indent
    • Wrapping Text
    • Changing Cell Alignment
    • Using Conditional Formatting
    • Using Format Painter
    • Clearing Formats
  • Using Charts and Objects
    • Using Charts
    • Identifying Chart Objects
    • Understanding Chart Types
    • Creating a Chart
    • Changing Chart Location
    • Changing Chart Types
    • Selecting Chart Objects
    • Using Chart Tools
    • Adding and Removing Chart Elements
    • Formatting a Chart
    • Moving, Resizing and Deleting Chart Objects
    • Changing Data in an Existing Chart
    • Formatting Chart Objects
    • Drawing Shapes
    • Using Text Boxes
    • Formatting Shapes
  • Printing
    • Printing a Range, Worksheet or Workbook
    • Setting Margin and Centering Options
    • Changing Page Orientation
    • Adding Headers and Footers
    • Scaling a Worksheet
    • Printing Charts

This course will teach students how to work with large worksheets in Microsoft Excel, and use multiple worksheets and workbooks efficiently. It will introduce them to more advanced formatting techniques, such as applying special number formats, using workbook styles and themes, adding backgrounds, and mimicking watermarks. In addition, students will learn how to create outlines and subtotals, and how to create and apply cell names. They will sort and filter data, and create and format tables. They will learn how to save workbooks as Web pages, how to insert and edit hyperlinks, and how to share workbooks via email. Students will learn how to audit worksheets for errors, how to protect worksheets, how to share and merge workbooks, and track changes in a workbook. Finally, students will customize the Excel environment, and create and modify custom templates.

This course will help students prepare for both the Microsoft Office Specialist core-level exam and the Microsoft Office Specialist Expert exam for Excel. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate, and Advanced courses for Excel.

Excel Intermediate (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Using Large Worksheets
    • Freezing Panes
    • Splitting a Worksheet
    • Hiding and Displaying Data and Window Elements
    • Setting Print Titles
    • Creating Page Breaks
  • Multiple Worksheets
    • Using Multiple Worksheets
    • Renaming Worksheets
    • Formatting Worksheet Tabs
    • Grouping Worksheets
    • Inserting Worksheets
    • Deleting Worksheets
    • Moving and Copying Worksheets
    • Printing Multiple Worksheets
    • Creating 3D Formulas
    • Adding a Watch Window
  • Advanced Formatting
    • Using Built-in Number Formats
    • Creating Custom Number Formats
    • Hiding Zero Values
    • Transposing Data
    • Using Paste Special Mathematical Operations
    • Using Sparklines
    • Adding Worksheet Backgrounds
    • Using Watermarks
  • Outlining and Subtotals
    • Outlining
    • Using Custom Views
    • Consolidating Data
    • Using Subtotals
    • Using Outline Symbols
  • Data Structure and Tables
    • Using Structured Data
    • Sorting Data
    • Sorting on Multiple Columns
    • Filtering Data
    • Using Tables
    • Working with Data in a Table
    • Understanding Structured References
    • Creating a Total Row
    • Using Table Names
    • Understanding Table Functions
    • Formatting Tables
  • Data Cleaning
    • Exporting Data
    • Importing Data
    • Using the Text Import Wizard
    • The LEFT and RIGHT Function
    • Understanding Nested Functions
    • The MID Function
    • The FIND Function
    • The LEN and TRIM Functions
    • The CONCAT Function
    • The UPPER and LOWER Functions
    • Converting Text to Columns
    • Removing Duplicates
  • Logical and Conditional Functions
    • The IF Function
    • The SUMIF Function
    • The COUNTIF Function
    • The AVERAGEIF Function
    • The IFERROR Function
  • Documenting and Auditing
    • Auditing Tools
    • Tracing Cell Values
    • Tracing Errors
    • Using Cell Comments
    • Adding Workbook Comments
  • Web and Sharing Features
    • Saving as a Web Page
    • Previewing a Web Page
    • Publishing a Web Page
    • Using AutoRepublish
    • Adding Hyperlinks

In this course, students will further build on the skills acquired in the Microsoft Excel Introduction and Intermediate courses. They will work with advanced functions and formulas, as well as lookup functions such as VLOOKUP, MATCH, and INDEX. In addition, students will learn about data validation and will use advanced data filtering. They will apply advanced chart formatting options, and create more complex charts. They will work with PivotTables and PivotCharts, export and import data, and query external databases. Students will learn about the analytical features of Excel, such as Goal Seek, and how to create scenarios. Finally, they will run and record macros, and explore VBA code.

This course will help students prepare for both the Microsoft Office Specialist core-level exam and the Microsoft Office Specialist Expert exam for Excel. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate, and Advanced courses for Excel.

Excel Advanced (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Cell and Range Names
    • Creating and Navigating to a Range Name
    • Creating from Selection
    • Applying Names
    • Managing Names
    • Using the Name Manager
  • Advanced Functions
    • Using Functions
    • Nesting Functions
    • Using Conditional Functions
      • SUMIFS, COUNTIFS, and AVERAGEIFS
    • Date and Time Functions
      • The NOW and TODAY Functions
      • The YEAR Function
      • The DAYS360 Function
      • The NETWORKDAYS Function
      • The DATE Function
    • Lookup Functions
      • The HLOOKUP Function
      • The VLOOKUP Function
    • Financial Functions
      • The PMT Function
  • Advanced Data Management
    • Validating Cell Entries
    • Date Criteria in Data Validation Rules
    • List Criteria in Data Validation Rules
    • Validating Data
    • Advanced Filtering
    • Creating a Criteria Range
  • Multiple Workbooks
    • Using Multiple Workbooks
    • Moving or Copying Worksheets Between Workbooks
    • Arranging Multiple Windows
    • Linking Workbooks
    • Maintaining Workbook Links
  • PivotTables and PivotCharts
    • Working with PivotTables
    • Adding Fields
    • Using Fields to Filter Data
    • Inserting Slicers
    • Using Slicers to Filter Data
    • Modifying Slicers
    • Grouping PivotTable Data
    • Moving and Refreshing Fields
    • Inserting Calculated Fields
    • Formatting PivotTables
    • Conditional Formatting a PivotTables
    • Using PivotCharts
  • Analytical Tools
    • Goal Seek
    • Scenarios
    • Scenario Summary Report
    • Merging Scenarios
  • Macros and Visual Basic
    • Understanding Macros
    • Changing Trust Center Macro Settings
    • Creating Macros
    • Recording Macros
    • Saving Files with Macros
    • Macro Buttons
    • Working with VBA Code
    • Copying Macros Between Workbooks
  • Templates and Settings
    • Application Settings
    • Customizing the Ribbon
    • Creating Custom Templates
    • Protecting a Worksheet
    • Protecting Parts of a Worksheet
    • Protecting a Workbook
    • Protecting Worksheets using Digital Signatures
  • Sharing and Security
    • Sharing a Workbook
    • Merging Workbooks
    • Tracking Changes
    • Reviewing Workbook Changes
    • Using Document Inspector
    • Finalizing a Workbook
  • Advanced Charting
    • Changing Chart Scale
    • Chart Formatting Options
    • Formatting Data Points
    • Creating Combination Charts
    • Adding Trendlines
Microsoft Outlook

This course covers the basic functions and features of Outlook (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365). After an introduction to Outlook’s window components, students will learn how to read and send email messages using several methods. Then they will learn how to manage email messages and attachments, configure message options, and use basic search functions. Students will also learn to manage contacts and contact groups, work with tasks, and create appointments. Finally, they will learn to send and respond to meeting requests. 

This course will help students prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction and Advanced courses for Outlook.

Outlook Introduction (2013, 2016, 2019, or Office 365)

  • Getting Started
    • The program window
    • Outlook Today
  • Email Basics
    • Reading messages
    • Creating and sending messages
    • Working with messages
    • Handling attachments
    • Printing messages and attachments
  • Email Management
    • Setting message options
    • Organizing the Inbox folder
    • Managing junk email
  • Contacts
    • Working with contacts
    • Address books
    • Using contact groups
  • Tasks
    • Working with tasks
    • Managing tasks
  • Appointments and Events
    • Creating and sending appointments
    • Modifying appointments
    • Working with events
    • Using Calendar Views
  • Meeting Requests and Responses
    • Scheduling meetings
    • Managing meetings

This course builds on the skills and concepts taught in Outlook Introduction (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365). Students will learn how to customize Outlook, use Quick Steps, create Folder pane shortcuts, customize the Navigation bar, customize their messages and signatures, and set up automatic replies. Then students will learn how to set rules for organizing messages and use advanced techniques for managing and maintaining their mailboxes. Students will also learn how to search, use filters, and apply categories, as well as how to work with notes and Journal entries. Finally, they will learn how to share Outlook calendars and contacts and stay informed with RSS feeds.

This course will help students prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction and Advanced courses for Outlook.

Outlook Advanced (2013, 2016, 2019, or Office 365)

  • Customizing Outlook
    • The Outlook environment
    • General options and account settings
    • Quick Steps
    • The Folder pane and Navigation bar
  • Customizing messages
    • Message appearance
    • Signatures
    • Voting buttons
    • Out-of-office messages
  • Mailbox organization and management
    • Setting rules
    • Managing your mailbox
  • Organizing items
    • Folders
    • Searching
    • Advanced filtering
    • Categories
  • Notes and Journals
    • Recording information with notes
    • Tracking activities with the Journal
  • Collaboration
    • Sharing your calendar and contacts
    • Staying informed with RSS
  • Appendix A: Connecting with SharePoint
    • Connecting with colleagues via Outlook Social Connectors
Microsoft Power BI

Microsoft Power BI software is designed for data analysis and the creation of visualizations. Data analysts prepare data, perform initial analysis, and create visualizations that are then passed to business data decision-makers. These decision-makers can use Power BI's tools to explore the data, perform further analysis to find new insights, make decisions, and create customized reports to share their findings. Decision makers of all types, including managers and executives, must interact with, interpret, and develop reports based on data and analysis provided to them.

This course is designed for professionals in various job roles who receive Power BI data visualizations and reports from data analysts or data visualization engineers. These data report recipients must use the features and capabilities of Power BI to fully explore the visualizations and initial analyses provided to them in reports, perform additional analysis to ask next-level questions about the data, and customize and create new visualizations and dashboards to share new insights and create compelling reports.

  • Explore Power BI reports
  • Analyze data to get answers and insights
  • Sort and group data for analysis and reporting
  • Filter visualizations
  • Prepare reports
  • Troubleshoot, collaborate, and share reports
  • Exploring Power BI Reports
    • Data Analysis Workflow with Power BI
    • Explore Reports in the Power BI Service
    • Edit Reports
  • Analyzing Data to Get Answers and Insights
    • Configure Data Visualizations
    • Ask New Questions by Changing Aggregation
    • Find Answers with Calculations
  • Sorting and Grouping Data for Analysis and Reporting
    • Sort Data
    • Group Data
  • Filtering Visualizations
    • Filter Data to Refine Analysis
    • Create Slicers for Reports
  • Preparing Reports
    • Format and Annotate Reports
    • Emphasize Data in Reports
  • Troubleshooting, Sharing, and Collaborating
    • Troubleshoot Data Issues
    • Collaborate in Power BI
    • Collaborate with Non-Power BI Users

Welcome to Microsoft Power BI Fundamentals! This course will show you how to link and model data in Power BI and create visual reports that reveal data insights. By the end of this course, you will understand the following:

  • The purposes and essential functions of the core Power BI components
  • Using the Power BI desktop client and web app
  • Connecting to a data source using either the Power BI desktop client or the web app
  • Modeling data
  • Creating reports and visualizations

This course is designed for professionals who connect to local or cloud-based data sources and then shape and combine data for analysis. They want to analyze business data, visualize insights, and share those insights with peers across the enterprise.

This course is designed for professionals pursuing the Microsoft Power BI Data Analyst (Exam PL-300) certification.

Overview and Data Source Connections

  • An Introduction to Power BI
    • What is Power BI?
    • The Parts of Power BI
    • How Power BI Works
    • The Building Blocks of Power BI
    • Power BI Desktop
    • Power BI Web Service
    • Getting Started in the Desktop
    • When to Expect Power BI Updates
  • Working with Power BI Desktop
    • The Desktop Interface
    • Creating Files
    • Saving Files
    • Opening a File
    • Publishing to the Power BI Web Service
  • Connecting to Data Sources with Power BI Desktop
    • Creating a New Report
    • Connecting to an Excel Workbook
    • Loading Data with the Navigator Window
    • Viewing Loaded Data
    • Viewing all Connections in Power BI
    • What is a SQL Database?
    • Data Connectivity Modes
    • Connecting Using Import
    • Import Results
    • The Third “Hidden” Connectivity Model
    • Choosing a Connectivity Mode
    • The Dataverse
    • How to Connect to the Dataverse
    • Files from Folders
    • Managing Data Sources
    • Custom Data Tables
  • Understanding Visualizations
    • Using the Build a Visual Pane
    • What is Visualization?
    • Creating a Visualization
    • Moving, Resizing, Zooming, and Tooltips

Working With Data

  • Understanding Column Tools
  • Using Column Tools
  • Adjusting the Data Type
  • Adjusting the Date Format
  • The Query Editor
    • What is the Query Editor?
    • Shaping Data
    • Resolving Inconsistencies and Nulls
    • Removing Duplicates
    • Changing Data Types in the Query Editor
  • Parameters and Queries
    • Parameters
    • Connecting to Data with Parameters
    • Loading Parameters from the Query Editor
    • Duplicate vs. Reference Queries
    • Query Parameters
    • Creating a Query Parameter
    • Step Arguments
    • Using a Step Argument
    • Combining Queries
    • Merging Queries
    • Merge Results
    • Updating Merged Queries
    • Appending Queries
    • Append Query Results
    • Appending Three or More Tables
    • Fuzzy Merge
    • Performing a Fuzzy Merge
    • Grouping Queries
  • Pivot, Unpivot, and Transpose
    • Pivot
    • Pivot Results
    • Unpivot
    • The Reality of Data
    • Advanced Pivoting Options
    • Transpose
    • Transposing and Unpivoting Data
    • Transpose and Unpivot Result
  • Creating Conditional Columns
  • Conditional Column Result
  • Column From Examples
  • Creating a Column from Examples
  • Data Profiling
  • Column Distribution
  • Column Quality
  • Column Profile
  • Resolving Import Errors
    • Query Timeout Expired
    • Data Load Errors
    • Data Type Errors

Modeling and Performance

  • Understanding the Model View
    • Creating a Relationship
    • Editing Relationships
    • The Relationship Window
    • Viewing All Relationships
    • The Manage Relationship Window
    • Cardinality in Model Relationships
    • Cross-Filter Direction and Many to One
    • Bi-Directional Relationships
    • Fact vs. Dimension Tables
    • Primary and Foreign Keys
    • Schemas
    • Properties Pane
    • Creating Display Folders
    • Hiding Tables in Model View
    • Why Optimize? Which Methods?
      • Reduce Cardinality
      • Ensure a Small Model Size
      • Analyze Performance

Data Analysis Expression (DAX)

  • DAX Overview
    • What is DAX?
    • Calculated Tables
    • Calculated Columns
  • Common Date Tables
    • Creating Date Tables
    • Adding New Columns to the Date Table
    • More Control Over Dates
    • Power Query Alternative
    • Testing a Date Table in Power Query
    • Connecting the Date Table
  • Measures
    • Creating Measures
    • Implicit vs Explicit Measures
    • Basic Statistical Functions
    • DAX Functions
      • Calculate
      • Filter
      • Switch
      • All
      • Iterator
      • Related
      • Rankx
      • Time intelligence
      • Semi-Additive Measures
    • Role-Playing Dimensions
    • Quick Measures
      • Comparisons
      • Listing Selected Items
      • Line Chart Averages
      • Running Totals

Working with Reports and Visualizations

  • Filtering Visualizations
  • Editing Interactions
  • Formatting Visualizations
  • The Selection Pane
    • Layer Order
    • Tab Order
  • Using Alignment
  • Mobile Layout
  • Granularity and Hierarchy
    • The Importance of Data Granularity
    • What is a Data Hierarchy?
    • Creating and Adding to Hierarchies
  • Drill Downs
    • What is Drill Down?
    • Using Date Hierarchies
      • Double Arrow
      • Forked Arrow
    • Using Drill Down
    • Category vs Summarization in Report View
    • Changing Data Calculation in a Value Well
  • Drillthroughs
    • What are Drillthroughs?
    • How to Set up and Use Drillthroughs
    • Category vs Summarized Drillthroughs

A Closer Look at Visualizations

  • Filtering
    • The Filter Pane
    • Filtering the Page
    • Using and Clearing Advanced Filters
  • Visualization Types
    • Table
    • Matrix
    • Charts
      • Bar
      • Line
      • Combo
      • Waterfall
      • Funnel
      • Scatter
      • Pie vs Donut
    • Maps
      • Treemap
      • Bubble
      • Filled
    • Cards
    • Gauges
    • KPI
  • Custom Visualizations
  • Slicers
    • Creating a Slicer
    • Customizing a Slicer’s Display
    • Slicer Search Function
    • Synchronizing Slicers Across Pages
  • Bookmarks
    • Creating Bookmarks
    • Bookmarks Result
    • Data and Display Properties and Updating Bookmarks
  • Navigation
    • Navigation Buttons
    • Bookmark Navigators

Advanced Charts and Reporting

  • Optimizing Reports
  • AI Visuals
    • Q&A
    • Key Influencers
    • Decomposition Tree
    • Smart Narrative
  • Conditional Formatting
    • Using Conditional Formatting
    • Rankx and Conditional Formatting
    • Dynamic Displays
    • Field Values
  • Sorting Visuals
  • Creating Custom tooltips
  • The Analyze Feature
  • Identifying Outliers
    • Wells
    • Grouping
  • Data Groups and Bins
  • Using the Bin Cluster Feature
  • Field Parameters and Limitations
  • Additional Analytics
  • Using the Forecasting Feature

Security and Permissions

  • Row-Level Security
  • Configuring Memberships
  • Dynamic Row-Level Security
  • Testing Memberships
  • Identifying When a Gateway is Required
  • Scheduling a Semantic Model Refresh
  • Sensitivity Labels
    • Web Service
    • Desktop

The Power BI Web Service

  • The Web Service Interface
  • Desktop vs Web Service
  • Connecting to Local Data
  • Getting Samples
  • What are Apps?
  • Setting up an App
  • Connecting to Outside Apps
  • Viewing and Managing Content
  • Changing Workspaces
  • Changing Access Permissions
  • Reports
    • Viewing and Managing
    • Subscriptions
    • Data Alerts
    • Paginated Reports
    • Exporting Data
  • Dashboards
    • Creating
    • Pinning Tiles
    • Pinning Live Pages
    • Themes
    • Insights
  • Q&A Feature
    • Customizing
    • Customizing Questions
  • Promoting and Certifying Power BI Content
  • Analyze in Excel

This course is designed to deepen your understanding and skills in data analysis, offering comprehensive coverage on advanced data querying, data modeling, DAX (Data Analysis Expressions), and reporting features within Power BI. The course begins with an in-depth look at the Query Editor, introducing M language fundamentals, custom functions in Power Query, and advanced techniques for manipulating data, such as column transformations, table normalization, and dynamic code parameters. It further explores the intricacies of DAX, including editing methods, data model reviews, calculated columns and measures, and advanced functions and variables. The class also covers sophisticated reporting features for desktop and web service environments, focusing on modern visualizations, advanced conditional formatting, dynamic tooltips, slicers, action buttons, and accessibility considerations. Special attention is given to integrating AI data insights for language detection, sentiment analysis, and image tagging, as well as handling JSON, XML, and API data. The course concludes with exploring advanced web service reporting features like comments, scorecards, data flows, and cross-report drillthroughs.

  • The Query Editor and Intro to M
    • Intro to M
      • Key Vocabulary
      • Dot Notation Logic in M
    • Creating Columns
    • Column Transforms
      • Splitting (3 Methods)
      • Extracting Data
      • Merging Columns
    • Normalizing Tables
      • Getting Unique Lists
      • Adding ID Numbers
      • Replacing Text with ID Numbers
      • Final Relationships
    • Custom Functions (Power Query)
      • How Custom Functions Work
      • Case Study – Parsing Postcodes
      • Case Study – Combining Worksheets
      • Case Study – Combining Webpages
  • Advanced Query Editor
    • Stored Procedures
      • Loading from Stored Procedures
      • Dynamic M Code Parameters
    • Loading HTML
      • HTML Table function
      • Scraping Websites in Power Query
    • JSON and XML
      • Parsing JSON
      • Expanding Your Results
      • APIs
      • How they Work
      • Simple Examples
      • Exchange Rates
      • Bridging Tables
    • AI Data Insights
      • Language Detection
      • Key Phrases
      • Sentiment Analysis
      • Image Tagging
  • DAX and Model Review
    • Ways to Edit DAX
      • Power BI
      • DAX View in PBI
      • PowerPivot
      • SSAS Tabular
      • DAX Studio
    • Data Model Review
      • Linking to Data
      • Creating a Data Model
        • Relationships
        • Fact vs Dimension Tables
        • Primary vs Foreign Keys
        • Star Schema
    • Basic Measures and Columns Review
      • DAX Syntax Review
      • Creating Calculated Tables, Calculated Columns, and Measures
      • Basic Statistical Measures
      • Using a Measures Table
      • How to Move Measures into Different Tables
      • Date Table Review
        • Date Table with DAX
        • Date Table with Power Query
  • Calculated Columns and Measures
    • Overview
      • Understanding Filter Contexts Between Calculated Columns and Measures
    • FILTER Function
      • Review
      • Row Context
      • Applying Criteria
    • Calculated Columns
      • Nested IF and SWITCH Statements
      • Showing RELATED Data
      • Dealing with Blanks
    • CALCULATE Function
      • Filter Context Revisited
      • Removing and Replacing Context
      • Context Transition
    • VALUES Function
      • VALUES
      • LOOKUPVALUE
      • HASONEVALUE Function
      • Listing Single Values
      • Parameter Tables
    • Iterator Functions
      • AggregateX Functions
    • Text and Information Functions
      • ISBLANK
      • CONCATENATE
      • SUBSTITUTE vs REPLACE
    • Operators
      • Text and Grouping
        • &
        • ( )
        • IN
      • Logical Operators
        • NOT
        • &&
        • ||
      • Comparison Operators
        • =, <>, <, <=, >, >=
        • Arithmetic operators
        • +, -, *, /, ^
  • Advanced Functions and Variables
    • Dynamic Titles
      • How to Create and Edit
    • Filter Measures
      • ISFILTERED Function
      • ALL Function
      • ALLSELECTED Function
      • SELECTEDVALUE Function
    • Understanding EARLIER
      • How it Works
      • Banding using EARLIER
      • Ranking using EARLIER
    • DAX Variables
      • Creating Variables
      • Using for Debugging
      • Comments
    • Advanced Date Functions
      • Date-based Functions
      • Multiple Relationships
      • Moving Averages
    • Parent-Child Hierarchies
      • PATH functions
      • Displaying Different Levels
      • Making the Results Neater
  • Advanced Desktop Reporting Features
    • Advanced Tables
      • Preventing Data Grouping
      • URLs as Icons
      • Images in Tables
    • Advanced Conditional Formatting
      • Dynamic Displays and Field Values Review
      • Icons and Data Bars
    • Modern Visual Tooltips
    • Advanced Slicers
      • Apply all/clear all Slicers
      • Page Navigation with Slicers
    • Action Buttons
    • Accessibility
      • Tooltip Headers
      • Alt Text
      • Colorblind Themes
      • Customizing Themes
  • Advanced Web Service Reporting Features
    • The Web Service
    • Comments
    • Scorecards
    • Data Flows and Data Sets
      • Dataset Limitations
      • Creating Dataflows
      • Using Dataflows in Power BI Desktop
    • Cross-Report Drillthroughs
      • Drillthrough Review
      • How to Create Cross-report Drillthroughs
Microsoft PowerPoint

This course covers the basic functions and features of PowerPoint. After an introduction to PowerPoint’s window components, you will open and run a presentation and switch between views. You will create a basic presentation and add content, arrange, insert, and delete slides, and apply templates and design themes. Then, you will learn how to create and edit shapes, insert and modify WordArt objects and pictures, and work with tables, charts, and diagrams. Finally, you will learn how to proof a presentation, create speaker notes, and present and share presentations.

This course will help students prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist exam for PowerPoint. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Basic and Advanced courses for PowerPoint.

Microsoft PowerPoint Introduction (2013, 2016, 2019, or Office 365)

  • Exploring PowerPoint
    • Start Microsoft PowerPoint
    • Use Templates
    • Work with PowerPoint Application and Presentation Windows
    • Adjust Magnification
    • Use the Ribbon
    • Understand the Backstage Area
    • Understand Slides
    • Use Shortcut Menus
    • Open and Close Presentations
    • Exit PowerPoint
  • Creating a Presentation
    • Apply Slide Layouts
    • Enter Text and Bulleted Text
    • Add and Edit Slides
    • Delete Text and Placeholders
    • Move and Resize Placeholders
    • Save a Presentation
    • Rearrange Slides
    • Delete Slides
    • Duplicate Slides
    • Reuse Slides
    • Use Templates and Themes
    • Use Live Preview
  • Editing Slide Content
    • Format Text
    • Select Text
    • Modify Font, Font Size, and Text Color
    • Use Format Painter
    • Change Bullet Styles
    • Use Numbered Lists
    • Indent Paragraphs
    • Align Text
    • Modify Line Spacing
    • Use Find and Replace
    • Use Cut, Copy, and Paste
    • Use the Clipboard Pane
  • Working with Shapes
    • Using Drawing Tools
    • Changing Shapes
    • Adding Fill, Outlines, and Effects to Shapes
    • Creating Default Shapes
    • Duplicating Shapes
    • Moving Shapes
    • Understanding Smart Guides
    • Resizing, Rotating, and Aligning Shapes
    • Inserting and Formatting Text in Shapes
    • Changing Text Orientation
    • Using Columns in Text Boxes
  • Working with Graphics
    • Insert and Format WordArt
    • Resize and Rotate WordArt
    • Insert a Picture
    • Adjust a Picture
    • Correct a Picture
    • Add Artistic Effects to a Picture
    • Compress Pictures
    • Change a Picture
    • Resize and Rotate a Picture
    • Change Stacking Order of Objects
    • Group Objects
  • Tables, Charts, and SmartArt
    • Insert Tables
    • Format Tables
    • Modify Tables
    • Use Table Tools
    • Align Text in a Cell
    • Fill Cells
    • Insert Charts and Change Chart Types
    • Format Charts
    • Add Chart Legends and Labels
    • Insert SmartArt
    • Add Text and Nodes to SmartArt
    • Format SmartArt
  • Presenting and Printing
    • Use AutoCorrect
    • Use Spell Checker
    • Use Thesaurus
    • Hide and Unhide Slides
    • Create Speaker Notes
    • Give a Presentation
    • Use Presenter View
    • Change Slide Size
    • Print a Presentation, Handouts, Speaker Notes, and Outlines

This course builds on the skills and concepts taught in PowerPoint Introduction. You will learn to control global settings by using slide masters and to apply effects such as transitions and timings. You will learn more about working with images, and how to include media files, animation, and a photo album in a presentation. Next, you will explore advanced tools for working with SmartArt, tables, and charts, and then learn how to create action buttons and equations. You will also integrate other Microsoft Office files, embed and link external resources, and create hyperlinks. Then, you will insert review comments, protect a presentation with a password, and prepare a presentation for delivery in various formats. Finally, you will customize application settings and toolbars, and create and apply custom themes.

This course will help students prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction and Advanced courses for PowerPoint.

PowerPoint Advanced (2013, 2016, 2019, or Office 365)

  • Slide Masters and Themes
    • Slide Masters
    • Slide Layouts
    • Placeholders
    • Themes
    • Handout and Notes Masters
    • Headers and Footers
  • Graphics and Media
    • Cropping Images
    • Removing Image Backgrounds
    • Using the Eyedropper Tool
    • Using Video Files
    • Using Audio Files
    • Adding Animations
    • Photo Albums
  • Animations
    • The Animations Tab
    • The Advanced Animation Group
    • Animation Timing
    • Animation Paths
    • Custom Paths
    • Working with the Animation Pane
    • Animation Painter
  • Action Buttons and Equations
    • Action buttons
    • Equations
  • Integrating Microsoft Office Files
    • Applying Content from a Word Outline
    • Embedding and Linking Content
    • Hyperlinks
  • Advanced Slide Shows
    • Using a Photo Album
    • Creating a Photo Album
    • Transitions and Timings
    • Transition Effects for Individual Slides
    • Apply a Transition to an Entire Presentation
    • Setting Timings for a Slide Show
    • Adding Sound to a Transition
    • Rehearsing Slide Show Timing
    • Recording a Slide Show
    • Using the Laser Pointer
    • Removing Timings and Narration
    • Slide Shows for Speakers
    • Presenter View
    • Slide Shows for Kiosks
    • Custom Slide Shows
    • Hiding Individual Slides
    • Section Headers
  • Finalizing and Distributing Presentations
    • Inserting Comments
    • The Comments Pane
    • Delete and Navigate Comments
    • Printing Comments
    • Finalizing a Presentation
    • Permissions
    • Inspect Your Presentation
    • The Accessibility Checker Pane
    • Properties
    • Securing a Presentation with a Password
    • Changing a Password
    • Conduct a Presentation Review
    • Create Handouts
    • Saving a Presentation as an Outline in Word
    • Packaging a Presentation for CD
    • Creating PDF and XPS Documents
    • Creating Videos
    • Presenting Online
  • Customizing PowerPoint
    • Application Settings
    • Customizing Startup Options
    • Customizing the Ribbon
    • Renaming Tabs and Groups
    • Custom Tabs
    • Removing Commands
Microsoft Project

This course teaches the fundamental features of Microsoft Project. You will learn how to create and modify task lists, establish a project schedule, create calendars, assign resources to tasks, track costs, and work with different views and tables. You will also apply filters and groups and sort task and resource data. You will learn how to work with templates, create baseline plans, monitor and update projects, analyze project statistics, handle delays and conflicts, resolve resource conflicts, create reports, share resources, consolidate projects, and customize projects.

Microsoft Project

  • Learning Project Basics
    • Project Management
    • Five Stages of a Project
    • Starting Microsoft Project
    • Using Help
    • Understanding Project Properties
    • Saving a Project
    • Opening an Existing Project
    • Exiting Microsoft Project
  • Creating a Project
    • Launching a Project
    • Understanding Calendars
    • Changing Working Hours
    • Converting Duration Units into Hours
    • Assigning a Base Calendar to a Project
    • Displaying Nonworking Time on the Gantt Chart
    • Changing Timescale
  • Working with Tasks and Durations
    • Understanding Task Modes
    • Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)
    • Defining Tasks
    • Entering Tasks
    • Using Task Information
    • Entering Task Durations
    • Entering Elapsed Durations
    • Entering a Milestone Task
  • Creating Task Relationships
    • Outlining Tasks
    • Indenting and Outdening Tasks
    • Inserting a Task
    • Deleting a Task
    • Moving a Task
    • Collapsing and Expanding an Outline
    • Using WBS Codes
    • Using Custom WBS Codes
    • Renumbering Custom WBS Codes
  • Understanding Relationships
    • Linking Tasks
    • Creating Task Relationships
    • Applying Lag and Lead Time
  • Working with Views
    • Project Views
    • Using the Gantt Chart View
    • Using Combination Views
    • Changing the View in a Pane
    • Applying a Table to a View
    • Printing a View
  • Using Resources and Costs
    • Creating a Resource
    • Working with Resource Calendars
    • Adding Resource Costs
    • Understanding Cost Calculations
    • Assigning Resources to Tasks
    • Removing a Resource Assignment
    • Changing the Task Type
    • Contouring a Work Assignment
    • Assigning Fixed Costs
    • Applying a Constraint
    • Setting a Deadline
  • Adjusting the Schedule
    • Addressing Resource Overallocation
    • Identifying Resource Overallocations
    • Viewing the Critical Path
    • Viewing Slack
    • Shortening the Critical Path
  • Working with Baselines
    • Working with Baselines
    • Using Baseline Tables
  • Tracking Your Progress
    • Tracking Progress
    • Updating Tasks
    • Using the Update Task Form
    • Using the Tracking Table
    • Using the Resource Usage View
    • Viewing Slippage
    • Entering the Percent Completed
    • Entering Actual and Remaining Durations
    • Entering Actual Work Values
    • Applying Progress Lines
  • Working with Reports
    • The Project Timeline
    • Running Reports
    • Printing Reports
    • Creating New Reports
    • Organizing Reports
    • Using Visual Reports
    • Using the Organizer
  • Working with Multiple Projects
    • Working with Consolidated Projects
    • The Resource Pool
Microsoft Publisher

Microsoft® Office Publisher is a desktop publishing software application capable of producing greeting cards, certificates, newsletters, and other printed publications. Publisher offers a large selection of "building blocks" that can be dragged into your documents, helping you to create page elements such as calendars, newsletter sidebars, and borders. Publisher integrates mail merge features, which is handy when you need to send publications to a list of customers, and it's possible to export publications as HTML web pages or PDF documents. With a user-friendly interface, Microsoft Publisher makes it easy to create and edit publications.

This course is intended for persons in a variety of job roles such as publishing specialists, layout specialists, graphic designers, or any other knowledge workers who need to use Microsoft Publisher to create, lay out, edit, and share publications.

Publisher

  • Getting Started with Microsoft Publisher
    • Explore the Interface
    • Customize the Publisher Interface
    • Create a Publication
  • Adding Content to a Publication
    • Add Text to a Publication
    • Organize Text Boxes and Picture Placeholders in a Layout
    • Control the Display of Content in Text Boxes
    • Apply Building Blocks
  • Formatting Text in a Publication
    • Format Text and Paragraphs
    • Apply Paragraph Styles
    • Apply Schemes
  • Editing Text in a Publication
    • Edit Text in a Publication
    • Present Content in Tables
    • Insert Symbols and Special Characters
  • Adding and Formatting Graphics in a Publication
    • Add Graphical Objects to a Publication
    • Manipulate the Appearance of Pictures
  • Preparing a Publication for Sharing and Printing
    • Save a Publication
    • Run Design Checker
    • Preview and Print a Publication
    • Share a Publication
Microsoft Teams

Microsoft Teams provides a collaborative, cloud-based workspace where Office 365 users can chat, meet, collaborate, and share.

This course teaches you how to use and customize Teams, post and manage messages, share files, hold meetings, edit Office 365 profiles and team settings, and much more!

  • Getting Started
    • Getting Started with Microsoft Teams
      • What is Microsoft Teams?
      • Launching Microsoft Teams
      • The Microsoft Teams Interface
      • Creating a New Team
      • Adding Members to Your Team
      • Changing Teams
      • Leaving a Team
      • Using Microsoft Teams Desktop and Mobile Apps
    • Using Channels
      • About Channels
      • Viewing Channels
      • Creating a Channel
      • Marking a Channel as a Favorite
      • Following and Unfollowing a Channel
      • Posting Messages
        • Posting a Message
        • Expanding the Compose Box
        • Editing a Message
        • Replying to a Message
        • Adding Files to a Message
        • Deleting a Message
    • Getting Help with Microsoft Teams
      • Using the Help Center
      • Using T-Bot
      • Viewing New Features
      • Viewing Keyboard Shortcuts
      • Using Slash Commands
  • Communicating in Channels
    • Managing Messages
      • Identifying New Messages
      • Marking Messages as Read and Unread
      • Liking a Message
      • Saving a Message
    • Doing More with Messages
      • Using Mentions
      • Using Announcements
      • Viewing Your Activity
      • Searching in Teams
    • Managing Files in a Channel
      • Viewing Posted Files
      • Creating a New File
      • Uploading a File
      • Managing Files
      • Moving Files
      • Adding Cloud Storage
    • Using the Wiki
      • Viewing the Wiki
      • Creating Wiki Content
      • Creating Sections and Pages
      • Navigating Through the Wiki
      • Accessing Section Options
      • Accessing Page Options
  • Using Other Communication Tools
    • Using Chat (Part 1)
      • Starting a Chat
      • Replying to a Chat Message
      • Continuing a Chat
      • Adding Other Users to the Chat
      • Using Chat Message Features
    • Using Chat (Part 2)
      • Scheduling a Meeting from a Chat Message
      • Starting Audio or Video Calls
      • Overview of Chat Tabs
      • Managing Chats
    • Managing Meetings
      • Using the Meetings Tab
      • Using Agenda View
      • Scheduling a Meeting
      • Editing a Meeting
      • Joining a Meeting
      • Canceling a Meeting
    • Managing Files in Teams
      • Using the Files Tab in Teams
      • Viewing Files
      • Managing Files
      • Adding and Managing Cloud Storage
  • Customizing Channels
    • Customizing Channels
      • Renaming a Channel
      • Accessing the Channel Email Address and Link
      • Accessing the Team’s SharePoint Page
      • Deleting a Channel
    • Adding Tabs to a Channel
      • Adding a Tab
      • Using Tab Conversations
      • Renaming a Tab
      • Removing a Tab
    • Adding Connectors to a Channel
      • Adding a Connector
      • Changing Connector Settings
      • Changing Connector Accounts
      • Removing a Connector
  • Customizing Your Teams Experience
    • Managing Your Teams Profile
      • Updating Your Profile Picture
      • Changing Your Status
      • Changing Your Teams Settings
      • Logging Out of Teams
    • Managing Teams
      • Editing the Team
      • Accessing Advanced Team Settings
      • Managing Team Members
      • Managing Channels
      • Managing Settings
      • Managing Apps
      • Deleting the Team
    • Adding Apps and Bots
      • Opening the Store
      • Installing an App
      • Using Apps
      • Managing Apps
      • Removing Apps
      • Using Bots
Microsoft Visio

This course teaches the basic functions and features of Visio. Students will learn how to use stencils, scale and resize objects, draw basic shapes and compound lines, and arrange objects. They will also learn how to create diagrams, work with text, apply formatting, work with background pages, and set file and print properties. Finally, students will create sample diagrams, set shape properties, and create reports.

Microsoft Visio Introduction (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Exploring Visio
    • Starting Microsoft Visio
    • Using Templates
    • Examining the Visio Application Window
    • Using Undo and Redo
    • Examining the Drawing Window
    • Using the Ribbon
    • Understanding the Backstage Area (File Menu)
    • Opening a Drawing
    • Closing versus Exiting
  • Understanding Pages
    • Working with Pages
    • Modifying Page Setup
    • Modifying Page Size
    • Modifying Drawing Scale
    • Creating and Using Guides
    • Zooming and Panning a Page
    • Applying Themes
    • Creating a Background Page
    • Assigning a Background Page
  • Using Stencils and Shapes
    • Using Stencils
    • Working with the Shapes Pane
    • Adding Shapes
    • Using Snap
    • Selecting Shapes
    • Understanding Shape Components
    • Copy, Cut, and Paste
    • Move and Copy Using the Mouse
    • Saving and Renaming a Drawing
  • Working with Connectors
    • Using Connectors
    • Connecting Shapes
    • Using AutoConnect
    • Manipulating Connectors
    • Adding, Moving, and Deleting Connection Points
  • Formatting Shapes
    • Aligning Shapes
    • Distributing Shapes
    • Changing Stacking Order
    • Formatting a Shape or Line
    • Using Format Painter
    • Grouping and Ungrouping Shapes
  • Working with Text
    • Adding Text to Shapes
    • Creating Text Only Shapes
    • Rotating a Text Block
    • Formatting Text
    • Changing Font and Font Size
    • Using Bold, Italic, and Underline
    • Using Font Color
    • Using Find
  • Using the Drawing Tools
    • Drawing a Rectangle or Ellipse
    • Drawing a Line or Arc
    • Drawing a Freeform Shape
    • Using the Pencil Tool
  • Using Shape Data and Reports
    • Using Shape Data
    • Adding Data Fields
    • Creating a Report on Shape Data
    • Printing a Drawing
    • Changing the Page Orientation
    • Adding Headers and Footers

This course builds on the concepts and skills taught in Visio Introduction. Students will learn how to work with layers, create custom themes, stencils and templates, and create business and project management diagrams. They will also learn how to integrate Visio with other Office programs, create software and database diagrams, and present diagrams both in Visio and in a web browser.

Visio Advanced (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Creating Technical Layouts
    • Layers
    • Drawing Scales
    • Displaying Shape Dimensions
  • Custom Styles, Themes and Templates
    • Shape Styles
    • 3D Shapes
    • Custom Themes
    • Custom Templates
  • Custom Shapes and Stencils
    • Special Drawing Operations
    • Shape Behaviors
    • Custom Stencils
  • Business Diagrams and Web Site Mapping
    • Organization Charts from Excel Spreadsheets
    • Pivot Diagrams from Excel Spreadsheets
    • Gantt Charts from a Project File
    • Timelines from a Project File
    • Maps from an Access Database
  • Leveraging Development Tools
    • Macros
    • ShapeSheets
    • Advanced Shapes
  • Software and database diagrams
    • Documenting Software Systems
    • Database Model Diagrams
  • Presenting diagrams in Visio and HTML
    • Presentation Mode
    • Sharing Diagrams Using a Browser
Microsoft Windows

Whether you're new to computers or have used them in the past, this class will help you become more comfortable using a personal computer and, more specifically, Windows 11. This course will familiarize you with the Windows 11 interface and its basic capabilities. You will learn to use Windows apps and desktop applications to complete day-to-day tasks, including installing new apps and multitasking with multiple programs. You will learn how to work with files and folders by using File Explorer and OneDrive, how to use Cortana as your virtual personal assistant, and how to use Edge for web browsing. You will learn how to customize the Windows 11 environment, install and remove printers and peripheral devices, and use security features to create more secure passwords and protect your device against common attacks.

Windows 11 - Introduction

  • The Fundamentals
    • Starting Windows
    • Open Apps
    • App Windows
    • Connect to a Wireless Network
    • Notifications and the Notifications Center
    • Use Multiple Desktops
    • View Widgets
    • Shut Down Your Computer
  • Work with Apps
    • Command Controls
    • Resize and Move Windows
    • Switch Between Windows
    • Install Apps from the Microsoft Store
    • Update Apps
    • Uninstall Apps
  • Work with Folders and Files
    • View Folders and Files
    • Organize Folder and Files
    • Find Files
    • Use OneDrive
    • File Explorer Views
    • Compressed Folders
    • Shortcuts
    • Libraries
    • Recycle Bin
    • Connect to Network Computers
    • Share a Folder
  • Personalize Windows
    • Modify System Settings
    • Backgrounds and Colors
    • Customize the Taskbar
    • Personalize the Lock Screen
    • Change Sign-in Settings
    • Manage User Accounts
    • Customize Accessibility Settings
  • Maintain Your Computer
    • Add and Remove Devices
    • Windows Update
    • Task Manager
    • Improve Battery Life
    • System Restore
    • Make Windows Secure
    • Privacy Settings
Microsoft Word

This course covers the basic skills and concepts students need to use Microsoft Word productively and efficiently. After an introduction to Word's window components, students will learn how to create and save documents and how to navigate documents. Then they will edit, copy and paste, and find and replace text. They will also learn how to enhance the appearance of a document by using various formatting options. In addition, they will create tables, adjust page layout, work with graphics, set tabs, and proof and print documents.

This course will help students prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist core-level exam and the Microsoft Office Specialist Expert exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate and Advanced courses for Word.

Word Introduction (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Exploring Word
    • Starting Microsoft Excel
    • Using Templates
    • Examining the Excel Application Window
    • Examining the Workbook Window
    • Using the Ribbon
    • Understanding the Backstage Area
    • Using Shortcut Menus
    • Working with Worksheets, Columns and Rows, and Cells
    • Closing vs. Exiting
  • Working With a Document
    • Opening an Existing Document
    • Navigating With the Keyboard
    • Scrolling Through a Document
    • Page Zooming
    • Viewing the Ruler
    • Showing Paragraph Marks
  • Viewing Documents
    • Viewing Multiple Pages
    • Splitting the Window
    • Opening a New Window
    • Understanding Document Views
    • Changing Document Views
    • Viewing a Document in Read Mode
  • Working With Text
    • Techniques for Selecting Text
    • Selecting Text Using the Mouse
    • Selecting Text Using the Keyboard
    • Editing Text in Insert Mode
    • Editing Text in Overtype Mode
    • Deleting Text
    • Using Undo
    • Using Redo
    • Understanding Find and Replace
    • Finding Words
    • Replacing Words
    • Using Go To
  • Cutting and Copying
    • Understanding Cutting and Copying
    • Cutting and Pasting
    • Copying and Pasting
    • Drag and Drop Cutting
    • Drag and Drop Copying
    • Using the Clipboard Task Pane
  • Text Appearance
    • Understanding Font Formatting
    • Understanding Font Formatting Tools
    • Working With Live Preview
    • Changing Fonts
    • Changing Font Size
    • Increasing and Decreasing Font Size
    • Bolding, Italicising and Highlighting Text
    • Changing Case
    • Changing Text Colour
    • Using the Format Painter
    • Using the Font Dialog Box
    • Clearing Font Formatting
  • Working With Paragraphs
    • Understanding Paragraph Formatting
    • Understanding Text Alignment
    • Changing Text Alignments
    • Changing Line Spacing
    • Changing Paragraph Spacing
    • Indenting Paragraphs
    • Outdenting Paragraphs
    • Starting a Bulleted List
    • Adding Bullets to Existing Paragraphs
    • Removing Existing Bullets
    • Starting a Numbered List
    • Numbering Existing Paragraphs
    • Creating a Multilevel List
    • Removing Existing Numbers
    • Borders and Shading Dialog Box
    • Shading Paragraphs
    • Applying Borders to Paragraphs
    • Adding Indents and Spacing
    • Adding Line and Page Breaks
    • Using the Paragraph Dialog Box
  • Working With Pages
    • Changing Page Margins
    • Setting Custom Margins
    • Changing Page Orientation
    • Changing Paper Sizing
    • Setting Custom Paper Sizes
    • Inserting Page Breaks
    • Removing Page Breaks
    • Inserting Page Numbers
    • Formatting Page Numbers
    • Removing Page Numbers
  • Tabs
    • Using Default Tabs
    • Setting Tabs on the Ruler
    • Modifying Tabs on the Ruler
    • Setting Tabs in the Tabs Dialog Box
    • Setting Tab Leaders
    • Setting Bar Tabs
    • Setting Mixed Tabs
    • Removing Tabs
  • Tables
    • Understanding Tables
    • Creating a Table
    • Adding Data to a Table
    • Selecting in Tables Using the Ribbon
    • Selecting in Tables Using the Mouse
    • Inserting Columns and Rows
    • Deleting Columns and Rows
    • Changing Column Widths
    • Changing Row Heights
    • Autofitting Columns
    • Shading Cells
    • Modifying Borders
    • Adding Custom Borders
    • Choosing a Table Style
  • Pictures
    • Understanding Pictures
    • Understanding Online Pictures
    • Inserting a Picture
    • Inserting an Online Picture
    • Selecting Pictures
    • Positioning Pictures
    • Applying Text Wrapping Styles
    • Resizing a Picture
    • Applying Picture Styles to Pictures
    • Resetting Pictures
    • Changing the Picture
    • Cropping a Picture
    • Deleting Pictures
  • Understanding Printing
    • Previewing Your Document
    • Quick Printing
    • Selecting a Printer
    • Printing the Current Page
    • Specifying a Range of Pages
    • Specifying the Number of Copies
    • Getting Help
  • Understanding Help
    • Using Tell Me
    • Accessing the Help Window
    • Navigating the Help Window
    • Using Google to Get Help
    • Printing a Help Topic

In this course, students will further build on the skills acquired in the Microsoft Word Introduction course. Students will learn to use styles and advanced formatting and how to format tables. Then they will work with shapes and text boxes and learn to format text graphically. They will also learn how to format a document by adding sections, columns, and design elements such as watermarks and themes. Finally, students will learn how to work with templates and perform a mail merge.

This course will help students prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist core-level exam and the Microsoft Office Specialist Expert exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate and Advanced courses for Word.

Word Intermediate (2013, 2016, 2019, Office 365)

  • Multiple Documents
    • Opening Multiple Documents
    • Switching Between Open Documents
    • Arranging All
    • Viewing Side by Side
    • Synchronized Scrolling
    • Resetting the Window Position
  • Columns
    • Understanding Columns
    • Creating Columns of Text
    • Specifying Column Widths and Spacing
    • Inserting Column Breaks
    • Formatting Techniques
    • Applying First Line Indents
    • Applying Hanging Indents
    • Applying Right Indents
    • Understanding Pagination
    • Controlling Widows and Orphans
    • Keeping Paragraphs Together
    • Keeping Lines Together
    • Inserting a Page Break
    • Applying Hyphenation to Text
    • Hiding Text
    • Inserting a Drop Cap
    • Understanding Returns
    • Inserting Hard and Soft Returns
    • Removing Returns
    • Revealing Formatting
  • Setting Word Options
    • Understanding Word Options
    • Personalizing Word
    • Setting Display Options
    • Understanding File Locations
    • Setting File Locations
    • Understanding Save Options
    • Setting Save Options
  • Document Properties
    • Understanding Document Properties
    • Viewing Document Properties
    • Specifying Document Properties
    • Viewing Advanced Properties
    • Inserting Properties Into a Document
    • Updating Document Properties
    • Deleting Document Property Data
  • Styles
    • Understanding Styles
    • Applying Paragraph Styles
    • Applying Character Styles
    • Creating a Quick Style
    • Creating a Paragraph Style
    • Creating a Character Style
    • Applying Custom Styles
  • Style Techniques
    • Understanding the Modify Style Dialog Box
    • Selecting and Updating Styles
    • Renaming and Deleting Styles
    • Importing and Exporting Styles
  • Themes
    • Understanding Themes
    • Applying a Theme
    • Modifying Theme Colours
    • Modifying Theme Fonts
    • Creating a Custom Theme
    • Applying a Theme to a Template
    • Resetting a Theme
  • Templates
    • Understanding Templates
    • Using a Sample Template
    • Downloading an Online Template
    • Creating a Template
    • Modifying a Template
    • Using a Custom Template
    • Attaching a Template to a Document
    • Copying Styles Between Templates
    • Creating a Template From a Template
    • Tips for Developing Templates
  • Section Breaks
    • Understanding Section Breaks
    • Inserting a Next Page Section Break
    • Inserting a Continuous Section Break
    • Inserting an Even Page Section Break
    • Inserting an Odd Page Section Break
  • Headers and Footers
    • Understanding Headers and Footers
    • Inserting Headers and Footers
    • Inserting a Blank Header
    • Inserting a Blank Footer
    • Switching Between Headers and Footers
    • Editing Headers and Footers
    • Inserting Page Numbering
    • Inserting Date Information
  • Header and Footer Techniques
    • Headers and Footers in Long Documents
    • Adjusting Header and Footer Positions
    • Inserting First Page Headers and Footers
    • Inserting Different Odd and Even Pages
    • Creating Section Headers and Footers
    • Unlinking Section Headers and Footers
  • Mail Merge Recipient Lists
    • Understanding Recipient Lists
    • Creating a Recipient List
    • Customizing the Columns
    • Adding Records
    • Deleting Records
    • Saving a Recipient List
    • Opening a Recipient List
    • Editing a Recipient List
  • Performing a Mail Merge
    • Understanding the Mail Merge Process
    • Creating a Recipient List
    • Creating the Starting Document
    • Starting the Mail Merge Wizard
    • Selecting a Recipient List
    • Inserting Mail Merge Fields
    • Previewing the Merged Documents
    • Completing the Merge
    • Printing Your Documents
  • Shapes
    • Understanding Shapes
    • Drawing Shapes
    • Selecting Shapes
    • Resizing Shapes
    • Moving Shapes
    • Aligning Shapes
    • Rotating Shapes
    • Grouping Shapes
    • Arranging Shapes
    • Deleting Shapes
    • Applying a Fill to the Drawing Canvas
    • Applying Text Wrapping to a Canvas
  • Enhancing Shapes
    • Applying Shape Styles
    • Filling Shapes
    • Applying a Solid Fill to Shapes
    • Applying a Gradient Fill to a Shape
    • Applying a Picture Fill to a Shape
    • Changing Shape Outlines
    • Applying an Outline to Shapes
    • Changing Shapes
    • Inserting and Formatting Text
    • Applying Shadow Effects
    • Applying Reflection Effects
    • Applying Glow Effects
    • Softening and Bevelling Edges
    • Applying 3D Rotation Effects
  • Text Boxes
    • Understanding Text Boxes
    • Inserting a Preformatted Text Box
    • Typing Text Into a Text Box
    • Positioning a Text Box
    • Resizing a Text Box
    • Deleting a Text Box
    • Drawing a Text Box
    • Formatting a Text Box
    • Text Box Techniques
    • Linking Text Boxes
    • Modifying Text Box Margins
    • Changing Text Direction
    • Applying Effects to Text Boxes
  • Table Features
    • Creating a Table From Text
    • Aligning Data in Cells
    • Displaying Table Gridlines
    • Inserting Formulas Into a Table
    • Updating Formulas in a Table
    • Sorting Table Data
    • Merging Table Cells
    • Splitting Table Cells
    • Understanding Table Properties
    • Aligning Tables
    • Changing the Direction of Text
    • Repeating Heading Rows
    • Converting a Table to Text
  • Enhancing Pictures
    • Understanding Picture Enhancements
    • Removing a Picture Background
    • Correcting Pictures
    • Coloring Pictures
    • Applying Artistic Effects
    • Applying Shadows and Reflections
    • Applying a Glow Effect
    • Softening and Bevelling Edges
    • Applying Picture Styles to Images
    • Repositioning Pictures
    • The Format Picture Pane
    • Cropping Pictures Accurately
    • Changing the Picture Layout

This course covers advanced skills and concepts students need to use Microsoft Word productively and efficiently. Students will learn to add interactive elements such as forms and how to use document references such as citations, indexes, and tables of contents. Next, they will learn to work more efficiently in Word by recording and creating macros, using building blocks, and creating SmartArt. In addition, students will learn to use master and subdocuments as well as proofing, tracking and commenting. Finally, students will learn how to protect and share documents.

This course will help students prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist core-level exam and the Microsoft Office Specialist Expert exam. For comprehensive certification training, students should complete the Introduction, Intermediate and Advanced courses for Word.

Word Advanced (2013, 2016, 2019, or Office 365)

  • SmartArt
    • Understanding SmartArt
    • Inserting a SmartArt Graphic
    • Inserting Text
    • Indenting Text
    • Changing the SmartArt Style
    • Changing SmartArt Colors
    • Changing a SmartArt Layout
    • Adding More Shapes to SmartArt
    • Resizing SmartArt
  • Table of Contents
    • Understanding Tables of Contents
    • Inserting a Table of Contents
    • Navigating With a Table of Contents
    • Updating Page Numbers
    • Updating a Table of Contents
    • Customizing a Table of Contents
    • Formatting a Table of Contents
  • Indexing
    • Understanding Indexing
    • Marking Index Entries
    • Creating an AutoMark File
    • Marking Index Entries With an AutoMark File
    • Removing Marked Entries
    • Generating an Index
    • Modifying the Index Format
    • Updating an Index
  • Master Documents
    • Understanding Master Documents
    • Understanding Subdocuments
    • Creating a Master Document
    • Creating Subdocuments
    • Working With Master Document Views
    • Inserting Subdocuments
    • Formatting a Master Document
    • Editing Subdocuments
    • Merging Subdocuments
    • Splitting Subdocuments
    • Deleting Subdocuments
    • Building a Table of Contents
    • Printing a Master Document
  • Footnotes and Endnotes
    • Understanding Footnotes and Endnotes
    • Inserting Footnotes
    • Inserting Endnotes
    • Locating Footnotes and Endnotes
    • The Footnote and Endnote Dialog Box
    • Changing the Number Format
    • Converting Footnotes and Endnotes
    • Deleting Footnotes and Endnotes
  • Bookmarks
    • Creating Bookmarks
    • Navigating With Bookmarks
    • Deleting Bookmarks
  • Cross Referencing
    • Creating Cross-References
    • Deleting Cross-References
  • AutoCorrect
    • Understanding AutoCorrect
    • Using AutoCorrect
    • Adding AutoCorrect Entries
    • Using Math AutoCorrect
    • Understanding AutoFormat
    • Using AutoFormat
    • Using AutoFormat as You Type
  • Building Blocks
    • Understanding Building Blocks
    • AutoText Versus Quick Parts
    • Inserting a Building Block
    • Creating Quick Parts
    • Saving Building Blocks
    • Inserting Quick Parts
    • Editing Building Blocks
    • Deleting Building Blocks
  • Document Proofing Features
    • Proofreading Your Document
    • Using Proofreading Marks
    • Disabling the Spelling and Grammar Checker
    • Customizing the Spelling Checker
    • Customizing the Grammar Checker
    • Using the Thesaurus
    • Setting a Different Proofing Language
    • Translating Selected Text
    • Setting the Default Language
  • Custom Dictionaries
    • Understanding Custom Dictionaries
    • Adding Words to the Custom Dictionary
    • Adding Words to the Custom Dictionary File
    • Deleting Words From the Custom Dictionary
    • Creating a Custom Dictionary
    • Changing the Default Custom Dictionary
    • Disabling and Enabling a Custom Dictionary
    • Removing a Custom Dictionary
  • Working Collaboratively
    • Co-Authoring Documents
    • Saving to OneDrive
    • Sharing Documents
    • Opening Shared Documents
  • Document Commenting
    • Inserting Comments
    • Working With Comments
    • Printing Comments
  • Tracking Changes
    • Understanding Tracking Changes
    • Enabling and Disabling Tracked Changes
    • Switching Between Simple Markup and All Markup
    • Using Comments in Tracked Changes
    • Showing and Hiding Markup
    • Showing Revisions Inline and in Balloons
    • Advanced Tracking Options
    • Accepting and Rejecting Changes
  • Comparing Documents
    • Understanding Document Comparisons
    • Selecting Documents to Compare
    • Accepting and Rejecting Changes
    • Saving the Revised Document
  • Protecting Documents
    • Understanding Document Protection
      • Making a Document Read Only
      • Working With a Read Only Document
      • Restricting Formatting
      • Working With Formatting
      • Restrictions
      • Restricting Editing
      • Making Exceptions
      • Stopping Document Protection
      • Applying an Open Document Password
      • Applying a Modify Document Password
    • Working With PDF Documents
      • Understanding PDF Documents
      • Saving a Document as a PDF
      • Viewing a PDF File in Reader
      • Opening and Editing a PDF in Word
    • Fields
      • Understanding Fields
      • The Field Dialog Box
      • Inserting a Document Information Field
      • Setting Field Properties
      • Showing and Hiding Field Codes
      • Showing and Hiding Field Shading
      • Inserting Formula Fields
      • Inserting a Date and Time Field
      • Updating Fields Automatically When Printing
      • Locking and Unlocking Fields
      • Applying a Number Format
    • Interactive Fields
      • Understanding Interactive Fields
      • Inserting a FILLIN Field
      • Typing Field Codes Into a Document
      • Activating Interactive Fields
      • Inserting an ASK Field
      • Using REF to Display Bookmarks
      • Activating Fields Automatically
    • Electronic Forms
      • Understanding Electronic Forms in Word
      • Creating the Form Layout
      • Understanding Content Controls
      • Displaying the Developer Tab
      • Inserting Text Controls
      • Setting Content Control Properties
      • Inserting the Date Picker Control
      • Inserting Prompt Text
      • Inserting Formulas
      • Inserting a Combo Box Control
      • Inserting a Drop Down List Control
      • Protecting and Saving the Form
      • Using an Electronic Form
      • Editing a Protected Form
    • Macros
      • Understanding Macros in Word
      • Setting Macro Security
      • Saving a Document as MacroEnabled
      • Recording a Macro
      • Running a Macro
      • Assigning a Macro to the Toolbar
      • Assigning a Keyboard Shortcut to a Macro
      • Editing a Macro
      • Creating a MacroButton Field
      • Copying a Macro
      • Deleting a Macro
      • Tips for Developing Macros
Minute-Taking

The Minute-Taker's Workshop is a quick, half-day course for those who find themselves called upon to take minutes but who have little knowledge of how to produce an accurate record of a meeting. You may face ambiguous agreements, a vague agenda, interruptions, a poor chairperson, or any number of complicated issues. This course provides practical guidance on how to overcome these and other problems and to take accurate minutes.

Minute-Taker's Workshop

Participants are welcome to bring along a copy of minutes from their latest meeting (non-confidential) to critique and compare (optional).

  • Introductions, Objectives and Agenda
  • Exercise and Discussion of Communication Styles
  • Definitions
  • Purpose of Minutes
  • Misconceptions about Minute-Taking
  • Valuable Minute-Taking Skills
  • What makes a meeting unsuccessful?
  • What makes a meeting successful?
  • Cycle of a Meeting
  • Typical Meeting Structure
  • Meeting Roles and Responsibilities
  • The Minute-Taker Before the Meeting
    • Sample Meeting Checklist
  • The Minute-Taker During the Meeting
  • The Minute-Taker After the Meeting
  • Common Questions
  • Useful Words for Minutes
  • Recording Decisions and Actions
  • Business English for Minutes
Node.js

Developing Web Applications Using NodeJS is a two-day instructor-led course that teaches students how to build server-side web applications using open source JavaScript frameworks and powered by NodeJS.

Students will learn how to create and test modern web applications and APIs using open-source JavaScript modules, NodeJS, and MongoDB.

Developing Web Applications Using Node.js

  • Setting up Node.js and Other Essentials
    • Installing Node.js and NPM
    • Launching Node.js Scripts
    • Node.js Basics and Syntax
    • Node.js Core Modules
    • Handy Node.js Utilities
  • Node Package Manager
    • Installing a Package
    • Global Packages
    • Updating Packages
    • Creating Packages
  • Using Express.js to Create Node.js Web Apps
    • Installing Express.js
    • Express.js Scaffolding
    • Setting Up Folders and Configuration
  • TDD and BDD
    • Installing and Understanding Mocha
    • TDD with Assert
    • BDD with Expect.js
  • Persistence with MongoDB and Mongoskin
    • Installing and Running MongoDB
    • Data Manipulation from the Mongo Console
    • Native MongoDB Driver for Node.js
    • Main Mongoskin Methods
  • Boosting Data with Mongoose ORM Library
    • Installing Mongoose
    • Mongoose Schemas
    • Mongoose Models
    • Relationships and Joins
    • Express.js + Mongoose = True MVC
  • Using Sessions and OAuth in Node.js Apps
    • Authorization with Express.js
    • Token-Based Authentication
    • Session-Based Authentication
    • Node.js OAuth
  • Building Node.js REST API Servers
    • RESTful API Basics
    • Test Coverage with Mocha and Superagent
    • REST API Server Implementation with Express and Mongoose
Prezi

Prezi Present is a web-based presentation application and storytelling tool that uses a single, infinite canvas instead of traditional slides. In this course, you will learn how to create non-linear presentations, zoom in and out of a visual map, create topics and subtopics, and differentiate between planets and stacks. You will also learn how to collaborate with others on Prezi presentations and share your Prezis in engaging live presentations, in simple and convenient remote presentations, and on social media.

Prezi Present Fundamentals

  • Creating a Prezi
    • What is Prezi Present?
    • System Requirements
    • Creating a Prezi Account
    • Navigating the Dashboard
    • Installing the Prezi Present Desktop App
    • Using Templates and Themes
    • Setting Background Colors and Images
  • Designing a Prezi
    • Structuring a Presentation
    • Understanding the Overview
    • Understanding Topic Types
    • Planets vs. Stacks
    • Adding Topics
    • Adding Subtopics
    • Reordering Topics and Subtopics
    • Editing Connectors
  • Editing a Prezi
    • Editing a Presentation
    • Understanding the Editor
    • Deleting a Presentation
    • Adding Text
    • Editing Text
    • Adding Images
    • Editing Images
    • Layering Images
    • Copying and Pasting
    • Using Animations
    • Adding Animations
    • Editing Animations
    • Reviewing Your Animations
    • Adding Lines and Arrows
    • Editing Lines and Arrows
    • Snapping
    • Zooming
    • Importing a PowerPoint
    • Editing Imported Slides
    • Editing a Topic's Presets
    • Editing the Subtopic Curve
    • Playing a Video
  • Presenting a Prezi
    • Presenting
    • Presenting with Presenter View
    • Using Presenter Notes
    • Collaborating in Prezi Next
    • Removing Collaborators
    • Giving Commenting Rights
    • Using Comments in a Presentation
    • Using Comment History
    • Sharing a Presentation
    • Deactivating Links
    • Sharing a Downloaded Presentation
    • Exporting a Presentation to PDF
    • Filtering Presentations
    • Logging Out
  • Content Library
Professional Development

This intensive one-day course provides a comprehensive overview of change management, focusing on leading people through organizational change. Participants will gain an understanding of change drivers and types, explore human reactions to change, and learn to apply frameworks to lead successful change initiatives. Through interactive exercises and case studies, they will develop strategies for gaining buy-in, managing resistance, supporting individuals through transitions, and developing a culture that embraces change. At the end of the course, participants will be equipped with a roadmap to prepare for, implement, and sustain organizational change initiatives in a human-centered way.

  • Introduction to Change Management
    • Defining Change Management
    • Importance of Change Management
    • Types of Organizational Change: Developmental, Transitional, Transformational
    • Drivers of Change in Business and Society
    • The Impact of Digital Transformation
    • Ethical Considerations
  • The Human Side of Change
    • Understanding Natural Resistance to Change
    • Emotional Impact of Change (Change Curve, Fear, Anxiety)
    • Building Resilience and Adaptability in People
    • Addressing Cognitive Biases and Resistance
  • Change Management Theories and Models
    • Lewin’s 3-Stage Change Model
    • Kotter’s 8-Step Change Model
    • McKinsey 7-S Model
    • ADKAR Model for Individual Change
    • Selecting and Applying Models Based on Type of Change
  • Leading Change
    • Leadership Skills and Styles for Driving Change
    • Building Vision and Communicating Change
    • Empowering and Motivating Teams Through Change
    • Managing Remote Teams Through Change
  • Implementing Organizational Change
    • Developing Change Strategy and Plans
    • Engaging Stakeholders and Gaining Buy-in
    • Managing Change: Roles, Responsibilities, and Timeline
    • Sustaining Change: Reinforcements, Celebrations
  • Organizational Culture and Change Readiness
    • Assessing Organizational Change
    • Developing a Culture Embracing Change
    • Change Readiness Assessments
    • Building Change Readiness in Teams
  • Measuring Change Success
    • Key Performance Indicators
    • Qualitative and Quantitative Measures
    • Employee Adoption and Satisfaction Metrics
    • Short-term Wins and Long-term Results
  • Case Studies in Change Management
  • Designing a Change Management Plan

This intensive one-day course comprehensively explores conflict resolution strategies rooted in cutting-edge theory and real-world applicability. The course is designed to help participants navigate and resolve conflicts effectively in a diverse and fast-paced business environment. It offers an in-depth understanding of the nature and types of conflict, the psychology underlying conflicts, and various conflict management styles. The course further emphasizes practical skills, including effective communication techniques, negotiation and mediation skills, and creating a proactive conflict resolution culture. Participants will emerge with a personalized action plan for managing and resolving conflicts, equipped with tools and strategies to promote a harmonious work environment.

  • Understanding Conflict
    • Definition and Nature of Conflict
    • Types of Conflicts: Intrapersonal, Interpersonal, Intragroup, Intergroup
    • Sources of Conflict in the Workplace
    • Impact of Conflict on Productivity and Employee Morale
    • Recent Trends in Workplace Conflict, including Online and Hybrid Conflicts
  • Assessing Conflict
    • Models and Tools for Assessing Conflict
    • Identifying Root Causes
    • Assessing Conflict Dynamics and Stages
    • Determining Conflict Readiness
  • The Psychology of Conflict
    • Perception, Emotions, and Bias
    • Cognitive Dissonance Theory
    • Transactional Analysis and Ego States
    • Personality Types
    • Stress Management Techniques
  • Ethical Considerations in Conflict
    • Ethical Dilemmas
    • Fairness and Equity
    • Corporate Ethics
  • Conflict Styles and Strategies
    • Thomas-Kilmann Conflict Mode Instrument
    • Choosing Appropriate Conflict Management Styles
    • Proactive Conflict Management
    • Applying Game Theory
    • Adaptive Conflict Management
  • Communication Skills
    • Active Listening
    • Assertive Communication
    • Emotional Intelligence
    • Non-verbal Communication
    • Apology and Forgiveness
    • Digital Communication
  • Negotiation and Mediation
    • Principles of Win-Win Negotiation
    • Role of Mediation
    • The Harvard Method of Principled Negotiation
    • Cross-Cultural Strategies
    • Technology in Mediation
    • Negotiation Exercises and Roleplays
  • Building a Conflict Resolution Culture
    • Promoting Positive Workplace Environments
    • Conflict Prevention Strategies
    • Building and Maintaining Trust
    • Leveraging Diversity and Inclusion
    • Conflict Resolution Policies
    • Early Warning Systems
    • Organizational Culture
  • Managing Conflict Virtually
    • Strategies for Virtual and Distance Conflict Resolution
    • Technology for Collaboration Across Distances
  • Post-Conflict Relationships
    • Maintaining Healthy Relationships
    • Rebuilding Trust
    • Constructive Feedback
  • Reflection and Action Planning
    • Personal Reflections and Learning
    • Individual Action Plans
    • Follow-up Mechanisms
    • Sharing Plans and Peer Feedback

In the fast-paced business world, effective communication is the key to success. This one-day intensive course provides a comprehensive look into the many facets of communication, ranging from non-verbal and verbal skills, to advanced communication techniques and digital communication. Through a blend of theoretical and practical approaches, the course empowers participants to express their ideas clearly, handle difficult conversations, overcome communication barriers, and effectively communicate in the digital era. Participants will also have the chance to develop and implement a communication strategy by the end of the course.

  • The Big Picture of Communication
    • What is Communication?
    • Importance of Communication in Business
    • How Do We Communicate?
    • Communication Styles
    • Other Factors in Communication
  • Beyond Words: Paraverbal and Non-Verbal Communication
    • Tone, Pitch, Pacing
    • The Mehrabian Study
    • All about Body Language
    • Interpreting Gestures
  • Mastering the Art of Conversation
    • Discussing General Topics
    • Sharing Ideas and Perspectives
    • Sharing Personal Experiences
    • The Power of Storytelling
  • Effective Speaking and Questioning Techniques
    • Speaking Like a STAR: Situation, Task, Action, Result
    • Asking Good Questions: Open Questions, Closed Questions, Probing Questions
  • Active Listening
    • Frame of Reference
    • Assumptions
    • Understanding Active Listening
    • Sending Good Signals to Others
  • Understanding and Overcoming Communication Barriers
    • An Overview of Common Barriers
    • Language Barriers
    • Cultural Barriers
    • Psychological Barriers
    • Perception Differences
    • Differences in Time and Place
    • Three Major Communication Flaws: Third Person, Formal Language, Details
  • The Power of Appreciative Inquiry and Feedback
    • The Purpose of Appreciative Inquiry
    • The Four Stages of Appreciative Inquiry
    • Examples and Case Studies
    • The Art of Providing and Receiving Feedback
  • Advanced Communication Skills
    • Understanding Precipitating Factors
    • Establishing Common Ground
    • Assertiveness
    • Using "I" Messages
    • Conflict Resolution and Negotiation Skills
    • Persuasion and Influencing Skills
  • The Virtual Environment: Mastering Digital Communication
    • The 5% Rule
    • KNOW, Belly Button Rule, Lazy Rule, Superiority Effect
    • Effective Email Communication
    • Online Meeting Etiquette
  • Communication Strategy Implementation
    • Developing a Communication Strategy
    • Case Studies and Hypothetical Situations

This one-day intensive course on Emotional Intelligence for business professionals is designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of Emotional Intelligence (EI), its origin, and its crucial role in personal and professional domains. It involves theoretical knowledge and practical activities to ensure participants can effectively apply their learning.

  • Emotional Intelligence Self-Assessment
  • What is Emotional Intelligence?
    • The Origins and Evolution of Emotional Intelligence
    • Understanding Emotional Intelligence
    • The Importance of Emotional Intelligence
    • Emotional Intelligence versus Intellectual Intelligence
  • Components of Emotional Intelligence
    • Self-awareness
    • Self-regulation
    • Motivation
    • Empathy
    • Social Skills
  • Emotional Intelligence in the Workplace
    • Role of EI in Effective Leadership
    • Impact of EI on Teamwork and Collaboration
    • How EI Contributes to Decision-making and Problem-solving
  • Emotional Intelligence Self-Assessment
    • Interpreting Assessment Results
    • Identifying Personal Strengths and Areas for Improvement
  • Developing Your Emotional Intelligence
    • Strategies for Enhancing Self-awareness, Self-regulation, Motivation, Empathy, and Social Skills
    • Role-playing Exercises and Scenario Analysis
    • Mindfulness Techniques and Stress Management
    • Creating an Emotional Intelligence Blueprint
  • Fostering an Emotionally Intelligent Team
    • How to Communicate Empathy
    • Coaching and Feedback Strategies
    • Techniques for Motivating and Engaging Your Team
    • Creating and Fostering an Emotional Intelligence Culture

Dive into an enlightening exploration of critical thinking, a skill paramount to professional success and personal growth. You will explore topics such as schemata, open-mindedness, and cognitive biases, gaining a profound understanding of how our perceptions shape our thoughts.

The course then moves on to more complex topics such as reasoning, validity versus soundness of arguments, logical thinking, and common logical fallacies. You'll learn to practice active listening, ask probing questions, and effectively organize and evaluate new information. We'll also explore essential characteristics of effective critical thinkers, including objectivity, discipline, humility, and emotional intelligence.

Join us to further equip yourself with the skills to navigate the complexities of today's world as a confident, discerning, and adept critical thinker.

  • Overview of Critical Thinking
    • Pre-Class Test
    • What is Critical Thinking?
    • Non-Critical vs. Critical Thinking
    • Left-Brain vs. Right-Brain Thinking
    • Whole-Brain Thinking
    • Common Critical Thinking Styles
  • Understanding Perspective
    • Schemata
    • Open-Mindedness
    • Bias
    • Cognitive Biases
    • Point of View
  • Reasoning
    • Reasoning
    • Assumptions
    • Validity vs. Soundness
    • Evidence
    • Analysis
  • Logical Thinking
    • Logic
    • Reason vs. Logic
    • Logical Fallacies
    • Active Listening
    • Asking Questions
    • Organizing and Evaluating New Information
  • Characteristics of Critical Thinkers
    • Objectivity
    • Seeing the Big Picture
    • Discipline
    • Humility
    • Emotional Intelligence
    • Self-awareness
  • Critical Thinking Model
    • Identify the Issues
    • Identify the Arguments
    • Clarify the Issues and Arguments
    • Check for Consistency
    • Establish Credibility
    • Establish Context
    • Evaluate Arguments
  • Wrap-Up
    • Practicing Critical Thinking
    • Learning from Mistakes
    • Post-Class Test

This intensive, one-day course equips leaders and professionals with the tools and techniques to make effective and well-informed decisions. It delves into decision-making models, highlighting their practical applications in various business contexts. The course emphasizes the role of critical thinking in mitigating biases, the importance of ethics, and the influence of organizational culture on decision-making. Further, it addresses the dynamics of group decision-making and introduces problem-solving techniques. The course culminates in a section on decision-making under pressure, equipping participants with strategies for swift and sound decision-making. Through real-life case studies, self-reflection, and interactive activities, participants will develop a personal decision-making framework and an action plan for continuous improvement.

  • Understanding Decision-Making
    • Introduction to Decision-Making
    • The Role of Decision-Making in Leadership
    • Types of Decisions: Programmed and Non-programmed
    • When to Use Analytical versus Intuitive Approaches
    • Barriers to Effective Decision-Making
  • Barriers to Effective Decision-Making
    • Common Biases and How They Impact Decisions
    • Importance of Critical Thinking in Decision-Making
    • Strategies to Mitigate Bias and Improve Critical Thinking
    • Critical Thinking Skills
  • Decision-Making Models and Approaches
    • Rational Decision-Making Model
    • Intuitive Decision-Making
    • Bounded Rationality and Satisficing
    • Vroom-Yetton Decision Model
    • OODA Loop
    • Six Thinking Hats
  • Ethics in Decision-Making
    • Understanding Ethics in Decision-Making
    • Impact of Organizational Culture on Ethical Decision-Making
    • Strategies for Ethical Decision-Making
  • Group Decision-Making and Problem-Solving Techniques
    • Challenges and Benefits of Group Decision-Making
    • Techniques for Effective Group Decisions
      • Brainstorming
      • Delphi Technique
      • Nominal Group Technique
      • Ranked Voting
      • Multi-Voting
    • Problem-Solving Methods
    • Best Practices for Remote/Virtual Team Decision Making
  • Decision-Making Under Pressure
    • Techniques for Quick Assessment of Alternatives, Risks, and Stakeholders
    • Crisis Decision-Making Strategies
    • Avoiding Common Decision Traps Under Pressure
  • Action Planning
    • Developing a Personal Decision-Making Framework
    • Developing an Action Plan for Improved Decision-Making
    • Self-Reflection on Personal Decision-Making Style

This intensive two-day course offers a comprehensive overview of Instructional Design, weaving together the theoretical foundations with practical applications. Participants will explore different learning theories, adult learning styles, and various Instructional Design models such as ADDIE, SAM, and Agile. The course also includes a deep dive into the psychology of learning, accelerated learning principles, and effective methods for needs analysis. Participants will learn how to write impactful learning objectives, design comprehensive training courses, develop engaging instructional materials, and optimize interactivity. They will gain practical experience in creating facilitator guides, workbooks, eLearning content, and utilizing different evaluation strategies for training effectiveness. Lastly, the course covers strategies to craft powerful marketing messages for their training programs.

  • Introduction to Instructional Design
    • Defining Instructional Design
    • Principles of Effective Learning Design
    • Differentiating Training from Other Learning Experiences
  • Theoretical Foundations of Instructional Design
    • Overview of Learning Theories
    • Exploring Adult Learning Styles
    • Instructional Design Models
      • VAK Learning Preferences
      • Kolb’s Learning Cycle
      • Honey and Mumford’s Learning Style
      • SAVI Approach to Learning
      • Think, Feel, Do Training Outcomes
  • Psychology of Learning
    • Motivation
    • Memory
  • Instructional Design Methodologies
    • Diving into ADDIE, SAM, and Agile Models
    • The 4W Method: Who? Why? What? Where?
    • Guidelines for Selecting the Appropriate Model for Your Project
  • Accelerated Learning
    • What is Accelerated Learning?
    • The Guiding Principles of Accelerated Learning
    • The Four-phase Learning Cycle in Accelerated Learning
  • Performing Needs Analysis and Collecting Data
    • Collaborating with Subject Matter Experts (SMEs)
    • Identifying Performance Gaps
    • Understanding the Needs of the Target Audience
    • Writing Goals and Learning Objectives
    • Ensuring Accessibility and Inclusion in Instructional Design
  • Creating Impactful Learning Objectives
    • Creating SMART Objectives
    • Using Bloom’s Taxonomy in Writing Learning Objectives
    • Simplifying and Grouping Objectives for Clarity
    • Aligning Objectives to Assessments
  • Designing Comprehensive Training Courses
    • Unpacking Key Elements of a Training Course
    • Strategies for Organizing Content
    • Balancing Various Teaching Methods for Optimal Learning
    • Designing Activities Tailored to Learning Objectives and Audience
    • Principles for Creating an Engaging Learning Experience
  • Developing Engaging Instructional Materials
    • Creating the Initial Class Structure
    • Writing Compelling Lesson Hooks and Course Materials
    • Developing Dynamic eLearning Content
  • Optimizing Interactivity in Learning
    • Designing for High Interactivity
    • Techniques for Sustaining Learner’s Attention
    • Balancing Individual, Partner, and Group Activities
    • Ensuring Understanding and Recall
    • Incorporating Simulations, Games, and Other Interactive Elements
  • Facilitator Guides and Learning Aids
    • Creating Comprehensive Facilitator Guides
    • Designing User-Friendly Workbooks and Handouts
    • Developing Visually Engaging Slideshows
  • eLearning Design and Development
    • Exploring eLearning Tools and Technologies
    • Understanding the Impact of Web 2.0 and Mobile Learning
    • Implementing Agile Principles in eLearning Design
  • Evaluating Training Effectiveness
    • Understanding and Implementing Quality Assurance
    • The Importance of Pre/Post Assessments
    • Applying Kirkpatrick’s Four Levels of Evaluation
    • Designing Effective Evaluation Surveys and Assessments
  • Marketing Your Training Program
    • Crafting a Powerful Marketing Message
    • Creating Marketing Materials: Flyers and Videos

This course is designed to provide business professionals with the comprehensive skill set needed to facilitate meetings, workshops, and other group activities effectively. Participants will learn about the roles and responsibilities of a facilitator, fundamental facilitation techniques, and the importance of cultural sensitivity in facilitation. They will also gain practical skills to manage group dynamics, handle conflicts, maximize group interactions, and guide decision-making processes. The course also covers adapting facilitation to different group sizes and dynamics and evaluating the success of a facilitated session. Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on real-world applications and active learning through case studies and role-play exercises.

  • Understanding Facilitation
    • What is Facilitation?
    • Roles and Responsibilities of a Facilitator
    • When is Facilitation Appropriate?
    • Qualities of Effective Facilitation
    • Facilitation Techniques and Tools
    • Ethics in Facilitation
  • Laying the Groundwork
    • Choosing a Facilitated Approach
    • Planning for a Facilitated Meeting
    • Collecting Data
    • Process vs. Content
    • Active Listening and Communication Skills
  • Cultural Sensitivity in Facilitation
    • Understanding Cultural Differences
    • Respect and Management of Cultural Differences
  • Managing the Group
    • Ideal World vs. Real World
    • Tuckman and Jensen’s Model of Team Development
      • Stage One: Forming
      • Stage Two: Storming
      • Stage Three: Norming
      • Stage Four: Performing
    • The Meal Analogy
    • Avoiding Group Dysfunction
      • Using Ground Rules to Prevent Dysfunction
      • Restating and Reframing Issues
      • Getting People Back on Track
  • Maximizing Interaction
    • Encouraging Participation
    • Gathering and Presenting Information
    • Exercising Control
    • Synthesizing and Summarizing
    • Virtual Facilitation Techniques
    • Practical Exercises and Role-Plays
  • Managing Difficult People and Conflicts
    • Addressing Disruptions
    • Common Types of Difficult People and How to Handle Them
    • Helping the Group Resolve Issues on Their Own
    • Dealing with Conflicts and Resistance
  • Understanding and Applying Intervention
    • Why Intervention May Be Necessary
    • When to Intervene
    • Levels of Intervention
    • Intervention Techniques
      • Using Your Processes
      • Boomerang it Back
      • ICE It
  • Adapting Facilitation to Group Sizes and Dynamics
    • Strategies for Small, Medium, and Large Groups
    • Managing Diverse Group Dynamics
  • Reaching a Decision Point
    • Divergent and Convergent Thinking
    • Creating an Action Plan
    • Identifying the Options
    • Creating a ShortList
    • Choosing a Solution
    • Using the Multi-Option Technique

Step up your managerial skills with this meticulously designed course that imparts practical knowledge in key areas such as successful one-on-one meetings, effective feedback delivery, strategic goal setting, task delegation, and facilitating enriching career conversations.

Join us in this transformative journey to become a leader who inspires, motivates, and propels your team toward excellence.

  • Successful One-on-One Meetings
    • Time
    • Context and Agenda
    • Discussion Points
    • Presence
    • Gratitude
    • Problem-Solving
    • Questions
    • Challenges and Consequences
    • Dos and Don'ts
  • Feedback: A Two-Way Street
    • Four Easy Steps
    • Purpose
    • Information
    • Mindset
    • Gender Politics, Culture, Language, and Other "Hot" Potatoes
    • Environment
    • Performance vs. Personal Traits
    • Career Conversations
    • Action Plan
    • Follow-up
    • Dos and Don'ts
  • Goal Setting: A Science and Art
    • Goal Setting
      • Law of Momentum
      • Law of Inertia
      • Law of Probability
    • Elimination Process
    • Upper and Lower Bounds
    • Goal Alignment
    • SMART Goals
    • Goal Measurement
    • Recognition and Rewards
    • Dos and Don'ts
  • Delegating Effectively
    • Why Not?
    • Why?
      • Context
      • Commitment
      • Engagement Levels
      • The Art of Selection
    • Responsibility for Outcomes
    • The Delegator's Dozen
      • Attitude
      • Outcome
      • Target
      • Input
      • Assign and Define
      • Training and Guidance
      • Authority and Enablement
      • Control Process
      • Monitor
      • Feedback
      • Lessons Learned
      • Evaluation
    • Dos and Don'ts
  • Unlock the Career Conversation
    • Four Career Conversations that Backfire
    • Formal vs. Informal
    • The Process
      • Probing
      • Focusing
      • Planning
    • The SPUR Framework
    • The Career Action Plan
      • Role Development
      • Network Enhancement
      • Immediacy
      • Network
    • Nurturing a Culture of Career
    • Dos and Don'ts

This one-day comprehensive course offers a deep dive into the theories, techniques, and real-world applications of effective performance management. Participants will journey through understanding the foundations of performance management, exploring modern practices such as Agile Performance Management and OKRs, and applying this knowledge to diverse, remote, and inclusive workplaces. The course also covers practical elements such as managing underperformance, legal and ethical aspects, and measuring and evaluating performance. It emphasizes fostering a culture of continuous improvement, aiming to equip participants with the necessary skills and knowledge to boost their team's productivity, motivation, and overall performance.

  • Defining Performance Management
    • Importance of Performance Management
    • Difference between Performance Appraisal and Performance Management
  • Understanding the Performance Management Cycle
    • Planning
    • Monitoring
    • Developing
    • Rating
    • Rewarding
  • Key Principles of Performance Management
    • Link to Organizational Objectives
    • Ongoing Feedback and Coaching
    • Employee Development
    • Accountability and Recognition
  • Performance Management for Different Levels
  • Goal Setting in Performance Management
    • Techniques for Setting Effective Goals
    • Understanding and Applying SMART Goals
  • Implementing Performance Management
    • Steps to Implement a Performance Management System
    • Performance Planning: Setting Objectives and Key Performance Indicators
  • Modern Techniques in Performance Management
    • Agile Performance Management
    • OKR (Objectives and Key Results)
    • Continuous Feedback and Coaching
  • Coaching and Providing Feedback
    • Giving and Receiving Feedback
    • The Feedback Sandwich Method
    • SBI Feedback (Situation-Behavior-Impact)
  • Performance Management in Diverse and Inclusive Workplaces
    • Understanding Unconscious Bias
    • Ensuring Fair and Inclusive Performance Metrics
  • Performance Management in a Remote Work Environment
    • Challenges and Solutions for Managing Performance in Remote Teams
    • Strategies for Effective Virtual Feedback
  • Managing Underperformance
    • Link Between Employee Engagement and Performance
    • Techniques for Identifying Underperformance
    • Strategies for Improving Performance
    • Handling Difficult Conversations
    • Strategies to Inspire and Motivate Team Members
  • Legal Aspects of Performance Management
    • Understanding the Basic Legal Aspects
    • Preventing Discrimination and Bias in Performance Appraisals
  • Ethics in Performance Management
    • Confidentiality
    • Ensuring Honesty in Performance Appraisals
    • Dealing Fairly with Performance Issues
  • Measuring and Evaluating Performance
    • Quantitative and Qualitative Measures
    • Common Pitfalls in Performance Evaluation
    • Bias in Performance Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies
  • Building a Culture of Continuous Improvement
    • Encouraging Open Communication
    • Learning from Mistakes
    • Celebrating Success

This immersive, one-day course is designed to equip professionals with the skills and strategies required for effective negotiation in various business contexts. Through exploration of the three-stage negotiation process, this course will help participants recognize their negotiation strengths and weaknesses, understand their BATNA, WATNA, WAP, and ZOPA, develop a negotiation framework, handle challenging negotiation scenarios, and apply these skills in different environments, including remote settings. Additionally, the course will cover strategies for negotiating on behalf of others, providing comprehensive preparation for a wide range of business negotiations.

  • Understanding Negotiation
    • Defining Negotiation: A Three-Stage Process
    • Essential Skills for Successful Negotiating
  • Preparing to Negotiate
    • Establishing Your WATNA and BATNA
    • Identifying Your WAP
    • Calculating Your ZOPA
    • Personal Preparation
  • Laying the Groundwork
    • Setting the Time and Place
    • Establishing Rapport and Common Ground
    • Creating a Negotiation Framework
    • The Negotiation Process
  • Stage One: The Art of Information Exchange
    • Effective Initial Strategies
    • What to Share: Balancing Transparency and Strategy
    • Keeping Secrets: When to Withhold Information
  • Stage Two: Bargaining
    • Anticipating Challenges
    • Strategies to Enhance Your Position
    • Making and Receiving Offers and Counteroffers
    • Resolving Stalemates: How to Break an Impasse
  • The Concept of Mutual Gain
    • Three Ways to See Your Options
    • About Mutual Gain
    • What Do I Want?
    • What Do They Want?
    • What Do We Want?
  • Stage Three: Closing Tactics
    • Reaching Consensus
    • Building an Agreement
    • Setting the Terms of the Agreement
  • Dealing with Difficult Issues
    • Being Prepared for Environmental Tactics
    • Dealing with Personal Attacks
    • Controlling Your Emotions
    • Knowing When to Walk Away
  • Negotiating Outside the Boardroom
    • Adapting the Process for Smaller Negotiations
    • Remote Negotiations: Virtual, Phone, and Email
  • Negotiating on Behalf of Someone Else
    • Choosing the Negotiating Team
    • Covering All the Bases
    • Dealing with Tough Questions
  • Wrapping Up
    • Words from the Wise
    • Review of Parking Lot
    • Lessons Learned
    • Completion of Action Plans and Evaluations

In this intensive one-day course, participants will learn the key skills to deliver effective and compelling presentations. This comprehensive program covers everything from overcoming nervousness and understanding the audience to planning, preparing, and delivering in-person and online presentations. Participants will also learn about managing audience reactions, incorporating ethical considerations, and continuously improving their presentation skills. The course will equip participants with the necessary tools and techniques to navigate, confidently and skillfully, various presentation contexts and audiences.

  • Overcoming Nervousness
    • Preparing Mentally for Presentations
    • Physical Relaxation Techniques
    • Confidence in Front of the Crowd
    • Easing Audience Tension
    • Public Speaking Techniques
    • Techniques for Proper Breathing
  • Understanding the Audience
    • Understanding the Importance of Audience Analysis
    • Identifying Audience Needs and Expectations
    • Cultural and Diversity Considerations
  • Planning and Preparing the Presentation
    • Determining the Purpose and Goals
    • Types of Presentations (including different contexts)
    • Preparing a Well-Structured Plan
    • Researching, Writing, and Editing the Content
    • The Art of the Elevator Pitch
  • Creating Effective Content
    • Utilizing Tools
    • Using PowerPoint Effectively
    • Incorporating Audio and Visual Elements
    • Enhancing Presentations with Materials, Props, and Visual Aids
    • Presenting Statistics, Surveys, and Diagrams
    • Utilizing Quotations, Jokes, and Analogies
    • Incorporating Exercises and Case Studies
    • Using Text and Color Appropriately
    • Ethics of Presentation
  • Understanding Your Delivery Method
    • Logistics and Venue Considerations
    • Adapting to Different Presentation Spaces
    • Exploring Basic Delivery Methods
    • Advanced Methods for Engaging the Audience
    • Basic Criteria to Consider for an Effective Delivery
    • Online Presentation Skills
  • Verbal Communication Skills
    • Communicating with Power and Conviction
    • Utilizing Vocal Variety and Modulation
    • Crafting Effective Openers and Closers
    • Managing Audience Questions and Engaging in Q & A Sessions
    • Active Listening vs. Hearing
    • Incorporating Storytelling Techniques
    • Persuasion Skills
  • Non-Verbal Communication Skills
    • Understanding the Impact of Body Language
    • Utilizing Effective Gestures
    • Maintaining Appropriate Eye Contact
    • Sending Positive Signals to the Audience
    • Managing Facial Expressions and Non-Verbal Cues
  • Practicing for Success
    • Importance of Practice, Self-Rehearsals, and Improvisation
    • Effective Techniques for Preparing and Rehearsing
    • Seeking and Receiving Feedback
  • Managing Reactions
    • Engaging the Audience and Volunteers
    • Encouraging Discussion and Interaction
    • Dealing with Questions Effectively
    • Handling Negative Reactions
    • Addressing Problem Behaviors
    • Managing Critics
  • Evaluation and Improvement
    • Self-Evaluation Techniques
    • Peer and Mentor Feedback
    • Continuous Improvement Strategies
  • Avoiding Common Mistakes
    • Controlling Speed and Managing Time Effectively
    • Presenting an Appropriate Amount of Material
    • Maximizing the Impact of Visual Aids
    • Avoiding a Know-it-All Attitude

In this course, you will learn to navigate the intricate problem-solving landscape. This course will first help you understand the essence of problems, differentiate them from mere symptoms, and overcome fears associated with acknowledging problems. 

Our course revolves around a strategic six-step problem-solving process. You'll learn to accurately define the problem, utilizing eight different techniques, and craft a concise, effective problem statement using the 5W2H method. The journey continues with an exploration of root cause analysis, using practical tools like Affinity Diagrams, Stakeholder Interviews, Field Studies, Empathy Maps, Personas, the 5 Whys, Pareto Analysis, Fishbone Diagrams, and Journey Mapping.

Following problem identification and root cause analysis, the course will guide you into the realm of ideation. Here, you will develop alternative solutions using techniques such as mind mapping, brainstorming, "How Might We" questions, SCAMPER, the 2 x 2 Matrix, and Bono's Hats. Upon generating potential solutions, you'll learn to evaluate and select the most effective ones, considering pros and cons, performing cost/benefit analyses, and utilizing decision matrices.

Finally, the course culminates with implementing your chosen solution. You'll formulate a detailed implementation plan, identify potential challenges, strategize countermeasures, and evaluate the outcome. The course wraps up with a follow-up analysis to ensure the problem has been effectively resolved.

Sign up for our problem-solving course today to unlock your ability to tackle complex issues, generate innovative solutions, and implement effective strategies, all while fostering your professional growth.

  • Understanding Problems
    • Problem vs. Symptom
    • Past, Present, and Future Problems
    • Fear of Legitimizing Problems
    • Problem-Solving Process
  • Identify (Define) the Problem
    • Discuss the Six-Step Problem-Solving Process
    • Learn to Identify (Define) a Problem
    • Eight Ways to Identify a Problem
    • What is a Problem Statement?
    • Key Elements of a Problem Statement
    • Using the 5W2H Method
  • Determine the Root Cause
    • Root Cause Analysis
    • Identify Stakeholders
    • Using an Affinity Diagram
    • Stakeholder Interviews
    • Field Studies
    • Empathy Maps
    • Personas
    • The 5 Whys
    • Pareto Analysis
    • Fishbone Diagrams
    • Journey Mapping
    • Sweet Spot for Innovation
  • Develop Alternate Solutions
    • What is Ideation?
    • Managing Creative Flow
    • Mind Mapping
    • Brainstorming
    • How Might We
    • SCAMPER
    • 2 x 2 Matrix
    • Bono's Hats
  • Select a Solution
    • Evaluating and Selecting Solutions
    • Pros and Cons
    • Cost/Benefit Analysis
    • Decision Matrix
  • Implement a Solution
    • Developing an Implementation Plan
    • Potential Challenges and Strategies
  • Evaluate the Outcome
    • Follow-up Analysis

This intensive one-day course will equip participants with the tools, knowledge, and insights to steer their organizations toward success. The course will delve into the fundamental elements of strategic leadership, including understanding organizational values and vision, conducting SWOT analysis and TOWS matrix, setting strategic goals, developing SMART objectives, and crafting effective action plans.

  • The Role of Strategic Leadership in Organizations
    • What is Strategic Leadership?
    • Organizational Values and Vision
    • Organizational Goals
    • What is a Strategic Leader?
    • Developing Strategic Leadership Traits
  • SWOT Analysis and TOWS Matrix
    • SWOT Analysis
    • TOWS Matrix
  • Strategic Goals
    • Introduction to Strategic Goal Setting
      • Law of Momentum
      • Law of Inertia
      • Law of Probability
    • Elimination Process
    • Upper and Lower Bounds
    • Goal Alignment
    • Prioritizing Goals
  • SMART Objectives
    • SMART Objectives
    • Dos and Don’ts
    • What is a Key Performance Indicator?
    • Qualitative vs. Quantitative KPIs
    • Benefits of Key Performance Indicators
    • The Impact of Data in KPI Design
    • Monitoring, Reporting, and Iterating KPIs
    • What are Objectives and Key Results (OKRs)?
    • OKRs vs. KPIs
    • Recognition and Rewards
  • Effective Action Plans
    • Introduction to Action Plans
    • Monitoring Progress and Ensuring Success
    • Being an Adaptive and Strategic Leader
    • Managing Obstacles in Strategy Implementation
    • Leading Change
Project+

This course prepares you for the current CompTIA Project+ certification exam. It covers the full range of project management concepts necessary to plan and implement projects. You take an in-depth look at all phases of the project life-cycle: initiating, planning, executing, monitoring and closing a project. In addition to managing business concerns such as scope, cost, and time, you learn about creating project plans, evaluating project performance, and managing change and quality.

CompTIA Project+ Certification

  • Project management overview
    • Introduction to project management
    • IT project management
    • Different types of organizational structures
  • Project initiation
    • Stakeholder requirements
    • Business case
    • Requirements analysis
    • Key roles and responsibilities
    • The project charter
    • Stakeholder consensus and approval
  • Project planning, estimating and scheduling
    • Planning phase
    • Defining scope
    • Creating a work breakdown structure
    • Developing time and cost estimates
    • Creating a budget
    • The project team
    • The project schedule
  • Creating project plans
    • The communications management plan
    • The procurement management plan
    • The risk management plan
    • The quality management plan
    • The project management plan
  • Managing people
    • Managing the project team
    • Relationship with customer and sponsor
  • Managing cost and evaluating project performance
    • Tracking
    • Performance reporting
  • Managing change and quality
    • Managing change
    • Managing quality
  • Project closure
    • Closing a project
  • Certification exam objectives map
    • Comprehensive exam objectives
  • Case Studies
    • Billing System Conversion Project
    • ABC Financials Product Database
    • Case study tables
Python
This course leads you from the basics of writing and running Python scripts to more advanced features such as file operations, regular expressions, working with binary data, and using the extensive functionality of Python modules. Extra emphasis is placed on features unique to Python, such as tuples, array slices, and output formatting.
 
This is a hands-on programming class. All concepts are reinforced by informal practice during the lecture followed by graduated lab exercises. Python Programming is a practical introduction to a working programming language, not an academic overview of syntax and grammar. Students will immediately be able to use Python to complete tasks in the real world.
 

Python Introduction

  • An Overview of Python
    • What is Python?
    • The Birth of Python
    • About Interpreted Languages
    • Advantages of Python
    • Disadvantages of Python
    • How to get Python
    • Which Version of Python?
    • The End of Python 2
    • Getting Help
  • The Python Environment
    • Starting Python
    • If the Interpreter is not in your PATH
    • Using the Interpreter
    • Trying Out a Few Commands
    • Running Python Scripts
    • Using pydoc
    • Python Editors and IDEs
  • Getting Started
    • Using Variables
    • Keywords and Built-ins
    • Variable Typing
    • Strings
    • Single-delimited String Literals
    • Triple-delimited String Literals
    • Raw String Literals
    • Unicode Characters
    • String Operators and Methods
    • Numeric Literals
    • Math Operators and Expressions
    • Converting Among Types
    • Writing to the Screen
    • String Formatting
    • Legacy String Formatting
    • Command Line Parameters
    • Reading from the Keyboard
  • Flow Control
    • About Flow Control
    • What’s with the white space?
    • if and elif
    • Conditional Expressions
    • Relational Operators
    • Boolean Operators
    • while loops
    • Alternate ways to exit a loop
  • Array Types
    • About Array Types
    • Lists
    • Indexing and Slicing
    • Iterating through a Sequence
    • Tuples
    • Iterable Unpacking
    • Nested Sequences
    • Functions for all Sequences
    • Using enumerate()
    • Operators and Keywords for Sequences
    • The Range() Function
    • List Comprehensions
    • Generator Expressions
  • Working with Files
    • Text file I/O
    • Opening a Text File
    • The with block
    • Reading a Text File
    • Writing to a Text File
  • Dictionaries and Sets
    • About Dictionaries
    • When to Use Dictionaries
    • Creating Dictionaries
    • Getting Dictionary Values
    • Iterating Through a Dictionary
    • Reading File Data into a Dictionary
    • Counting with a Dictionary
    • About Sets
    • Creating Sets
    • Working with Sets
  • Functions
    • Defining a Function
    • Returning Values
    • Function Parameters
    • Variable Scope
  • Sorting
    • Sorting Overview
    • The sorted() Function
    • Custom Sort Keys
    • Lambda Functions
    • Sorting Nested Data
    • Sorting Dictionaries
    • Sorting in Reverse
    • Sorting Lists in Place
  • Errors and Exception Handling
    • Syntax Errors
    • Exceptions
    • Handling Exceptions with try
    • Handling Multiple Exceptions
    • Handling Generic Exceptions
    • Ignoring Exceptions
    • Using else
    • Cleaning up with finally
  • Using Modules
    • What is a Module?
    • The import Statement
    • Where did __pycache__ come from?
    • Module Search Path
    • Packages
    • Module Aliases
    • When the Batteries aren’t Included
  • Regular Expressions
    • Regular Expressions
    • RE Syntax Overview
    • Finding Matches
    • RE Objects
    • Compilation Flags
    • Groups
    • Special Groups
    • Replacing Text
    • Replacing with a Callback
    • Splitting a String
  • Using the Standard Library
    • The sys Module
    • Interpreter Information
    • STDIO
    • Launching External Programs
    • Paths, Directories, and Filenames
    • Walking Directory Trees
    • Grabbing Data from the Web
    • Sending e-mail
    • Math Functions
    • Random Values
    • Dates and Times
    • Zipped Archives
  • Introduction to Python Classes
    • About o-o Programming
    • Defining Classes
    • Constructors
    • Instance Methods
    • Properties
    • Class Methods and Data
    • Static Methods
    • Private Methods
    • Inheritance
    • Untangling the nomenclature
This course picks up where Python Introduction leaves off, covering some topics in more detail, and adding many new ones, focusing on enterprise development. This is a hands-on programming class. All concepts are reinforced by informal practice during the lecture followed by lab exercises. Many labs build on earlier labs, which helps students retain the earlier material. The length of the refresher section (Section 1) will vary based on each class’s level of Python preparation. It may range from one hour to half a day. Because of this, the last two chapters (Advanced Data Handling and Type Hinting) will be covered as time permits.
 

Python Intermediate

  • Python Refresher
    • Objectives
    • Variables
    • Basic Python Data Types
    • Sequence Types
    • Mapping Types
    • Program Structure
    • Files and Console I/O
    • Conditionals
    • Loops
    • Built-ins
    • Functions
    • Modules
    • Packages
  • OS Services
    • Objectives
    • The OS Module
    • Paths, Directories, and File Names
    • Walking Directory Trees
    • Environment Variables
    • Launching External Programs
  • Dates and Times
    • Objectives
    • Python Modules for Dates and Times
    • Ways to Store Dates and Times
    • Basic Dates and Times
    • Formatting Dates and Times
    • Parsing Date/Time Strings
    • Parsing Dates the Easier Way
    • Converting Dates and Times
    • Time Zones
    • Generating Calendars
  • Binary Data
    • Objectives
    • "Binary" (raw, or non-delimited) Data
    • Binary vs. Text Data
    • Using Struct
    • Bitwise Operators
  • Pythonic Programming
    • The Zen of Python
    • Tuples
    • Iterable Unpacking
    • Unpacking Functions Arguments
    • The sorted() Function
    • Custom Sort Keys
    • Lambda Functions
    • List Comprehensions
    • Dictionary Comprehensions
    • Set Comprehensions
    • Iterables
    • Generator Expressions
    • Generator Functions
    • String Formatting
    • f-strings
  • Functions, Modules, and Packages
    • Functions
    • Function Parameters
    • Default Parameters
    • Python Function Parameter Behavior (from PEP 3102)
    • Name Resolution (AKA Scope)
    • The Global Statement
    • Modules
    • Using Import
    • How Import * Can Be Dangerous
    • Module Search Path
    • Executing Modules as Scripts
    • Namespaces
    • Packages
    • Configuring import with __init__.py
    • Documenting Modules and Packages
    • Python Style
  • Intermediate Classes
    • What is a Class?
    • Defining Classes
    • Object Instances
    • Instance Attributes
    • Instance Methods
    • Constructors
    • Getters and Setters
    • Properties
    • Class Data
    • Class Methods
    • Inheritance
    • Using super()
    • Multiple Inheritance
    • Abstract Base Classes
    • Special Methods
    • Static Methods
  • Metaprogramming
    • Objectives
    • Metaprogramming
    • globals() and locals()
    • The Inspect Module
    • Working with Attributes
    • Adding Instance Methods
    • Decorators
    • Applying Decorators
    • Trivial Decorator
    • Decorator Functions
    • Decorator Classes
    • Decorator Parameters
    • Creating Classes at Runtime
    • Monkey Patching
    • Callable Classes
    • Do you Need a Metaclass?
    • About MetaClasses
    • Mechanics of a Metaclass
    • Singleton with a Metaclass
  • Developer Tools
    • Objectives
    • Program Development
    • Comments
    • pylint
    • Customizing pylint
    • Using pyreverse
    • The Python Debugger
    • Starting Debug Mode
    • Stepping through a Program
    • Setting Breakpoints
    • Profiling
    • Benchmarking
  • Unit Tests with pytest
    • What is a Unit Test?
    • The pytest Module
    • Creating Tests
    • Running Tests (Basics)
    • Special Assertions
    • Fixtures
    • User-Defined Fixtures
    • Builtin Fixtures
    • Configuring Fixtures
    • Parameterizing Tests
    • Marking Tests
    • Running Tests (Advanced)
    • Skipping and Failing
    • Mocking Data
    • pymock Objects
    • Pytest and Unittest
  • Database Access
    • The DB API
    • Connecting to a Server
    • Creating a Cursor
    • Executing a Statement
    • Fetching Data
    • SQL Injection
    • Parameterized Statements
    • Dictionary Cursors
    • Metadata
    • Transactions
    • Object-relational mappers
    • NoSQL
  • PyQt
    • What is PyQt?
    • Event-Driven Applications
    • External Anatomy of a PyQt Application
    • Internal Anatomy of a PyQt Application
    • Using Designer
    • Designer-based Application Workflow
    • Naming Conventions
    • Common Widgets
    • Layouts
    • Selectable Buttons
    • Actions and Events
    • Signal/Slot Editor
    • Editing Modes
    • Menu Bar
    • Status Bar
    • Forms and Validation
    • Using Predefined Dialogs
    • Tabs
    • Niceties
    • Working with Images
    • Complete Example
  • Network Programming
    • Grabbing a Web Page
    • Consuming Web Services
    • HTTP the Easy Way
    • Sending Email
    • Email Attachments
    • Remote Access
    • Copying Files with Paramiko
  • Multiprogramming
    • Multiprogramming
    • What are Threads?
    • The Python Thread Manager
    • The Threading Module
    • Threads for the Impatient
    • Creating a Thread Class
    • Variables Sharing
    • Using Queues
    • Debugging Threaded Programs
    • The Multiprocessing Module
    • Using Pools
    • Alternatives to Multiprogrammiong
  • Effective Scripts
    • Using glob
    • Using shlex.split()
    • The Subprocess Module
    • Subprocess Convenience Functions
    • Capturing Stdout and Stderr
    • Permissions
    • Using shutil
    • Creating a Useful Command Line Script
    • Creating Filters
    • Parsing the Command Line
    • Simple Logging
    • Formatting Log Entries
    • Logging Exception Information
    • Logging to Other Destinations
  • Serializing Data
    • About XML
    • Normal Approaches to XML
    • Which Module to Use?
    • Getting Started with ElementTree
    • How ElementTree Works
    • Elements
    • Creating a New XML Document
    • Parsing an XML Document
    • Navigating the XML Document
    • Using XPath
    • About JSON
    • Reading JSON
    • Writing JSON
    • Customizing JSON
    • Reading and Writing YAML
    • Reading CSV Data
    • Nonstandard CSV
    • Using csv.DictReader
    • Writing CSV Data
    • Pickle
  • Advanced Data Handling
    • Deep vs. Shallow Copying
    • Default Dictionary Values
    • Counting with Counter
    • Named Tuples
    • Printing Data Structures
    • Zipped Archives
    • Tar Archives
    • Serializing Data
  • Type Hinting
    • Type Hinting
    • Static Analysis Tools
    • Runtime Analysis Tools
    • typing Module
    • Input Types
    • Variance
    • Union and Optional
    • multimethod and functools.singledispatch
    • Stub Type Hinting
This course provides a ramp-up to using Python for scientific and mathematical computing. Starting with the basics, it progresses to the most important Python modules for working with data, including arrays, statistics, and plotting results. The material is geared toward scientists and engineers who need to manipulate large amounts of data, perform complex calculations, and visualize data in arrays and matrices. 
 
This is an intense, hands-on, programming class. All concepts are reinforced by informal practice during the lecture followed by lab exercises. Many labs build on earlier labs which helps students retain the earlier material.

Python for Scientists

  • The Python Environment
    • Starting Python
    • If the interpreter is not in your PATHs
    • Using the Interpreter
    • Trying out a Few Commands
    • The help() Command
    • Running a Python Script
    • Python Scripts on Unix
    • Python Scripts on Windows
    • Python Editors and IDEs
  • Getting Started
    • Using Variables
    • Keywords
    • Built-in Functions
    • Variable Typing
    • Strings
    • Single-delimited String Literals
    • Triple-delimited String Literals
    • Raw String Literals
    • Unicode Characters
    • String Operators and Methods
    • Numeric Literals
    • Math Operators and Expressions
    • Converting Among Types
    • Writing to the Screen
    • String Formatting
    • Command Line Parameters
    • Reading from the Keyboard
  • Flow Control
    • About Flow Control
    • What’s with the white space?
    • if and elif
    • Conditional Expressions
    • Relational Operators
    • Boolean Operators
    • while loops
    • Alternate ways to exit a loop
  • Lists and Tuples
    • About Sequences
    • Lists
    • Tuples
    • Indexing and Slicing
    • Iterating Through a Sequence
    • Using enumerate()
    • Functions for all sequences
    • Keywords and Operators for all Sequences
    • The range() function
    • Nested Sequences
    • List Comprehensions
    • Generator Expressions
  • Working with Files
    • Text file I/O
    • Opening a Text File
    • The with block
    • Reading a Text File
    • Writing to a Text File
    • Non-delimited (raw) data
  • Dictionaries and Sets
    • About Dictionaries
    • When to Use Dictionaries
    • Creating Dictionaries
    • Getting Dictionary Values
    • Iterating Through a Dictionary
    • Reading File Data into a Dictionary
    • Counting with a Dictionary
    • About Sets
    • Creating Sets
    • Working with Sets
  • Functions
    • Defining a Function
    • Function Parameters
    • Returning Values
    • Variable Scope
  • Errors and Exception Handling
    • Syntax Errors
    • Exceptions
    • Handling Exceptions with try
    • Handling Multiple Exceptions
    • Handling All Exceptions
    • Ignoring Exceptions
    • Using else
    • Cleaning up with finally
    • The Standard Exception Hierarchy
  • Using the Standard Library
    • The sys Module
    • Interpreter Information
    • STDIO
    • Launching External Programs
    • Paths, Directories, and Filenames
    • Walking Directory Trees
    • Grabbing Web Pages
    • Sending e-mail
    • Math Functions
    • Random Values
    • Dates and Times
    • Zipped Archives
  • Pythonic Programming
    • The Zen of Python
    • Common Python Idioms
    • Slicing and Dicing
    • Unpacking Function Arguments
    • Iterable Unpacking
    • Extended Iterable Unpacking
    • Lambda Functions
    • List Comprehensions
    • Iterables
    • Generator Expressions
    • Generator Functions
    • Dictionary Comprehensions
    • StringIO
    • Long Strings
    • String Formatting
  • Modules and Packages
    • What is a Module?
    • The import Statement
    • Where did that .pye file come from?
    • Module Search Path
    • Creating Modules
    • Packages
    • Module Aliases
    • When the Batteries aren’t Included
  • Classes
    • Defining Classes
    • Instance Objects
    • Instance Attributes
    • Instance Methods
    • __init__
    • Properties
    • Class Data
    • Class Methods
    • Inheritance
    • Multiple Inheritance
    • Using super()
    • Special Methods
    • Class-private Variables
    • Static Methods
  • Developer Tools
    • Program Development
    • Comments
    • pylint
    • Customizing pylint
    • Using pyreverse
    • The unittest module
    • Fixtures
    • Skipping Tests
    • Making a Suite of Tests
    • Automated Test Discovery
    • The Python debugger
    • Starting Debug Mode
    • Stepping Through a Program
    • Setting Breakpoints
    • Profiling
    • Benchmarking
  • Serializing Data
    • About XML
    • Normal Approaches to XML
    • Which Module to Use?
    • Getting Started with ElementTree
    • How ElementTree Works
    • Creating a New XML Document
    • Parsing an XML Document
    • Navigating the XML Document
    • Using XPath
    • About JSON
    • Reading JSON
    • Writing JSON
    • Reading CSV Data
    • Nonstandard CSV
    • Writing CSV Data
  • Excel Spreadsheets
    • The openpyxl Module
    • Reading an Existing Spreadsheet
    • Working with Ranges
    • Worksheet Info
    • Modifying a Worksheet
    • Working with Formulae
    • Creating a New Spreadsheet
    • Setting Styles
  • iPython and Jupyter
    • About iPython
    • Features of iPython
    • The Many Faces of iPython
    • Starting iPython
    • Getting Help
    • Tab Completion
    • Magic Commands
    • Benchmarking
    • External Commands
    • Enhanced Help
    • Jupyter Notebooks
    • Cells
    • Sharing Notebooks
  • numpy
    • Python’s Scientific Stack
    • numpy Overview
    • Creating Arrays
    • Creating Ranges
    • Working with Arrays
    • Shapes
    • Slicing and Indexing
    • Indexing with Booleans
    • Stacking
    • Iterating
    • Array Creation Shortcuts
    • Matrices
    • Data Types
    • numpy Example List with Doc
  • scipy
    • About scipy
    • Polynomials
    • Vectorizing Functions
    • Doing Real Work
    • SciPy subpackages
    • Getting Help
    • Python and C/C++
    • SciPy subpackages
  • pandas
    • About pandas
    • Pandas Architecture
    • Series
    • DataFrames
    • Data Alignment
    • Index Objects
    • Basic Indexing
    • Broadcasting
    • Removing Entries
    • Time Series
    • Reading Data
  • matplotlib
    • About matplotlib
    • matplotlib Architecture
    • matplotlib Terminology
    • matplotlib Keeps State
    • What else can you do?
  • Pillow
    • Pillow
    • Supported Image File Types
    • The Image Class
    • Reading and Writing
    • Creating Thumbnails
    • Coordinate System
    • Cropping and Pasting
    • Rotating, Resizing, and Flipping
    • Enhancing

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is the creation and study of “intelligent agents” – software devices that perceive their environment and take actions that maximize their chance of successfully achieving their goals.

Python is a high-level, interpreted, highly extensible, object-oriented language that consistently ranks as one of the most popular programming languages for working with AI. With its comprehensive standard library and a large community of extensions, it can be used to create a diverse array of types of programs.

This course will assist students in learning about which algorithms should be used in a given context, as well as teaching them how to create AI building blocks using standard data mining techniques, using examples gathered from real-world applications.

  • Introduction
    • What is Artificial Intelligence?
    • Applications of AI
    • Branches of AI
    • Building Agents
    • Development Environments
  • Classification and Regression
    • Supervised vs. Unsupervised Learning
    • What is Classification?
    • Preprocessing and Encoding
    • Types of Classifiers
    • What is Regression?
    • Building Regressors
  • Predictive Analytics
    • What is Ensemble Learning?
    • Using Decision Trees
    • Random Forests
    • Finding Optimal Training Parameters
    • Computing Relative Feature Importance
  • Pattern Detection and Unsupervised Learning
    • What is Unsupervised Learning?
    • Clustering Data With K-Means
    • Estimating Clusters With Mean Shift
    • Gaussian Mixture Models
    • Affinity Propagation Models
  • Recommender Systems
    • Building Recommender Systems
    • Creating a Training Pipeline
    • Extracting Nearest Neighbors
    • Computing Similarity Scores
    • Collaborative Filtering
  • Logic Programming
    • What is Logic Programming?
    • Solving Problems With Logic Programming
    • Matching Mathematical Expressions
    • Validating Primes
  • Heuristic Searches
    • Heuristic Search Techniques
    • Constraint Satisfaction Problems
    • Local Search Techniques
    • Solving Problems With Constraints
  • Genetic Algorithms
    • Evolutionary and Genetic Algorithms
    • Fundamental Concepts
    • Generating a Bit Pattern
    • Visualizing the Evolution
    • Solving the Symbol Regression Problem
  • Building Games
    • Using Search Algorithms in Games
    • Combinatorial Search
    • Minimax Algorithm
    • Alpha-Beta Pruning
    • Negamax Algorithm
    • Building Game Bots
  • Natural Language Processing
    • Tokenizing Text Data
    • Converting Words to Base Forms
    • Dividing Text Into Chunks
    • Extracting Word Frequencies
    • Topic Modeling Using Latent Dirichlet Allocation
  • Probabilistic Reasoning
    • Understanding Sequential Data
    • Slicing Time-Series Data
    • Extracting Statistics from Time-Series Data
    • Generating Data Using Hidden Markov Models
    • Identifying Alphabet Sequences
  • Speech Recognizers
    • Working With Speech Signals
    • Visualizing Audio Signals
    • Transforming Audio Signals to the Frequency Domain
    • Generating Audio Signals
    • Synthesizing Tones
    • Extracting Speech Features
    • Recognizing Spoken Words
  • Object Detection and Tracking
    • Frame Differencing
    • Tracking Objects Using Colorspaces
    • Tracking Objects Using Background Subtraction
    • Optical Flow Based Tracking
  • Artificial Neural Networks
    • Building a Perceptron Based Classifier
    • Single Layer Neural Networks
    • Multilayer Neural Networks
    • Vector Quantizers
  • Reinforcement Learning
    • Understanding the Premise
    • Reinforcement Learning vs. Supervised Learning
    • Building Blocks of Reinforcement Learning
    • Creating an Environment
    • Building a Learning Agent
  • Deep Learning and Convolutional Neural Networks
    • What are Convolutional Neural Networks?
    • Architecture
    • Types of Layers
    • Building a Perceptron Based Linear Regressor

You can use Python for web development, and a popular framework like Django makes it easy. Django is a high-level Python web framework that encourages rapid development and clean, pragmatic design. Built by experienced developers, it takes care of the hassle of web development, so you can focus on writing your app without needing to reinvent the wheel. It’s free and open source.

This course teaches Django from the beginning. You will learn how to use Django to handle all aspects of web development, including handling requests and responses, rendering dynamic HTML pages with templates, and making database access and data management easy. 

  • Setup and Installation
    • Python and Django Installation and Setup
    • Changing Port
    • Installing code Editor (Atom) and Required Packages
  • Django Fundamentals
    • Installing Fresh Project
    • Project Structure of Django
    • How Django Works
    • URL & Views in Django
    • Data Pass on HTTP Response
    • How to Create Apps in Django
    • Apps Links to Main Project
    • Templates on Django
    • Bootstrap on Django
    • Template Inherit in Django
    • URLS Pattern in Django
    • Include Method in Django
    • Rendering Context in a Template
    • For Loop in Django Template
    • Static Files Links on Django
    • Load Bootstrap Template on Django
    • Template Mastering in Django
    • SuperUser Creation in Django
    • Root Apps Change on Django
    • Models in Django
    • Migrate & Migrations in Django
    • Data Show on Admin Panel
    • Media File in Django
    • Data Show on Frontend
    • Slider Dynamic in Django
    • Client Section Dynamic in Django
    • Contact us Page in Django Project
    • Data Insert Into Database in Django
    • Login Page in Django
    • Forgot Password in Django
    • Registration Page in Django
    • Login System on Django
    • Logout in Django
    • Message Framework of Django
    • Registration in Django
  • Django Project and Application
    • Creating and Running New Project
    • Django Application
  • Views, URLs, Templates
    • View and URL
    • View and URL (More Examples)
    • URL Mappings
    • Templates
    • Static Files
  • Django Models
    • Models Overview
    • Creating Models
    • Model Objects
    • Admin Site
    • Models (More Examples)
    • Views Templates Models
  • Django Forms
    • Form with HTML
    • Creating a Django Form
    • Form Submission
    • Some Form Fields Example
    • Form Validation
    • Django Model Forms
  • Template Filter and Inheritance
    • Relative URLs
    • Template Inheritance
    • Built-In Template Filters
    • Custom Filters
  • CRUD Using MySQL
    • Connecting to a MySQL Database
    • Create Migration in a MySQL Database
    • Creating Templates and Views
    • Entry Forms
    • Dynamic Template
    • Update Data
    • Delete Records Album
    • Delete Records Artist
  • User Authentication
    • Django Provided User Model
    • Setup New Project and Admin
    • Using Built-in User Model
    • Creating Registration Form
    • Register User
    • User Login
  • Class-Based View
    • Template View
    • List View
    • Detail View
    • Create View
    • Update View
    • Delete View
  • Developing a Blog with Django
    • Blog Project Introductions
    • Setting up a Project
    • Creating Models
    • URL, View, and Template for Blog
    • User Sign Up
    • User Login and Logout Page
    • User Profile
    • Navigation Bar
    • Write Blog
    • Blog Homepage, Blog Details Page, and Blog Comments
    • Like/Unlike
    • My Blog Page
    • Edit Blog Post
  • Developing a Social Media Website with Django
    • Social Media Project Introduction
    • User Sign Up
    • User Login
    • User Profile
    • Models
    • Edit Profile
    • Post Photos
    • Home Page
    • Follow/Unfollow
    • Display Posted Images
    • Like and Unlike Images
  • Developing an eCommerce Website with Django
    • Ecommerce Project Introduction
    • Project and App Setup
    • Custom User Model
    • User Sign Up
    • Update User Profile Page
    • Messages Setup
    • Product Model
    • Homepage and Navbar
    • Product Details Page
    • Cart and Order Model
    • Cart View
    • Cart Template
    • Increase and Decrease Quantity
    • Checkout Page
    • Payment Gateway
    • Complete Payment
    • Order Page

 

QuickBooks

This two-day course is designed for bookkeepers and non-accountant, small business owners/managers who need to learn how to do accounting using QuickBooks Online. On the first day, students learn how to set up an account, manage users, work with critical lists, including the Chart of Accounts, set up bank feeds, and manage all aspects of sales, including customers, invoices, and payments.

On the second day, students learn how to manage all aspects of expenses, including vendors, bills, and payments, how to work with projects, handle budgeting, set up employees, process payroll, and run reports. Each student receives an excellent course manual for after-class reference.

QuickBooks Online

  • Introduction to QuickBooks
    • QuickBooks Online
    • Mobile Devices and QuickBooks Online
    • Navigating QuickBooks Online
    • The Home Page Dashboard
    • The Navigation Bar
    • Common Tasks
    • Search for Transactions
    • Company File Setup
    • Help System
  • User Management
    • Managing Users
    • User Roles
  • Working with Lists
    • Lists
    • Chart of Accounts
    • Account Types
      • Balance Sheet Accounts
      • Income and Expense Accounts
    • Sub-Accounts
    • Importing Data
      • Customers Import
      • Vendors Import
      • Chart of Accounts Import
      • Products and Services
  • Banking
    • Online Banking
    • Linking Accounts via Automated Bank Feeds
    • Importing Bank Transactions
    • Review Transactions
    • Match Transactions
    • Bank Rules
  • Sales
    • Products and Services
    • Sales Transactions
    • Customers
    • Estimates
    • Invoices
    • Receive Payments
    • Undeposited Funds
    • Sales Receipts
    • Sales Tax
    • Accounting Methods: Cash vs. Accrual
    • Partial Payments
    • Customizing Invoices
    • Statements
    • Attachments
      • Attachment List
  • Expenses
    • Vendors
    • The Vendors Money Bar
    • Bills
    • Make Payments
    • Checks
    • Recurring Transactions
    • Class and Location Tracking
    • Merge Accounts, Customers, or Vendors
    • Merging Accounts Limitations
  • Projects
  • Budgeting
  • Payroll
    • Employees
    • Time Tracking
    • Paychecks
    • Schedule Payments in Advance
  • Reports
    • Run Reports
      • Business Overview
      • Who Owes You
      • Manage Accounts Payable
      • Accountant Reports
      • Reconciliation Reports
      • Manage Products and Inventory
      • Review Sales
      • Review Expenses and Purchases
      • Manage Sales Tax
      • Manage Employees
    • Customize Reports
    • Report Groups
    • Automated Reports
  • Journal Entries and Reconciliation
React

React is a JavaScript library for building interactive user interfaces. It can be incrementally adopted, scaling easily from being used as a library to add small functionality to web pages to being used as a framework for a complete single-page-application. React also provides hooks that allow easy interaction with other JavaScript libraries and frameworks.

This course will give the student a solid and in-depth foundation for building applications that use the powerful features provided by React.

  • Introduction
    • What is React
    • Why use React?
    • SPAs and React Web Apps
    • NextGen JavaScript Features
  • React Syntax and Basics
    • Using Create React App
    • Component Basics
    • JSX
    • Props and Dynamic Content
    • State and Event Handling
    • Two-Way Binding
  • Dynamic Content
    • Conditionally Rendering Content
    • Collection Content
    • Updating State Immutably
    • Collections and Keys
    • More Flexible Collections
  • Styling Content
    • Inline Styles
    • Dynamically Setting Styles
    • Dynamically Setting Class Names
    • Using Radium
    • Using CSS Modules
  • Debugging
    • Understanding Error Messages
    • DevTools and Sourcemaps
    • React Developer Tools
    • Error Boundaries
  • Components
    • Creating Components
    • Stateless vs. Stateful
    • Component Lifecycle
    • Pure Components
    • Higher-Order Components
    • Validating Props
    • Context API
  • Web Server Interactions
    • AJAX Calls
    • Using Axios
    • Rendering Fetched Data
    • Avoiding Infinite Loops
    • POSTing Data
    • Handling Errors Locally
    • Interceptors
  • Routing
    • Setting Up the Router Package
    • Rendering Components for Routes
    • Using Routing-Related Props
    • Absolute vs. Relative Paths
    • Nested Routes
    • Route Guards
    • Routing and Deployment
  • Forms
    • Custom Dynamic Input Components
    • Configuring a Form
    • Handling Form Submission
    • Custom Validation
    • Showing Error Messages
  • Managing State with Redux
    • Complexity of State Management
    • How Redux Works
    • Reducer Functions and State Store
    • Dispatching Actions
    • Creating Subscriptions
    • Connecting React to Redux
    • Dispatching Actions from Components
  • Async Redux
    • Adding Middleware
    • Redux Devtools
    • Action Creators
    • Handling Async Actions
    • Action Creators and Get State
  • Testing
    • Required Testing Tools
    • What to Test?
    • Testing Components
    • Jest and Enzyme
    • Testing Containers
    • Testing Redux
  • Transitions and Animations
    • Using CSS Transitions
    • Using CSS Animations
    • ReactTransitionGroup
    • Using the Transition Component
    • Wrapping the Transition Component
    • Animation Timing
    • Transition Events
  • Introduction to Hooks
    • What are React Hooks?
    • Getting Started with useState()
    • Updating State
    • Multiple States
    • Rules of Hooks
    • Passing State Across Components
  • Side Effects
    • Sending HTTP Requests
    • useEffect() and Loading Data
    • Understanding useEffect() Dependencies
    • What is useCallback()?
    • Refs and useRef()
    • Cleaning up with useEffect()
  • State Batching
    • Understanding useReducer()
    • useReducer() and HTTP State
    • Working with useContext()
    • Performance Optimization with useMemo()
  • Custom Hooks
    • Getting Started
    • Sharing Data with Components
    • Using a Custom Hook

React Native is a JavaScript framework for building natively rendering mobile applications for iOS and Android, built upon the ReactJS library.

This course will give the student a solid and in-depth foundation for building cross-platform responsive applications that will work on different device sizes. They will learn how to use the powerful features provided by React Native as well as leveraging platform features such as the device camera and location.

  • What is React Native?
    • Creating a New Project
    • Usable JSX Elements
    • Running Applications on Emulators
    • Adding Elements to the Application
    • Positioning Elements with Flexbox
    • Reacting to Events
  • Using Redux
    • Review of Redux
    • Defining Actions
    • Creating the Reducer
    • Creating the Store
    • Connecting Redux and React Native
  • Navigation
    • Web Apps vs. Native Apps
    • Navigation Solutions
    • Nested Navigators
    • Modals
    • Passing Data with Navigation
  • Styling Apps Correctly
    • Stylesheets vs JS Objects
    • CSS vs React Native Styles
    • Flexbox in Detail
    • Relative Units
    • Global Styles
    • Cascading of Styles
  • Managing User Input
    • Managing Control State
    • Custom Validation
    • Using Validation State
    • Form Modes
    • The Soft Keyboard
  • Native Device Features
    • Using Mapview
    • Locating the User
    • Using Image-Picker
    • Storing Selected Images
  • Sending HTTP Requests
    • Setting up Firebase
    • Using the Fetch API
    • Storing Data
    • Storing Images
    • Busy Indicators
    • Handling Errors
  • Using 3rd Party Native Libraries
    • Installing Libraries
    • Automatic Linking
    • Linking on iOS
    • Linking on Android
SAP Crystal Reports

This course teaches the basic features and functions of SAP Crystal Reports. Students will explore the program environment and learn how to open, navigate, create, modify, and save reports. They will learn the fundamentals of formatting report objects, of sorting and selecting records, and creating groups and summaries. They will also learn how to create simple formulas and functions. Finally, students will work with experts and wizards, and learn how to export reports to various file formats.

SAP Crystal Reports - Introduction

  • Creating a Simple Report
    • Starting Crystal Reports
    • Starting a New Report
    • Choosing a Data Source
    • Main Components of the Design Window
    • Exploring the Toolbars
    • Managing Resources with Explorers
    • Placing Fields on the Report
    • Selecting and Sizing Objects
    • Browsing Field Data
    • Moving and Aligning Objects
    • Using Guides and Guidelines to Move and Align Objects
    • Creating Text Objects
    • Saving the Report
    • Previewing the Report
    • Using the Status Bar
    • Getting Help
  • Formatting Features
    • Using the Template Expert
    • Formatting Objects
    • Format Painter
    • Inserting Lines and Boxes
    • Inserting Graphics
    • Working with Page Commands
    • Working with Text Objects
    • Formatting Part or All of an Object
    • Inserting Special Fields
  • Selecting Specific Records from the Database
    • Filter Types of the Select Expert
    • Database Filtering with the Select Expert
    • Selecting Records with Multiple Criteria
    • Viewing and Editing the Select Formula
    • Case Sensitive vs. Case Insensitive
    • Record Selection Formula Templates
  • Grouping and Sorting Data
    • When and Why to Group Records
    • Creating a Group
    • Group and Sort Direction
    • Customize Group Name Field
    • Modifying Groups
    • Creating Multiple Groups in a Report
    • Using the Preview Panel
    • Using the Group Tree to Navigate the Report
    • Reordering Groups
    • Sorting Records within a Group
    • Using the Sort Control
    • Summarizing Groups
    • Grouping Data in Date/Time Intervals
    • Calculating Percentages
    • Ordering Groups Based on Their Subtotals Using Group Sort Expert
  • Combining Multiple Tables
    • Understanding Tables, Records, and Fields
    • Learning about Linking
    • Adding Multiple Tables to a Report
  • Creating and Using Formulas
    • Understanding Crystal Formula Syntax
    • About the Formula Workshop
    • Using the Formula Workshop
    • Using the Formula Editor
    • Performing Simple Number Calculations
    • Manipulating Dates with Formulas
    • Creating Boolean (True/False) Formulas
    • Creating String Formulas
    • Using Bookmarks to Navigate Formulas
  • Conditional Formatting
    • Formatting Sections
    • Formatting Sections Conditionally
    • Conditionally Formatting Fields
  • Creating Summary Reports and Charts
    • Creating a Summary Report
    • Applying the Drill-Down Feature
    • Applying the DrillDownGroupLevel
    • Producing Charts
    • Editing Charts
    • Formatting Charts
  • Exporting Reports within Your Organization
    • Understanding Export Formats and Destinations
    • Using the PDF Format for Crystal Reports
    • HTML Preview
    • Exporting to Windows Applications
    • Exporting to a Report Definition Format
  • Using the Report Wizards
    • What are the Report Wizards?
    • Create a Report Using the Standard Report Creation Wizard

This course builds on the skills and concepts taught in SAP Crystal Reports - Introduction. Students will learn how to create and use parameter fields, including cascading parameters. They will learn how to build advanced formulas using variables, advanced functions, and constructs. They will also learn how to create and customize charts and maps, apply advanced formatting options to report elements, and create alerts and subreports. Finally, students will work with the Business Objects Enterprise Repository and the Workbench, and they will learn advanced data access techniques including ODBC data sources and SQL query-building.

Crystal Reports - Advanced

  • Power Formatting with Multiple Sections
    • Using Multiple Sections in Reports
    • Using the Section Expert to Work with Sections
    • Conditionally Formatting Multiple Sections
  • Using the Running Totals Feature
    • Understanding Running Totals
    • Creating Running Totals for a List of Numbers
    • Conditional Running Totals
  • Prompting with Parameters
    • Parameter Fields Overview
    • Parameter Field Considerations
    • Creating a Parameter Field
    • Using a Parameter to Select Records
    • Using a Parameter Field
    • Using the Parameter Panel
    • Creating a Dynamic Value List for Parameter Values
    • Importing a Pick List
    • Adding Parameter Values to Text Objects
    • Allowing Multiple Values in Parameters
    • Using Multiple Parameter Fields in Reports
    • Using Multiple Parameter Fields in Reports
    • Specifying and Limiting a Range for a Parameter
    • Using Parameters in Conditional Formatting
    • Using an Edit Mask to Limit String Parameters
    • Sorting with a Parameter
    • Group Sorting with a Parameter
    • Using a Parameter to set N in a Top N or Bottom N Report
    • Displaying Parameter Fields
    • Cascading Parameter Fields
  • Using Advanced Formula Features
    • Understanding How Crystal Reports Processes Data
      • What is a Pass?
      • Pre-Pass #1
      • Pass #1
      • Pre-Pass #2
      • Pass #2
      • Pass #3
      • Using Evaluation Time Functions
      • Working with Variables
      • Declaring a Variable
      • Assigning a Value to a Variable
      • Using a Variable in a Formula
      • Variable Scope
      • Separating Statements in Complex Formulas
    • Working with Arrays
    • Understanding the Formula Evaluation Time Debugger
  • Using Subreporting as a Workaround Solution
    • Understanding Subreports
    • Unlinked Versus Linked Subreports
    • Creating an Unlinked Subreport
    • Linking a Subreport
    • Database Links versus Subreports in One-to-Many Situations
    • Formatting the Subreport
    • Passing Data from the Main Report into a Subreport
    • Creating On-Demand Subreports
    • Creating Hyperlinks
    • Using Subreports to Link "Unlinkable" Data
  • Creating Powerful Groups
    • Creating Custom Groups
    • Customizing Group Sort Order
    • Using Group Selection to Filter the Records in the Report
    • Grouping on a Formula Field
    • Grouping Hierarchically
  • Working with Cross-Tab Reports
    • Understanding How Cross-Tabs Affect Your Data
    • Creating a Cross-Tab Report
    • Creating a Cross-Tab with Multiple Rows or Columns
    • Applying a Formatting Style to the Cross-Tab
    • Customizing the Cross-Tab Format
    • Changing the Summary Operation
    • Charting Cross-Tabs
    • Customizing Cross-Tab Group Names
    • CurrentFieldValue
  • Report Alerts
    • What are Report Alerts?
    • Creating Report Alerts
    • Basing Report Formulas or Conditional Formatting on Report Alerts
    • Creative Usage for Report Alerts
SharePoint
This one-day, immersive course provides participants with a foundational understanding of SharePoint's primary features and functionalities. The course guides end users through the interface, collaborative tools, content management, and personalization capabilities of SharePoint, ensuring they can navigate, contribute to, and collaborate effectively within the platform.
 

SharePoint for Office 365 End Users

Introduction

  • What is SharePoint?
  • Brief History
  • Core Functionalities and Use Cases

Navigating the SharePoint Interface

  • SharePoint Home Page and Site Collections
  • Understanding the Ribbon
  • Navigation Menus and Breadcrumbs
  • Search Functionality

Working with Libraries & Lists

  • Libraries vs. Lists
  • Uploading and Downloading Documents
  • Creating and Managing Folders
  • Adding, Editing, and Deleting List Items
  • Versioning
    • How it Works
    • Using Versioning
    • Restoring Previous Versions

Managing Content and Views

  • Check-in/check-out System
  • Content Types and Columns
  • Creating Custom Views
  • Filtering
  • Sorting

Collaborating with Team Members

  • Sharing Documents and Items
  • Co-authoring Documents
  • Using Alerts and Notifications
  • Integration with Microsoft Teams

Working with Pages & Web Parts

  • Difference between Classic and Modern Pages
  • Creating and Editing Pages
  • Introduction to Web Parts
  • Adding and Configuring Web Parts

Basic Workflow Concepts

  • Understanding Workflows
  • Starting and Participating in Workflows
  • Tracking Workflow Tasks and Statuses

Permissions & Security

  • Basic Concepts: Permission Levels, Groups, and Inheritance
  • Sharing Content Securely
  • Managing and Understanding Permissions

Personalizing SharePoint & OneDrive

  • Setting up User Profiles
  • Introduction to OneDrive for Business
  • Differences and Similarities with SharePoint
  • Sharing, Accessing, and Syncing Files

Best Practices & Tips

  • Organizing Content Effectively
  • Keeping Sites Clean and Decluttered
  • Tips for Efficient Searching
This course offers participants a deep dive into the robust capabilities of SharePoint within the Office 365 environment. From foundational overviews to intricate site management tasks, this course covers the spectrum of site ownership. Participants will gain hands-on experience in crafting sites, managing content, utilizing advanced features like Power Automate, and optimizing their SharePoint environment for collaborative efficiency.
 

SharePoint for Office 365 Site Owners

Understanding SharePoint

  • Starting and Accessing SharePoint
  • SharePoint Launch Page
  • What is SharePoint?
    • Team Sites
    • Communication Sites
  • Site Permissions

SharePoint Sites

  • Creating a Site
  • Applying and Changing Templates
  • Viewing Site Template History
  • Personalizing Your Site
    • Updating Site Title, Description, and Logo
    • Customizing the Theme and Navigation
    • Modifying Navigation Content and Structure
  • Sharing a Site
  • Deleting and Restoring a Site

Pages, Sections, and Web Parts

  • Understanding Pages
  • Creating and Adding Pages
  • Page Visibility and Promotion
  • Sections and Columns
  • Adding a Section Layout
  • Editing a Section Layout

Understanding Web Parts

  • What is a Web Part?
  • Adding, Moving, and Deleting Web Parts

Lists

  • Overview of Lists and Libraries
  • Adding a List
  • Understanding and Adding Columns
  • Types of Columns
  • Editing and Deleting Columns
  • Setting Column Indexes
  • Adding Items (Single List Item vs. Grid View)
  • Creating and Managing Views for Lists
  • Importing Data from Excel
  • Editing List Settings

Using Document Libraries

  • Adding a Document Library
  • Adding, Modifying, and Collaborating on Documents
  • Version Control
  • Viewing, Restoring, and Deleting Versions
  • Co-Authoring
  • Checking In and Checking Out
  • Using the Recycle Bin

Working with Apps

  • What is an App?
  • Adding an App
  • Removing an App

Working with Views

  • Working with Views
  • Creating a View
  • Special Views: Calendar View, Overlays, and More
  • Filtering and Conditions in Views
  • Editing Existing Views

Workflows with Power Automate

  • Microsoft Power Platform
  • Power Automate
  • What is a Flow?
  • Types of Flows
  • Power Automate Interface
  • Creating a Cloud Flow
Social Media

Are you a business owner, web analyst, or online marketing specialist who needs to understand search engine marketing? This is the course for you!

In addition to learning the fundamentals of search engine marketing, this course teaches you how to use Google Ads to meet your online marketing needs. You will learn how to navigate Google Ads and how to create and manage ad campaigns using the best strategies related to keyword lists. You will learn how to track ad performance and integrate with Google Analytics. Join us as we do everything from writing ads to managing advertising bids and budgets.

Google Ads

  • Overview of Google Ads
    • The History of Google
    • What is Google Ads?
    • Paid vs. Organic Results
    • How it Works
    • Creating a Google Ads Account
    • The Google Ads Interface
    • Payment Methods
    • AdWords Express
  • Before Getting Started
    • Strategic Planning
    • STP Analysis
    • Personas
    • Goals
  • Keywords
    • Keywords
    • Successful Keyword Strategies
    • Keyword Research Tools
    • Keyword Planner
    • Match Types
    • Landing Pages
  • Creating a Campaign
    • Google Ads Structure
    • Campaign Types
    • Creating a Campaign
    • Campaign Settings
    • Budget
    • Ad Groups
    • Writing and Testing Ads
    • Approval Process
  • Managing and Reporting
    • Pausing an account
    • Managing your account
    • Reports
    • Measuring Success
    • Glossary of Terms

Google Analytics is a robust analytics suite that is integrated with Google's data and other application service offerings. By monitoring, tracking, and analyzing visitors to your website and their activities on your website, you can determine the effectiveness of your site content, promotions, and advertising campaigns and technical details such as site architecture and navigation. 

With Universal Analytics ready to be sunset by 2023, this course will prepare you to understand Google Analytics 4 projects. The course covers fundamental concepts, including reports, how GA4 works behind the scenes, the event data model, event parameters, user properties, and more.

Google Analytics 4

  • Google Analytics 4 Implementation
    • The History of Google
    • What is Google Analytics 4?
    • What about Google Universal Analytics?
    • Who can use Google Analytics?
    • Creating a Google Analytics Account
    • Connecting an Account to a Website
    • Creating a Tag Manager Account
    • Understanding Tag Manager
    • Navigating the Google Analytics Interface
  • Analysis
    • Traffic Volume
      • Source
      • Medium
    • Traffic Relevance
      • Visitors
        • Demographics
        • Devices and Technology
        • Overlapping Segments
  • Using Events
    • Capturing Data Using Events
    • Google Tag Manager
    • Analyzing and Using Events
    • Page-Level Analysis
    • Path Analysis
  • Sustainability
    • Cohort Analysis
    • Retention Analysis
    • Engagement Overview
      • DAU
      • MAU
      • WAU
    • Individual User Actions
    • UserID Tracking
  • Meaningful Traffic
    • What is a Funnel?
    • Funnel-Based Goal Analysis
    • Business Goals
      • Monetization Reports
    • Attribution Modeling
    • Data Modeling
  • Custom Reports and Looker Studio
    • Tabular Reports
    • Library
    • Looker Studio Basics
    • Chart Types in Looker Studio
    • Using Data Filters and Other Tools
    • Formulas and Arithmetic in Looker Studio
    • Advanced Custom Funnels in Looker Studio
  • User Behavior
    • User Properties and Audiences
    • User ID Tracking Fundamentals
    • Implement User ID Tracking
  • E-commerce and Monetization
    • E-commerce Data Collection
    • Product Views, Add to Carts, and More
    • Capturing Data Dynamically

What videos and hashtags are trending right now? Is your website integrated with popular social media platforms? Would Facebook advertising be a good fit for your organization? Should you have a blog? How can you monitor and respond to negative comments on social media? A talented social media strategist can answer these questions!

In this course, we examine the history of social media and how it has changed marketing and advertising initiatives in the world of business. We will tackle the major social media platforms and teach you how to develop and implement an organization's social media strategy. In two short days, you will acquire the essential skills to launch a career in social media, including everything from conducting market analysis to launching successful campaigns.

  • The Rise of Social Media
    • What is Social Media?
    • Evolution of Marketing
    • Five Barriers to Social Media Adoption
    • Benefits of Social Media to Organizations
    • The Growth of Social Media
    • Social Media Career Opportunities
    • Role of the Social Media Strategist
    • Social Media Certification Options
    • Strategic Social Media Operations
  • Conducting Market Analysis
    • Strategic Planning
    • STP Analysis
    • Competitor Analysis
    • SWOT Analysis
    • Keywords
    • Keyword Research Tools
    • Successful Keyword Strategies
  • Setting Goals and Selecting Platforms
    • Social Media Goals vs. Business Goals
    • SMART Social Media Goals
    • Types of Social Media Platforms
    • Platform Selection Process
    • Popularity-Based Platform Selection
    • Goal-Based Platform Selection
    • Demographic-Based Platform Selection
    • Content-Based Platform Selection
    • Social Media Intimacy
  • Creating the Social Media Policy
    • The Social Media Policy
    • FTC and Disclosure Best Practices Toolkit
    • Truth in Advertising
    • Online Endorsements and Testimonials
    • Intellectual Property
    • Brand Abuse
    • Trademark Issues
    • Trade Secrets and Privacy
    • Defamation
  • Integrating Marketing Strategies
    • Brand Marketing
    • Online Brand Creation Process
    • Corporate Culture and Social Media
  • Developing Effective Content
    • Content Marketing on Social Media
    • Types of Content
    • Trends in Content Marketing
    • Content Origination
    • Outsourced vs. In-house Content Production
    • Branded versus Common-Interest Content
    • Content Development
    • Content Tagging
  • Understanding Popular Platforms
    • Blogging
    • Facebook
    • YouTube
    • Instagram
    • Pinterest
    • TikTok
    • LinkedIn
    • Twitter
    • Understand Platform Terminology
  • Launching Successful Campaigns
    • Traditional Website Advertising vs. Social Media Advertising
    • Benefits of Native Advertising
    • Capitalizing on Contacts
    • Social Media Contests
    • Contest Platform Software
    • Social Media Documentation and Schedules
    • Social Media Management Tools
  • Managing the Community
    • The Community Manager Role
    • Social Media Personas
    • Importance of Voice Consistency
    • The Successful Online Personality
    • Social Media Crisis Management
  • Providing Customer Service
    • Organizational Customer Service
    • Social Media Triage
    • Benefits of Triage Plans
    • The Role of Social Media in Customer Service
    • Professionalism in Online Customer Service
    • Online vs. Personal Interactions
    • Sentiment Analysis and Social Listening
  • Measuring, Analyzing, and Reporting
    • Social Media Analytics
    • Social Media Metrics
    • Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
    • Tracking Metrics Over Time
      • Brand Health
      • Customer Service Experience
      • Conversions
    • Economic Value Calculation
    • Reports
    • Social Media Auditing
  • The Social Media Strategist Career
SQL Server

This intensive course will start with a quick overview of the SQL Server architecture, then dive right into using T-SQL. You will learn about batches and scripts, how to declare and use variables—including the inevitable data type conversions—and the rich supply of operators available. You will learn about some of the many built-in T-SQL functions for doing things like working with numbers and string manipulation, as well as global functions for getting state information. You will also learn about how to rank results using special functions and the OVER clause.

Querying Data with Transact-SQL

  • Introduction to SQL Server
    • SQL Server Architecture
    • Editions and Versions
    • Overview of Relational Database Organization
    • SQL Server Tools
    • Management Studio
  • T-SQL Querying
    • Components of T-SQL
      • Data Manipulation Language
      • Data Definition Language
      • Data Control Language
      • Transaction Control Language
    • Basic Syntax Rules
    • Specifying Objects
    • Query Batches
    • Generating Queries
    • Sets and Predicate Logic
    • Order of Operations in SELECT Statements
  • Writing Select Queries
    • Simple SELECT Statements
    • Discovering Database Structures
    • Irregular Identifiers
    • Computations
    • Column and Table Aliases
    • CASE Expressions
    • Using DISTINCT to Eliminate Duplicates
  • Querying Multiples Tables
    • Table Joins
    • Joines as a Filter
    • Table Aliases
    • Join Types
    • Self Joins
  • Sorting and Filtering Data
    • Sorting Data
    • ORDER BY Details
    • Filtering Data with Predicates
    • Testing Equality and Inequality
    • Ranges of Values
    • Logical Operators
    • Work with Unknown Values
  • SQL Server Data Types
    • Available Data Types
    • Approximate and Exact Numerics
    • Date and Time Data
    • String Data Types
    • Type Coercion
    • Character Data Type
    • Collations and Overriding Collation
    • Concatenation
    • Substrings
    • The LIKE Predicate
    • Date/Time Functions
    • Extracting Date Parts
    • Calculating Dates
  • Using DML to Modify Data
    • Inserting Data
    • Modifying Data
    • Deleting Data
    • Update and Delete Strategies
  • Using Built-in Functions
    • Using Built-in Functions in Queries
    • Scalar and Aggregate Functions
    • Conversion Functions
    • Logical Functions
  • Grouping and Aggregating Data
    • Aggregate Functions
    • The GROUP BY Clause
    • Grouping and Aggregation Rules
    • Filtering Groups with HAVING
    • Handling NULL Values
  • Using Subqueries
    • Selecting from Subqueries
    • Scalar Subqueries
    • Multi-Value Subqueries
    • Correlated Subqueries
    • Using EXISTS with Subqueries
  • Using Table Expressions
    • Database Views
    • Derived Tables
    • Inline Table-Valued Functions
    • Common Table Expressions
  • Using Set Operators
    • UNION Operator
    • INTERSECT and EXCEPT Operators
    • APPLY Operator
  • Ranking and Aggregating Functions
    • Creating Windows with OVER
    • ROW_NUMBER Function
    • RANK and DENSE_RANK
    • NTILE Function
    • Offset Functions
  • Pivoting and Grouping Sets
    • What is Pivoting?
    • Using PIVOT
    • Using UNPIVOT
  • Executing Stored Procedures
    • Querying Data with Stored Procedures
    • Passing Parameters to Stored Procedures
    • Creating Simple Stored Procedures
    • Working with Dynamic SQL
  • Programming with T-SQL
    • T-SQL Programming Elements
    • Using Variables
    • Conditionally Executing Statements
    • Looping over Statements
  • Error Handling
    • Errors
    • Structured Exception Handling
    • Exceptional Execution Flow
  • Transactions
    • How Transactions Work
    • Controlling Transactions
    • Nesting Transactions
    • Working with Grouping Sets

This course will enable technology professionals with little or no ETL experience to be comfortable and productive with the SSIS tools and technologies. In this course you will learn about SQL Server Data Tools (SSDT) and working with Control and Data Flows to build workflows to extract, transform, and load data using a variety of data sources, transformations, and destinations. You will also become familiar with SSIS package management and package deployment along with learning to write solid code using debugging, error handling, and logging techniques.

Microsoft SQL Server Integration Services

  • Introduction
    • Prerequisites
    • Installing the Practice Files
      • Software Requirements
      • Security
      • A Word about the Sample Files
      • Script Language
      • Sample Databases
      • A Note about Excel
      • Installation
    • About the Author
  • A Guided Tour of Integration Services
    • Understanding Integration Services
      • What is ETL?
      • Integration Services Packages
      • Tools for Building Integration Services Packages
      • Integration Services Package Storage Options
      • Creating a Package with the Import and Export Wizard
      • Other Ways to Launch the Import and Export Wizard
    • Exploring and Executing an Integration Services Package in BIDS
      • The BIDS Interface and Components
      • Executing a Package in BIDS
    • Exploring and Executing a Package Outside of BIDS
  • Lab 1: A Guided Tour of Integration Services
    • Lab 1 Overview
    • Use the Import and Export Wizard
    • Use BIDS to Create a Package Manually
    • Execute a Package with BIDS and DTExecUI.exe
  • Control Flow
    • Overview of Control Flow in Integration Services
      • Elements in a Control Flow
      • Control Flow Tasks
    • Working with Workflow Tasks
      • The Execute SQL Task
      • File System Task
      • FTP Task
      • Send Mail Task
    • Precedence Constraints
      • Why Use Precedence Constraints?
      • Implementing Precedence Constraints
      • Recommendations
  • Lab 2: Control Flow
    • Lab 2 Overview
    • Work with the Execute SQL Control Flow Task
    • Implement Precedence Constraints
  • Data Flows
    • The Data Flow Task
      • Data Flow Pipeline
      • Data Flow Sources
      • Data Flow Destinations
    • Data Viewers
    • Data Flow Transformations
      • Row Transformations
      • Rowset Transformations
      • Split and Join Transformations
      • Business Intelligence Transformations
      • Other Transformations
  • Lab 3: Data Flows
    • Lab 3 Overview
    • Create a Data Flow Source
    • Create a Data Flow Destination and Data Viewer
    • Create a Package Using Several Transformations
  • Variables and Configurations
    • Understanding Variables
      • Variable Properties
      • Variable Data Types
      • Variable Scope
      • Where Can You Use Variables?
      • Scope and the Execute Package Task
    • Using Variables in Control Flows
      • Execute SQL Task
      • File System Task
      • Precedence Constraint Expressions
      • Property Expressions
      • Send Mail Task
      • Foreach Loop Container
      • Script Task
    • Using Variables in Data Flow
      • Connection Managers
      • Derived Column Transformation
      • Conditional Split Transformation
      • Parameters
    • Configurations
      • Using Configurations
      • Configuration Storage
    • Using Variables and Configurations Between Packages
      • Parent and Child Scenarios
      • Direct Configuration
      • Indirect Configuration
  • Lab 4: Variables and Configurations
    • Lab 4 Overview
    • Using Variables with Parameterized Queries
    • Working with Property Expressions
    • Working with XML Configuration Files
  • Advanced Control Flow
    • Advanced Control Flow Overview
    • Using Containers
      • Container Properties
      • Task Host Container
      • Sequence Container
      • Foreach Loop Container
      • For Loop Container
      • Grouping Container
    • Transaction Support in Integration Services
  • Lab 5: Advanced Control Flow
    • Lab 5 Overview
    • Import Data form CSV Files with a Foreach Loop Container
  • Error Handling and Logging
    • When Things Go Wrong
    • Checkpoints
    • Handling Errors and Debugging
      • Error Handling in Control Flows with Precedence Constraints
      • Error Outputs in Data Flows
      • Breakpoints
    • Package Logging
      • Configuring Package Logging
      • Logging to a Text File
      • Logging to the Windows Event Log
      • Custom Logging
    • Event Handling
  • Lab 6: Error Handling and Logging
    • Lab 6 Overview
    • Create a Package that Fails
    • Redirect Problem Rows Using Error Outputs
  • Advanced Data Flow
    • Synchronous and Asynchronous Transformations
      • Synchronous Transformations
      • Asynchronous Transformations
    • Using Advanced Transformations
      • Audit Transformation
      • Multicast Transformation
      • Derived Column Transformation
      • Union All Transformation
      • Merge Transformation
      • Lookup Transformation
      • Fuzzy Lookup Transformation
      • Conditional Split Transformation
    • Handling Slowly Changing Dimensions
      • Loading a Data Warehouse
      • The Slowly Changing Dimension Transformation
  • Lab 7: Advanced Data Flow
    • Lab 7 Overview
    • Work with the Lookup Transformation
    • Work with Derived Column and Conditional Split Transformations
  • Package Deployment
    • Deploying Packages
      • Deployment Challenges
    • Create a Package Deployment Utility
      • Deployment Utility Properties
      • Deployment Folder
      • Deployment Manifest
    • Installing a Package
      • The Package Installation Wizard
      • Deploy a Package to the File System
      • Deploy a Package to the SQL Server
      • Importing a Package Using Management Studio
      • Should You Deploy to SQL Server or the File System?
    • Redeploying Updated Packages
  • Lab 8: Package Deployment
    • Lab 8 Overview
    • Create a Package Deployment Utility
    • Deploy a Package to the File System
    • Deploy a Package to the SQL Server
  • Package Management
    • Overview of Package Management
    • Managing Integration Services Packages
      • Managing Packages with DTUtil
      • Managing Packages with Management Studio
    • Executing Packages
      • DTExecUI: The Execute Package Utility
      • Executing Packages at the Command Line with DTExec
      • Scheduling Package Execution wit SQL Server Agent
    • Integration Services Security
      • Protecting Sensitive Package Information
      • Controlling Access to Packages Stored in SQL Server
      • Signing Packages with Digital Certificates
  • Lab 9: Package Management
    • Lab 9 Overview
    • Store a Package in SQL Server
    • Use DTUtil to Move a Package
    • Schedule a Package with SQL Agent
  • Scripting and Custom Components
    • Extending Integration Services Capabilities through Code
      • Integration Services Scripting
      • Custom Component Development
      • Integration Services Scripting
      • Integration Services Object Model
      • Visual Studio Tools for Applications Script Editor
    • Scripting in Control Flows with the Script Task
      • Variables
      • Going Beyond Built-In Tasks
    • Scripting in Data Flows with the Script Component
      • Input and Output Columns
      • Script Component Types
      • Synchronous and Asynchronous Script Transformations
      • Going Beyond Built-In Data Flow Components
    • Custom Integration Services Components
      • Custom Component Development
      • Third-Party Integration Services Components
  • Lab 10: Scripting and Custom Components
    • Lab 10 Overview
    • Create a Custom Asynchronous Transformation
    • Create a Custom Performance Logging Task
  • Best Practices
    • Best Practices for Using Integration Services
      • Keep It Simple
    • Best Practices for Package Development and Design
      • Development Standards
      • Package Design Best Practice
      • Error Handling and Logging
    • Data Flow Best Practices
      • Data Flow Source Performance
      • Data Flow Transformation Performance, Maintenance, and Ease of Use
      • Data Flow Destinations
      • Integration Services Engine Best Practices
    • Deployment and management Best Practices
      • Deployment Best Practices
      • Security Best Practices
      • Management Best Practices
  • Lab 11: Best Practices
    • Lab 11 Overview
    • Compare OLE DB Destination Settings
    • Use SQL Server Profiler for Performance Tuning
    • Create and Use a Template
  • Going Beyond ETL
    • Using Integration Services Beyond ETL
    • Migrating and Maintaining SQL Servers with Integration Services
      • SQL Server Transfer Tasks
      • SQL Server Maintenance Plans
    • Working with Analysis Services
      • The Analysis Services Processing Task
      • Dimension and Partition Processing Destinations
      • Analysis Services Execute DDL Task
      • Data Mining Query Task
      • Slowly Changing Dimension Transformation
    • Working with Windows Management Instrumentation
      • The WMI Data Reader Task
      • The WMI Event Watcher Task
  • Lab 12: Going Beyond ETL
    • Lab 12 Overview
    • Transfer SQL Server Objects
    • Rebuild an Index with the Rebuild Index Task

In this course, you will learn how to use SQL Server Reporting Services. Explore its basic architecture and gain a basic understanding of the components of SSRS. You will then explore tabular and list reports that employ datasets and data regions. As you progress you will learn to add custom expressions, custom functions and format your reports using Visual Studio and SQL Server Business Intelligence Studio. The reports you create in the course will employ shared data sources, interactive sorting, and drill-down capabilities. You will then understand how Reporting Services parameters work and create parameters in ad-hoc SQL. Next you will be building Matrix reports and charts then explore the use of Reporting Services gauges.

Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services

  • Introduction
    • Prerequisites
    • Installing the Practice Files
      • Software Requirements
      • Microsoft Sample Databases
      • Installation
    • About the Author
  • Introducing SQL Sever Reporting Services
    • Tour of Features
      • Feature Overview
      • Supported Report Types
      • Supported Output Formats
      • Data Sources
      • Programming Reporting Services
      • Deployment and Administration Features
    • What's New in SQL Server 2008 Reporting Services
    • Reporting Services Architecture
      • Report Server
      • Report Server Database
      • Report Designer
      • Report Manager
      • Reporting Services Configuration Tool
      • Report Server Command-Line Utilities
      • Report Builder
      • Report Models
    • Reporting Services and SharePoint
      • Why Use SharePoint Integrated Mode?
    • Report Server Projects
      • Creating a Report Server Project
      • Report Server Project Files
    • Creating Data Sources
      • Creating a Shared Data Source
    • Creating Reports
      • Using the Report Wizard
      • Importing Microsoft Access Reports
      • Creating a New Blank Report
      • Using the Visual Studio Report Designer
      • The Report Dataset
      • The Report Design
    • Running Reports
      • Report Execution Options
      • Output Options
  • Lab 1: Introducing SQL Server Reporting Services
    • Lab 1 Overview
    • Create a Report Using the Report Wizard
  • Creating Tabular and List Reports
    • Creating Your First Tabular Report
    • Working with Datasets and Data Regions
      • Adding a Dataset to a Report
      • Adding a Data Region to a Report
      • Associating a Data Region with a Dataset
    • Adding Controls to a Report
      • Adding Fields to a Data Region
      • Working with Other Report Item Types
    • Accessorizing Reports
      • Is It a Table or a Tablix
      • Adjusting Tablix Properties
      • Adding Page Headers and Footers to the Report
      • Adjusting Report Properties
      • Adding Rows and Columns to a Tablix Region
      • Merging and Splitting Cells
    • Creating a List Report
    • Working with Rich Text
      • Rich Text
  • Lab 2: Creating Reports
    • Lab 2 Overview
    • Create a Shared Data Source
    • Create a Report from Scratch
    • Create a Mail Merge Report with Rich Text
  • Calculations and Formatting
    • Creating Expressions
      • Expression Rules
      • Using the Expression Editor
      • Mathematical Calculations
      • String Expressions
      • Conditional Tests
      • Null Handling
      • Using Other Built-In Functions
      • Creating and Using Custom Functions
    • Using the Global Collections
      • Fields Collection
      • Globals Collection
      • User Collection
      • Parameters Collection
      • ReportItems Collection
      • Variables Collection
    • Formatting Items
      • Formatting Text Boxes Using the Toolbars
      • Formatting Text Boxes Using the Properties Window
      • Formatting Text Boxes Using the Text Box Properties Dialog Box
    • Conditional Formatting
      • Conditional Formatting and Rich Text
  • Lab 3: Calculations and Formatting
    • Lab 3 Overview
    • Reigning in a Long Text Field
    • Calculating the Price of Books
    • Highlighting Large Book Sales
  • Grouping and Sorting
    • Creating Groups
      • The Grouping Pane
      • The Details Group
      • Adding a Row Group
      • Adding an Adjacent Row Group
      • Editing Group Properties
      • Adding Group Headers and Footers
    • Calculating Totals and Percentages
      • An Example: Counting Rows in rptCustomersGrouped
      • An Example: Summing Sales in rptEmployeeSales
      • Scope
      • Calculating Percentages
    • Interactive Sorting
      • An Example: rptCustomersIntSort
      • An Example: rptCustomersIntSort2
    • Creating Drill-Down Reports
      • A Drill-Down Example
  • Lab 4: Grouping and Sorting
    • Lab 4 Overview
    • Create a Report with Nested Groups
    • Create a Report with Percentages
    • Create a Drill-Down Report
  • Working with Parameters
    • Creating Report Parameters
      • Parameters and Stored Procedures
    • Understanding Report and Dataset Parameters
      • Report Parameters
      • Dataset Parameters
      • Reordering Report Parameters
      • Displaying Parameter Values on the Report
      • Using Parameters with Ad-Hoc SQL
      • Using Unbound Parameters
    • Creating Drop-Down List Parameters
      • Displaying the Parameter Value and Label for a Drop-Down List Parameter
      • Cascading Parameters
    • Parameterized Sorting
    • Multivalued Parameters
      • Creating a Report Employing a Multivalued Parameter
      • Referencing the Multivalued Parameter Values in a Heading
    • Debugging Parameter Issues
  • Lab 5: Working with Parameters
    • Lab 5 Overview
    • Create a Parameterized Report
    • Create a Drop-Down List Parameter
    • Work with Multivalued Parameters
  • Creating Matrix Reports and Charts
    • Creating a Matrix Report
      • Basic Steps to Create a Matrix Report
    • Accessorizing Your Matrix Reports
      • Available Summary Statistics
      • Working with Row and Column Groups
      • Working with Totals
      • Adding Data Cells
    • SQL Server 2008 Matrix Features
      • Adding Adjacent Dynamic Columns to a Matrix
      • Adding Adjacent Static Columns to a Matrix
      • Adding a Percentage to a Matrix Report
    • Creating a Chart
      • Basic Steps to Create a Chart
      • SQL Server 2008 Chart Changes
      • Chart Anatomy
      • Formatting a Chart
      • Adding a Series to a Chart
    • Exploring the Charting Possibilities
      • Chart Talk
      • Chart Types
      • Column Charts
      • Line Charts
      • Shape Charts
      • Bar Charts
      • Area Charts
      • Range Charts
      • Scatter Charts
      • Polar Charts
      • Charting Tips
    • Adding Gauges to a Report
      • Basic Steps to Creating a Gauge Report
      • Gauge Anatomy
      • Adding a Gauge to an Existing Report
  • Lab 6: Creating Matrix Reports and Charts
    • Lab 6 Overview
    • Create a Matrix Report with Subtotals
    • Create a Stacked Column Chart
    • Create a Pie Chart with Point Labels
    • Add a Gauge to an Existing Matrix Report
  • Managing Reporting Services
    • Deploying Reporting Services Projects
      • Planning for Deployment
      • Setting the Active Configuration
      • Creating a Custom Configuration
      • Configuring the Report Project
      • Deploying a Reporting Services Project
      • Deploying Individual Reports and Data Sources
      • Redeploying Shared Data Sources
    • Exporting Reports and Printing
      • Exporting Reports
      • Client-Side Printing
    • Report Manager
      • Displaying or Hiding Report Manager Details
      • Navigating Around Report Manager
      • Running Reports
      • Managing Folders and Files
      • Managing Reports and Data Sources
      • Managing Generic Site Settings
      • Other Things You Can Do with Report Manager
    • Creating Linked Reports
  • Lab 7: Managing Reporting Services
    • Lab 7 Overview
    • Deploy a Report to the Local Reporting Services Server
    • Export a report to PDF and Excel Formats
    • Create Linked Reports
  • Security
    • Reporting Services Security
    • Securing Access to Reports
      • Authorizing Users at the Home Level
      • Authorizing Users at Project Level
      • Managing Reporting Services Roles
    • Reporting Services and Basic Authentication
    • Reporting Services and Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
      • Enabling SSL
      • Requiring SSL
    • Data Source Security
      • Managing Data Source Security from Visual Studio
      • Four Choices for Managing Credentials
      • Which SQL Server Permissions Are Needed for a Report?
      • Managing Data Source Security from Report Manager
  • Lab 8: Security
    • Lab 8 Overview
    • Set Up Report Server Security Using Report Manager
    • Managing Data Source Security
  • Programming Reporting Services
    • The Reporting Services APIs
    • URL Access
      • Executing Reports via URLs
      • Integrating a Report into a Web Application Using URL Access
    • Using the Report Viewer Controls
      • Server vs. Local Reports
      • Using the Web Report Viewer Control with Server Reports
      • Using the Windows Report Viewer Control with Server Reports
    • Using the Report Viewer Control with Local Reports
      • Using the Web Report Viewer Control with Local Reports
      • Using the Windows Report Viewer Control with Local Reports
  • Lab 9: Programming Reporting Services
    • Lab 9 Overview
    • Integrate a Reporting Services into a Web App Using URL Access
    • Employ the Server Report Viewer Control in a Web App
    • Employ the Local Report Viewer Control in a Web App
  • Advanced Reporting Services Programming
    • Using the Reporting Services Web Service
      • A Tale of Two Endpoints
      • Why Use the Web Service?
      • Why Not Use The Web Service API?
      • Using the Report Server Web Service
      • An Example: The CallReportServiceVB.aspx and CallReportServiceCS.aspx Pages
      • A Second Example: Programmatically Creating Subscriptions
    • Working with Custom Assemblies
      • What's Wrong with the Code Window
      • Creating a Custom Assembly
      • A Custom Assembly Example
      • Security and Custom Assemblies
  • Lab 10: Advanced Reporting Services Programming
    • Lab 10 Overview
    • Call the Reporting Services Web Service
    • Create and Deploy a Custom Assembly
  • Snapshots and Subscriptions
    • Report Caching and Snapshots
      • Setting Up the NWReportUser Login and User Account
      • Setting the NWSub Credentials
      • Report Caching
      • Report Snapshots
      • Report History
    • Creating Subscriptions
      • Parts of a Subscription
      • Creating a Standard Subscription
    • Creating Data-Driven Subscriptions
      • Creating the Data-Driven Query
      • A Data-Driven Example
  • Lab 11: Snapshots and Subscriptions
    • Lab 11 Overview
      • Important Lab Setup
    • Enable Caching for a Report
    • Create a Snapshot with History
    • Create a File-Share Standard Subscription
  • Ad-Hoc Reporting with Report Builder 2.0
    • A Tale of Two Report Builders
      • Report Builder 1.0
      • Report Builder 2.0
      • Which Report Builder Version to Use?
    • Report Builder 2.0 Setup and Configuration
      • Launching Report Builder 2.0
      • Report Manager Link
      • Report Builder Data Sources
      • Creating the Login, Shared Data Sources, and Folder Used in the Chapter Samples
    • Getting Started with Report Builder 2.0
      • Using the new Table or Matrix Wizard
      • Using the New Chart Wizard
      • Is That All There Is?
    • Creating Reports with Report Builder
      • Constructing a Report
      • Report Builder Tour
      • Creating a Tabular Report
      • Adding a Group to a Report
      • Creating Matrix Reports
      • Adding Totals to a Report
      • Creating Charts
  • Lab 12: Ad-Hoc Reporting with Report Builder 2.0
    • Lab 12 Overview
    • Create a Matrix Report Using the Wizard
    • Create a Tabular Report
    • Create a Pyramid Chart
  • Appendix A: Creating Report Model Projects
    • Creating Report Model Projects
      • Basic Steps to Creating a Report Model
      • Creating a Project
      • Adding a Data Source to a Report Model Project
      • Creating Data Source Views
      • Generating Report Models Using the Report Model Wizard
      • The Generated Model
      • Refining and Enhancing the Report Models
    • Deploying Report Model Projects
      • Deploying Report Models
      • Creating Reports on Report Models
Tableau

Tableau Prep Builder provides a modern approach to data preparation, making it easier and faster to combine, shape, and clean data for analysis within Tableau. By providing a visual and direct path to prep your data, you can get your hands on quality data in just a few clicks.

In this course, you learn how to connect to data on-premises or in the cloud, whether it’s a database or a spreadsheet, and how to access, combine, and clean disparate data without writing code. 

Introduction

  • What is Tableau Prep?
  • Tableau User Roles
  • Installing Tableau Prep
  • Tableau Prep Workspace
  • Visual Dictionary

Connecting to Data

  • Basics of Data Preparation
  • Connecting to Data
  • Data Connection Types
  • Wildcard Unions
  • Input Cleaning
  • Text Configuration
  • Data Sampling
  • Refreshing Data

Examining & Filtering

  • Data Types & Sizes
  • Value Distribution
  • Finding Fields & Values
  • Sorting & Moving Profile Cards
  • Highlighting
  • Filtering Methods

Operations & Calculations

  • Value & Field Operations
  • Clean Step Layouts
  • Value Operations
    • Clean
    • Manual Grouping
    • Automatic Grouping
    • Split Values
    • Edit
    • Convert Dates
    • Field Types
    • Data Roles
    • Cleaning
  • Calculated Fields
  • Level of Detail Calculations
  • Analytic Calculations
    • Rank


 

Combining & Pivoting

  • Combine Data
    • Union
    • Aggregate
    • Join
  • Pivot

Sharing & Updating

  • Saving Flows
  • Creating Local Extracts
  • Saving to External Databases
  • Creating Published Data Sources

Recap: Creating Data Flows

  • The Input Step
  • The Profile Pane
  • The Cleaning Step
  • Group & Replace
  • The Output Step
  • The Pivot Step & Calculated Fields
  • The Aggregate Step
  • The Union Step
  • The Join Step
This interactive course teaches you the skills necessary to produce professional visualizations in Tableau. You learn how to connect to data, use the Tableau interface, create basic calculations, represent data using crosstabs, geographic maps, heat maps, tree maps, pie and bar charts, dual axes and combined charts, highlight tables, and scatter plots, build dashboards and stories, and share visualizations.
 
This course includes valuable examples and hands-on labs and is designed to prepare you for the Desktop Specialist Exam.
  • Understanding the Tableau Environment
    • Touring the Tableau Workspace
    • Understanding Shelves and Cards
    • Navigating Workbooks and Sheets
    • Understanding Field Types (Dimensions and Measures)
  • Connecting to Data
    • Understanding Supported Connectors
    • Setting up Data Sources
    • Editing Data Sources
    • Refreshing Data Sources
    • Cleaning Data with Data Interpreter
  • Organizing, Filtering, and Sorting
    • Creating Folders
    • Creating Groups
    • Creating Hierarchies
    • Creating Filters
    • Sorting Data

 

  • Creating Basic Visualizations
    • Creating Text Tables
    • Using Totals and Aggregation
    • Handling NULL and Other Special Values
    • Creating Pie Charts
  • Saving, Publishing, and Sharing
    • Saving Data Sources and Visualizations
    • Publishing Data Sources and Visualizations
    • Sharing Workbooks for Collaboration
  • Adding Visual Details
    • Working with Marks
    • Annotating Views
    • Formatting Titles, Captions, Tooltips, and Legends
    • Formatting Fields and Field Labels
    • Formatting Numbers and Null Values
    • Resizing Tables and Cells
  • Creating Crosstabs
    • Creating Highlight Tables
    • Creating Heat Maps

 

 

  • Working with Date Fields
    • Understanding Discrete and Continuous Time
    • Using Custom Dates and Hierarchies
    • Working with Multiple Measures in Views
    • Creating Combined Axis Charts
  • Mapping Data Geographically
    • Understanding Mapping Concepts
    • Working with Location Data
    • Creating a Simple Map
    • Creating Geographic Layers
    • Showing Quantitative Values
    • Customizing a Map
  • Using Calculations
    • Creating a Calculated Field
    • Understanding Calculations
    • Formatting Calculations
    • Working with Functions
    • Working with Aggregations
    • Applying Quick Table Calculations
  • Spotting Trends
    • Adding Trend Lines
    • Using Drop Lines
  • Creating Dashboards
    • Building a Dashboard
    • Refining a Dashboard
    • Creating Dashboards for Different Devices
  • Creating Stories
    • Creating a Story
    • Enhancing Stories with Tooltips

This interactive course teaches you how to create extracts, create joins, unions, and blends to modify data connections, filter across data sources and analyze subsets of data using context filters and sets, create more advanced calculations, use LOD expressions and specify options to control table calculations, do more with mapping, enable analysis, create parameters and user controls, and show data trends and forecasts, as well as data distributions.

This course includes valuable examples and hands-on labs.

  • Preparing Data
    • Understanding Tableau’s Data Model
    • Examining Relationships vs. Joins
  • Joining Tables
    • Using Table Joins
    • Reviewing Join Results
    • Writing Join Calculations
    • Troubleshooting Joins
  • Blending Multiple Data Sources
    • Using Data from Multiple Sources
    • Blending Data in a View
    • Blending Data with Custom Relationships and Calculations
  • Using Unions to Combine Data
    • Appending Row Data with Unions
    • Creating a Union Manually
  • Accessing Data in PDFs
  • Extracting Data
    • Understanding .hyper
    • Refreshing Extracts
    • Adding Data to Extracts
  • Using Sets to Highlight Data
    • Creating Sets
    • Combining Sets
  • Splitting
    • Splitting Data Fields
    • Using Custom Split
  • Advanced Calculations
    • Using Logical Functions
    • Aggregating Dimensions
    • Controlling Scope and Direction
    • Using Level of Detail Expressions (FIXED, INCLUDE, EXCLUDE)
  • Understanding Advanced Filters
    • Filtering Across Data Sources
    • Using Context Filters
    • Using LOD Expressions with Filters
  • Using Parameters
    • Understanding Parameters
    • Adding Parameters to a View
    • Using Parameters to Swap Measures
  • Using Advanced Formatting
    • Using Custom Fonts
    • Creating Custom Color Palettes
    • Formatting Animations
  • Creating Advanced Maps
    • Editing Location Data
    • Customizing Geocodes for Addresses
    • Plotting Data on a Custom Background
    • Creating Territories on a Map
    • Measuring Distances
  • Viewing Distributions
    • Building Histograms
    • Building Box and Whisker Plots
  • Adding Interactivity Using Actions
    • Creating Filter Actions
    • Creating Highlight Actions
    • Creating Parameter Actions
    • Creating Set Actions
    • Running Actions
    • Creating Interactive Dashboards Using Actions
  • Comparing Measures Against a Goal
    • Creating Bar-in-Bar Charts
    • Creating Bullet Graphs
  • Using the Analytics Pane
    • Adding Reference Lines, Bands, Distributions, and Boxes
    • Creating a Forecast
TDD

An important software engineering paradigm is test-driven development, where tests are written early and testing is performed continuously during the development process. Problems are discovered early and corrected when they are found. This one-day course for developers explains the methodology of test-driven development and the use of the unit testing framework that comes with Visual Studio 2019, including the free Community version.

The course is practical, with many example programs and tests written in C#, including a cumulative case study. The goal is to quickly bring you up to speed in doing unit testing in your .NET development projects.

Test-Driven Development Using Visual Studio and C#

  • Test-Driven Development
    • What Is Test-Driven Development (TDD)?
    • Functional Tests / Customer Tests
    • Unit Tests / Programmer Tests
    • Test Automation
    • Simple Design
    • Refactoring
    • A Visual Studio Test Drive
    • TDD with Legacy Code
  • Visual Studio Unit Testing Fundamentals
    • Structure of Unit Tests
    • Unit Testing Framework
    • Assertions
    • Test Cases
    • Test Classes
    • Test Runners
    • Ignoring Tests
    • Initialization and Cleanup
  • More about Unit Testing Framework
    • Expected Exceptions
    • Custom Asserts
    • Playlists
    • Debugging Unit Tests
    • MSTest
    • Refactoring
User Experience

This course teaches participants how to lead a design thinking session that is human-centered, innovative, and successful. The course guides users through the five key stages of design thinking: empathize, define, ideate, prototype, and test.

Participants learn how to understand problems from a customer's perspective, how to create a point of view on the identified problems, how to effectively brainstorm new ideas, and how to create prototypes to test new ideas before investing too much time or money. Throughout the course, participants are introduced to a variety of tools that are useful in design thinking, from empathy maps to affinity diagrams.

This course is targeted to a range of professionals, including business leaders and designers who want to lead design thinking sessions and generalists who want a new approach to strategic problem-solving.

Design Thinking Fundamentals

  • Overview of Design Thinking
    • The Roots of Design Thinking
    • What is Design Thinking?
    • Design Thinking Models
    • Relationship to Lean or Agile Processes
    • When is Design Thinking Useful?
    • The Design Thinking Mindset
    • The Stanford d.School Design Thinking Process
    • Design Thinking Sessions
    • Innovative Design Thinking Spaces
    • Virtual Whiteboards
  • Empathize
    • The Importance of Empathy
    • Identify Stakeholders
    • Interview Preparation
    • Stakeholder Interviews
    • Biggest Challenges of Interviews
    • Field Studies
    • Pros and Cons of Field Studies
    • Forms of Data Collection
    • Unpacking the Empathy
      • Story Share-and-Capture
      • Empathy Map
    • Personas
  • Define
    • Conceptualizing and Defining
    • Synthesis
    • Using an Affinity Diagram
    • Experience / Journey Mapping
    • The Sweet Spot for Innovation
    • 2 x 2 Matrix
    • The Problem / Mission Statement
    • Point of View
    • The Role of Ambiguity in Design Thinking
  • Ideate
    • What is Ideation?
    • Managing Creative Flow
    • Stoke Activities
    • Facilitate a Brainstorm
    • Yes, And! Brainstorm
    • SCAMPER
    • Brainstorm Selection
    • "How Might We" Questions
    • Bono's Hats
    • Wurman's LATCH
  • Prototype
    • Prototyping
    • Identify a Variable
    • Paper Prototyping
    • Wireframes
      • What is a wireframe?
      • Low-Fidelity Wireframes
      • High-Fidelity Wireframes
  • Test
    • Testing
    • Testing with Users
    • Select Users for the Testing
    • Find an Environment
    • Choose a Facilitation Style
    • Choose a Facilitator
    • Choose Observers
    • Feedback Capture Matrix
    • Common Metrics

To increase the usability and effectiveness of your own design projects, it is critical to understand users. This course takes a deep dive into the most current research on what makes people think and act, what motivates them, how they process and remember information, and, most importantly, what they want in products and applications. You will learn the key aspects of human vision, memory, thought, and decision-making that should directly impact design decisions.

User Experience Foundations

  • Introduction to User Experience
  • The History of UX Design
    • Timeline
    • Keys to Understanding a User
  • Understanding Human Vision
    • Inattentional Blindness
    • Peripheral Vision
    • Reification
    • Similarity and Proximity
    • Continuation
    • Facial Recognition
    • Affordance
    • Color
  • Understanding Human Memory
    • Schemata
    • The Four-Item Rule
    • Recall vs. Recognition
    • Unreliable Memories
  • Understanding Human Thought
    • Mental Processing Loads
    • Cognitive Barriers
    • Progressive Disclosure
    • The Wandering Mind
    • Mental Modes
    • Cognitive Dissonance
  • Understanding Human Decisions
    • Unconscious Decisions
    • Time is Relative
    • Signal Detection
    • Selective Attention
    • Choices
    • Initial Impressions

An empathetic, user-centered analysis is a basis for interface design that makes sense to the user. With a clear definition of user requirements, developers and designers can create more effective and usable software interface designs. In this course, you will learn the methods and concepts to analyze user-centered requirements—the foundation for designing user-centered interfaces, content, applications, and websites.

This course is designed for UX researchers, UX designers, usability practitioners, website and application developers, interface designers, and project managers.

User-Centered Analysis and Conceptual Design

  • Introduction to User-Centered Design
    • The Benefits of UCD
    • Data is Critical
    • Team Participation
    • Knowing the Alternatives
  • Data Analysis in User-Centered Design
    • Overview of Analyzing User Data
    • Gathering User Data to Analyze
      • Quantitative vs Qualitative
      • Field Trip
      • Observing Users
      • Observation Techniques
      • Gathering the Information
    • Experience Mapping
      • Depicting User Interactions
      • Building an Experience Map
      • Creating a Successful Experience Map
    • Actionable Data
      • Identifying Pain Points
      • Setting Goals
      • Understanding Metrics
      • Rich User Data in an Actionable Format
  • Personas in User-Centered Design
    • What is a Persona?
    • Personas in User-Centered Design
    • Benefits of Personas
    • Creating Personas
      • Exploring Elastic vs. Concrete Users
      • Personas vs. Market Segmentation
      • Creating Assumption Personas
      • How Many Personas Do You Need?
    • Moving to Data-Driven Personas
      • Data-Driven Personas Are More Believable
      • Gathering Data for Personas
      • Maintaining a Persona Data File
      • Know Thy User
  • Creativity in User-Centered Design
    • Understanding Ideation
    • What Does Ideation Mean?
    • The Local Maximum Problem
    • The Benefits of Ideation Techniques
    • Ideation Techniques
      • Downsides of Brainstorming
      • Design Charrettes
      • Possible Futures
      • Three-Dimensional Design
      • Role Play
    • Creativity is Key
  • Scenarios and Storyboards in User-Centered Design
    • Working with Scenarios and Storyboards
    • What are Scenarios and Storyboards?
    • Benefits of Scenarios and Storyboards
    • Creating Scenarios
      • Prerequisites for Scenario Creation
      • Writing Scenarios
      • Tips for Good Scenarios
    • Storyboards to Visualize Scenarios
      • From Scenario to Storyboard
      • Storyboard Creation
      • Tips for Good Storyboards
  • Prototyping in User-Centered Design
    • Paper Prototyping
      • What is Paper Prototyping?
      • Benefits of Paper Prototyping
      • Where Does It Fit in the UCD Process?
    • Creating a Paper Prototype
      • Building the Prototype
      • Materials to Use
      • Tips to Paper Prototyping
    • User Testing a Paper Prototype
      • Users Respond in Different Ways to Paper Prototypes
      • Special Considerations When Testing Paper Prototypes
      • Tips for User Testing Paper Prototypes
  • Using User-Centered Design Artifacts to Create an Implementation Plan
    • Implementation Planning
    • User-Centered Planning
    • Where Implementation Planning Fits in the UCD Process
    • Story Mapping
      • Create a Story Map
      • Laying Out the Interface
      • Prioritizing Items on the Story Map
      • Setting Metrics for Story Map Items
  • Content Strategy
    • What is Content?
    • The Content Strategy Process
      • The Components of Content Strategy
      • A Holistic Approach to Content Strategy
      • Key Driving Questions
    • Users, Motivations and Goals
      • Content Strategy for People
      • Identify and Understand Stakeholders
      • Understanding Context
      • Develop Fact-Based Personas
      • Extend Personas with Empathy Maps
    • Analysis and Structure
      • Substance and Structure
      • The Quantitative Content Audio
      • The Qualitative Content Audio
      • Content Models
    • Create Once, Publish Everywhere
      • Scenarios and Activity Flows
      • Information Architecture and Wireframing
    • Guides, Templates and Workflows
      • Voice and Tone
      • Style Guides
      • Examples and Templates
      • Workflows
    • Creation and Management
      • Governance and Ownership
      • Who Creates the Content?
      • Budgeting and Advocacy
      • Measuring Success
    • Next Steps

This course focuses on current research, principles, and methodologies for creating usable and effective interface designs. You will learn key aspects of navigation, presentation, content, and interaction, focusing on both sides of the UI/UX fence: science and art.

This course is designed for usability practitioners, website and application developers, interface designers, and project managers.

Effective Web and Application Design

  • Design: Art and Science
    • User-Centered Design
    • What is a Better User Experience?
    • Keys to Understanding the User
    • Keys to Understanding the Experience
  • Navigation
    • How do People Navigate?
      • Two Types of Navigators
      • Users Scan Pages
      • After They Scan
    • Challenges of Web Navigation
    • Characteristics of Usable Navigation
    • Information Architecture
    • Primary Navigation Systems
      • Hierarchical Models
      • Sequential Navigation
      • Fixed Navigation
    • Supplemental Navigation Systems
      • Index or Sitemap
      • Breadcrumbs
      • Quicklinks
    • Navigation Case Study
    • Tips for Simplifying Navigation
  • Presentation
    • Visual Cognitive Processing
    • Loads
    • Eye Movement and Eye Tracking
      • Prominence
      • Grouping
      • Nesting
    • Tabs
    • Gestalt Principles of Visual Design
      • What is Gestalt Psychology?
      • How is Gestalt Related to Visual Perception?
      • Simplicity
      • Figure-Ground
      • Proximity
      • Law of Pragnanz
      • Similarity
      • Common Fate
      • Symmetry
      • Parallelism
      • Continuation
      • Closure
      • Common Region
      • Element Connectedness
    • Layout
      • Golden Ratio
      • Choices
    • Color
      • The Color Test
      • The Impact of Color
      • The Color Chart
      • Colors in Culture
      • Contrast
      • Mixing Color and Shape
    • Tips for the First User Experience
  • Content
    • Scanning
    • Writer's Pyramid
      • The Top
      • The Body or Structure
      • The Foundation
    • Writing Style
      • Clear and Simple
      • Organized Thoughts
      • Tell, Tell and Then Tell
      • Stick to the Point
      • Make It Interesting
      • Target Audience
      • Intelligent, But Lack of Knowledge
      • Slang and Jargon
      • Active Voice
      • Positive Terms
      • Direct Instructions
      • Short Sentences
      • Necessity
    • Readability Tests
  • Interaction Design
    • What is Interaction Design?
    • Five Dimensions of Interaction Design
    • Key Concerns of Interaction Design
    • Words
    • Visual Representations
      • Light and Shadow
      • Icons
      • Fonts
      • Font Size
      • Font Pairings
      • Line Spacing
      • Circles
      • Rounded Edges
    • Physical Objects or Space
      • The Shift from Flat Design
      • Ghost Buttons
      • User Interface Controls
    • Time
      • Hover Animations
      • 12 Animation Principles
      • Pace
      • Responsiveness
      • Context
      • Auto-Rotating Carousels
      • Progress Indicators
      • Animations
    • Behavior
      • Schemata
      • The Boiling Frog
      • Rewards
      • Feedback
      • Gamification
      • Tips for Gamification
    • Error Handling
    • Freedom to Customize
  • Wireframing
    • Lo-Fidelity Wireframes
    • Hi-Fidelity Wireframes
    • Wireframes
    • Is Paper Dead?
  • Accessibility

A successful user-centered design and development process requires iterative usability testing to ensure that user needs, limitations, mental models, and cognitive styles are considered throughout the design life cycle. In this course, you learn various usability testing techniques, ranging from simple paper prototype tests to cutting-edge remote testing, card sorting, and eye tracking.

This course is designed for UX designers and researchers, usability practitioners, website and application developers, UI designers, and project managers.

Practical Usability Testing

  • Introduction to Usability Testing
    • The History of Usability Testing
    • What is Usability Testing?
    • The Purpose of Usability Testing
    • Tappers vs. Listeners
    • User Experience Metrics
    • The Benefits of Usability Testing
  • Formulating a UX Test Strategy
    • Ramping Up to a Research Method
      • Define the Objective
      • Determine Research and Data Type
      • Find an Environment
      • Choose a Facilitation Style
      • Determine Study Length
      • Establish Sample Size and Quality
      • Select a Type of Usability Test
    • Writing Usability Test Tasks
    • Asking the Right Questions
  • Common UX Metrics
    • Completion Rates
    • Usability Problems
      • Usability Problem Reports
    • Task Time
    • Efficiency
      • Time-Based Efficiency
      • Overall Relative Efficiency
    • Errors
    • User Satisfaction
    • Likert Scale
    • Customer Satisfaction
  • Research Methodologies
    • Heuristic Evaluation
      • Visibility of System Status
      • Match Between System and Real World
      • User Control and Freedom
      • Consistency and Standards
      • Error Prevention
      • Recognition Rather than Recall
      • Flexibility and Efficiency of Use
      • Aesthetic and Minimalist Design
      • Recognize, Diagnose and Recover from Errors
      • Help and Documentation
    • Focus Groups
    • Prototype Testing
    • Benchmark Studies
    • Competitor Studies
    • 1:1 User Interviews
    • Remote Moderated
    • Remote Unmoderated
    • Card Sorting
    • Tree Testing
    • Diary Studies
    • A/B and Multivariate Testing
    • Preference Testing
    • Longitudinal Studies
    • Surveys
    • Omnichannel Studies
    • Multichannel Studies
  • Moderating Usability Tests
    • Attention is Selective
    • Unreliable Memories
    • Moderating Usability Tests
    • Moderator - Participant Arrangements
    • During the Session
    • During the Remote Session
    • Post-Test Activities
  • Analysis and Reporting
Vue.js

Vue.js is the progressive JavaScript framework that is rapidly gaining in popularity in the web community. It can be incrementally adopted, scaling easily from being used as a library to add small functionality to web pages to being used as a framework for a complete single-page-application. Vue.js is also easily integrated with other JavaScript libraries and frameworks.

In this course you will start out working with Vue.js to add small bits of functionality to a page. You will then build a complete front-end web application using Vue.js, with routing and animation, interacting with a web API and implementing the Redux state management pattern using Vuex. 

Vue.js Fundamentals

  • Introduction
    • What is Vue.js?
    • How to get Vue.js
    • Hello Vue.js World
    • Data and Methods
  • Interacting with the DOM
    • Vue.js Virtual DOM
    • Interpolation
    • Methods
    • Interpolation and HTML Encoding
    • Event Binding, Arguments, and Modifiers
  • Data and Event Binding
    • JavaScript Code in the Template
    • 2-way Data Binding
    • Computed Properties
    • Watchers
    • Binding HTML Classes
    • Binding Style Properties
  • Conditionals and Iterations
    • Built-in Conditional Directives
    • Built-in Looping Directives
  • The Vue.js Instance
    • Configuration Options
    • Selector Limitations
    • Using Components
    • Template Limitations
    • Lifecycle Hooks
  • Using the Vue CLI
    • The Development Environment
    • The Development Workflow
    • Creating Projects Using Vue CLI
    • Webpack Template Overview
    • Vue Files and render
    • Using Vue CLI to Build for Production
  • Creating Components
    • Component Syntax
    • Data and Template Syntax
    • Registering a Component Locally
    • Root Component
    • File Naming Conventions (and Folder Conventions)
    • Selector Naming (Hyphenated vs. Camel-Case)
    • Component Styles and Scoping
  • Communicating Between Components
    • props
    • Emitting Events
    • Unidirectional Data Flow
    • Callback Functions
    • Vue.js Instance as Event Bus
  • Advanced Component Usage
    • Data Sharing Review
    • Content Sharing with Slots
    • Multiple, Named Slots
    • Default Slots and Default Content
    • Dynamic Components
  • Working with Forms
    • Input Form Binding
    • Input Modifiers
    • Checkboxes and Arrays
    • Radio Buttons
    • Dropdown Lists
    • Custom Controls
    • Submitting a Form
  • Directives
    • Built-in Directives
    • Creating Custom Directives
    • Directive Hook Functions
    • Passing Values to Custom Directives
    • Passing Arguments to Custom Directives
    • Creating Modifiers for Custom Directives
  • Filters and Mixins
    • Custom Filter
    • Computed Property as a Filter Alternative
    • Mixins
    • How Mixins Get Merged
    • The Global Mixin Antipattern
    • Mixins and Scope
  • Transitions and Animations
    • Transition Element
    • CSS CLasses Applied
    • Animating on Load
    • Using Animation Libraries
    • TRansitioning Between Elements
    • Transition JavaScript Hooks
    • Animating Dynamic Components
    • Animating Multiple Elements
  • Working with HTTP APIs
    • Installing Axios
    • HTTP Verb Methods
    • GETting Data
    • Configuring Axios Globally
    • Using Interceptors
    • Custom Axios Instances
  • Vue Routing
    • Setting up routes
    • Displaying Components with router-view
    • Router Modes
    • Creating Router Links
    • Navigating from Code
    • Using Route Parameters
    • Child Routes
    • Using Named Routes
    • Using Multiple RouterViews
    • Redirecting and Catch-all Routes
    • Animating Router Transitions
    • Route Guards
    • Lazy-Loading Route Components
  • Managing State with VuEx
    • Installing vuex
    • Central Store for State
    • Using Getters for State
    • Committing Mutations
    • Creating Actions
    • Passing Payloads
    • Vuex and 2-way Data Binding
    • Modularize State
    • Best Practices
  • Deployment
    • Preparing for Deployment
    • Creating Deployment Build
    • Deploying an App
WordPress

This course teaches anyone, even a complete beginner, how to use WordPress to build a responsive, beautiful website. You will start with the basics of setting up WordPress and learn how to create and maintain a successful WordPress site. You will learn about the WordPress dashboard and the Gutenberg editor, how to create and manage posts, comments, and pages, and how to change the appearance of your site.

WordPress Fundamentals

  • Getting Started
    • Introduction and Setup Options
    • Versions of WordPress
    • WordPress Sites
    • Switching Themes
    • The WordPress Dashboard
    • Pre-installed Content
    • Post and Page Editors
      • Gutenberg Editor
      • Classic Editor
    • The Media Library
  • The Gutenberg Editor
    • The Interface
    • Anatomy of a Block
    • Adding Blocks
    • Inserting Images and Wrap
    • Cover Block
    • Columns
    • Reusable Blocks
    • Finding More Blocks
  • WordPress Settings
    • Setting up a Gravatar
    • Author Profile
    • General Settings
    • Writing Settings
    • Update Services
    • Reading Services
    • Reading Settings
    • Discussion Settings
    • Allowing Comments and Moderation
    • Permalinks
    • Privacy Settings
  • Themes, Plugins, and Widgets
    • What is a Responsive Design?
    • WordPress Themes
    • Plugins and Adding a Sitemap
    • Installing Premium Plugins
    • WordPress Widgets
  • Content
    • Pages
    • Posts
    • Categories
    • Tags
    • Excerpts
    • Featured Images
    • Scheduling a Post
    • Resizing and Optimizing Images
  • Comments and Feedback
    • Comments
    • Feedback
  • Key Pages
    • Static Home Page vs. Blog Posts
    • Blog Style Home Page
    • Static Style Home Page
    • Contact Page
    • About Us Page
    • Terms, Privacy, and Disclaimers
  • Navigation
    • Custom Menus
    • Menu Widgets
    • Related Post Navigation
    • Latest Posts
    • Internal Site Linking
XML

Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to create a basic XML document, validate an XML document, format and transform XML documents, link XML documents, and access XML documents.

XML - Introduction

  • Creating an XML Document
    • Introduction to XML
    • Create XML Elements
    • Create Additional XML Components
    • Implement Namespaces
    • Implement XInclude
  • Validating an XML Document
    • Create a DTD
    • Validate XML with a DTD
    • Create a Schema
    • Validate XML with a Schema
  • Formatting and Transforming XML Documents
    • Display an XML Document Using Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)
    • Transform XML to XML
    • Transform XML into HTML
    • Create an XSL-FO Document
    • Display XML Data Using XSL-FO
  • Linking XML Documents
    • Link to an External Document
    • Link to External Sources Using the HTML Namespace
  • Accessing XML Documents
    • Access an XML Document Using XQuery
    • Access an XML Document Using DOM
    • Access an XML Document Using SAX

In this two-day course you will use the features of XSLT and XPath to develop stylesheets that convert XML documents to other XML, HTML, or text. The course begins with an introduction to commonly used tags such as template, apply-templates, and value-of. From there, you will learn how to use XPath nodetypes, axes, and predicates. Flow control and functions are covered next. Finally, you will learn some advanced XSLT features such as variables and parameters.

XSLT

  • Introduction to XSLT
    • Stylesheet, Source, and Result
    • XSLT Processors
    • Processor Implementations
    • XPath Basics
    • xsl:stylesheet
    • xsl:template
    • xsl:value-of
    • xsl:apply-templates
    • xsl:output
  • XPath Nodetypes
    • XPath Expressions
    • XPath Context
    • XPath Location Steps
    • Element and Root Nodes
    • Text and Attribute Nodes
    • Comment and Processing Instruction Nodes
    • Namespace Nodes
    • Wildcards
    • Whitespace
    • Default Template Rules
  • XPath Axes and Predicates
    • Location Paths and Location Steps
    • Peer Axis Types
    • More Peer Axis Types
    • Descendant Axis Types
    • Ancestor Axis Types
    • Node Tests
    • Predicates
    • Functions
  • XSLT Flow Control
    • xsl:if
    • xsl:choose
    • xsl:for-each
    • xsl:sort
    • Named Templates
    • Mode
  • Generating Output with XSLT
    • Output Methods
    • HTML Output
    • Plain Text Output
    • XML Output
    • xsl:element and xsl:attribute
    • Attribute Value Templates
    • xsl:attribute-set
    • Text, Processing-Instructions, and Comments
    • Working with Namespaces
  • Using XPath and XSLT Functions
    • XPath Datatypes and Functions
    • Node Test Functions
    • Node Set Functions
    • Boolean Functions
    • String Functions
    • Number Functions
    • The document() Function
    • xsl:key and key() Function
  • Advanced XSLT
    • Copying Elements
    • Numbering
    • Variables
    • Parameters
    • Using Other Stylesheets
    • apply-imports
    • Template Rule Conflicts
    • Extensions
  • XSLT and XPath 2.0 New Features
    • XSLT 2.0 Grouping Elements and Functions
    • User-Defined XSLT Functions
    • Multiple Output and XHTML Documents
    • Temporary Trees
    • Sequences
    • Types
    • Stylesheets that are Schema-Aware
    • Character Mapping
    • Regular Expressions